01 PCP 1 125384 Catalog

98609-Catalog 98609-Catalog 98609-Catalog 785901 Batch7 unilog cesco-content

2016-09-04

: Pdf 125384-Catalog 125384-Catalog B4 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 242 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

Automation and Control

The Essential Guide

$ 7.00

CONTENTS

Description Page

Motor Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 -2

AC Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 2

Machine Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 2

Operator Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 - 2

Machine Sensing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 2

Programmable Logic Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 2

Human Machine Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 2

AS-I Networking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 2

Machine Safeguarding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 2

Motion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 2

Catalog

The Te

Sys

range makes you a full part of it,

offering you ever greater…

■ simplicity…

■ compactness…

■ transparency…

■ flexibility…

* Simply Smart : using ingenuity and intelligence to continually improve ease of use.

Power control

and protection

The essential guide

A simplified selection

guide that allows you to

quickly select the

components you need to

build your motor starters

and controllers.

A range of simple,

compact and advanced

components for power

control and protection.

Welcome to the Simply Smart* world,

compliments of Telemecanique

New horizons are opening up to you.

Increase your productivity - adopt our solutions which help to

simplify selection and implementation.

Motor starters

Ready-to-use component combinations, designed to work together

in perfect harmony.

Best operation and level of coordination guaranteed by a major

manufacturer.

Motor controllers

Application-based selection guides allowing fast selection from a

wide range of components.

Solutions for a variety of power control applications: lighting,

capacitor switching, heating, changeover contactor pairs, resistive

loads, upstream protection.

Sys

for a new start

Motor control components

Sys

control relays ___________________________ 1-2

■ CA2K and CA3K Relays

■ CAD Relays

Sys

contactors ______________________________ 1-5

■ K-line (6–12 amperes)

■ D-line (12–150 amperes)

■ F-line (115–800 amperes)

Sys

manual motor starters & protectors ______

1-14

■ GV2ME and GV2P (1–32 amperes)

■ GV3M (1–80 amperes)

■ GV7R (20–220 amperes)

Disconnect Switches _________________________ 1-20

■ Type GS1 (Fused 30–800 amperes)

■ Type LK3 (Unfused 30–1200 amperes)

Overload and Protective Relays _________ 1-22

■ Type K (for use on K-line contactors)

■ Type D (for use on D-line contactors)

■ Type F (for use on F-line contactors)

■ Thermistor Probe Relays (Type LT3)

Manual Motor Control Switches _____________ 1-26

■ Mini Vario (10–20 amperes)

■ Vario (10–115 amperes)

Sys

Motor Starters _________________________ 1-28

■ U-line (0–32 amperes)

NEMA Type

Contactors and starters _______________________________ 1-30

Combination starters__________________________________ 1-32

Solid state overload relays _____________________________ 1-36

Definite purpose contactors ____________________________ 1-38

Lighting contactors ___________________________________ 1-40

Manual starters and switches ___________________________ 1-41

Accessories and replacement parts ______________________ 1-44

Industrial control relays ________________________________ 1-46

Operating mechanisms, circuit breaker & disconnect switch ___ 1-47

Protection systems

Circuit breakers and relays _____________________________ 1-50

MOTOR

CONTROL

Contents

1-2

MOTOR

CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com For additional options and information, reference catalog 8501CT0101.

IEC type

industrial

control relays

Sys

® Type CA2K, CA3K and CA4K

CA2-K control relays (0.8–1.15 Uc)

(0.85–1.1UC)

Volts ac, 50/60 Hz 12 24 36 42 48 110 120 127 208

220/230

230

230/240 380/400

400

400/415

440 480 500

660/690

Code J7 B7 C7 D7 E7 F7 G7 FC7 L7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7 T7 S7 Y7

Up to and including 240 V. Coil with integral suppression device available: add 2 to the code required. Example: J72.

CA3-K control relays (0.8–1.15 Uc)

Volts dc 12 20 24 36 48 60 72 100 110 125 200 220 230 240 250

Code JD ZD BD CD ED ND SD KD FD GD LD MD MPD MUD UD

Coil with integral suppression device available: add 3 to the code required. Example: JD3

CA4-K, low consumption control relays (wide range coil : 0.7–1.3 Uc)

Volts dc 12 24 48 72

Code JW3 BW3 EW3 SW3

Control relays

■ Mounting on 35 mm DIN 3 track or 4 screw direct mounting Control Circuit Type of Termination Contact Configuration Catalog Number (1)

■ Screws in open “ready-to-tighten” position Supply Consumption N.O. N.C.

■ NEMA A600, Q600 40 CA2KN40••

■ IEC AC15, DC13 ac 4.5 VA screw clamp 3 1 CA2KN31••

22 CA2KN22••

40 CA2KN403••

ac 4.5 VA spring terminals 3 1 CA2KN313••

22 CA2KN223••

40 CA2KN407••

ac 4.5 VA Slip-on 1 x 6.35 or 2 x 2.8 3 1 CA2KN317••

22 CA2KN227••

40 CA2KN405••

ac 4.5 VA solder pins for printed circuit board 3 1 CA2KN315••

22 CA2KN225••

40 CA3KN40••

dc 3 W screw clamp 3 1 CA3KN31••

22 CA3KN22••

40 CA3KN403••

dc 3 W spring terminals 3 1 CA3KN313••

22 CA3KN223••

40 CA3KN407••

dc 3 W Slip-on 1 x 6.35 or 2 x 2.8 3 1 CA3KN317••

22 CA3KN227••

40 CA3KN405••

dc 3 W solder pins for printed circuit board 3 1 CA3KN315••

22 CA3KN225••

Low consumption control relays

■ Compatible with programmable controller outputs 40 CA4KN40•••

■ LED indicator incorporated dc 1.8 W screw clamp 3 1 CA4KN31•••

■ Wide range coil (70 to 130% Uc), suppressor fitted as standard 2 2 CA4KN22•••

■ Mounting on 35 mm DIN 3 track or 4 screw direct mounting 40 CA4KN403•••

■ Screws in open “ready-to-tighten” position dc 1.8 W spring terminals 3 1 CA4KN313•••

22 CA4KN223•••

40 CA4KN407•••

dc 1.8 W Slip-on 1 x 6.35 or 2 x 2.8 3 1 CA4KN317•••

22 CA4KN227•••

40 CA4KN405•••

dc 1.8 W solder pins for printed circuit board 3 1 CA4KN315•••

22 CA4KN225•••

(1) Complete the catalog number by adding the proper voltage code from the table below. Example: CA4KN227BW3.

CA2KN40••

CA2KN403•• CA4KN405•••CA3KN407••

1-3

MOTOR

CONTROL

For additional options and information, reference catalog 8501CT0101.

Instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks

■ Clip-on front mounting, 1 block per control relay Type of Connection Contact Configuration Catalog Number

■ Auxiliary contact module not suitable for safety circuits N.O. N.C.

20LA1KN20

02LA1KN02

11LA1KN11

screw clamp 40LA1KN40 (1)

31LA1KN31 (1)

22LA1KN22 (1)

13LA1KN13 (1)

04LA1KN04 (1)

20LA1KN203

02LA1KN023

11LA1KN113

spring terminals 40LA1KN403 (1)

31LA1KN313 (1)

22LA1KN223 (1)

13LA1KN133 (1)

04LA1KN043 (1)

20LA1KN207

02LA1KN027

11LA1KN117

Slip-on 1 x 6.35 or 2 x 2.8 40LA1KN407 (1)

31LA1KN317 (1)

22LA1KN227 (1)

13LA1KN137 (1)

04LA1KN047 (1)

(1) Not to be used on CA4KN relays

Electronic time delay contact blocks

■ Relay output, with common point changeover contact, 240 Vac/Vdc, 2 A maximum.

■ Control voltage: 0.85–1.1 Uc.

■ Maximum switching capacity: 250 VA or 150 W.

■ Operating temperature: - 10 to + 60 °C (+14° F to 140° F).

■ Reset time: 1.5 sec. during the time delay period, 0.5 sec. after the time delay.

■ Clip-on front mounting, 1 block per control relay

Voltage Type Timing Range Composition C.O. Catalog Number

24–48 Vac/ Vdc On-delay 1–30 seconds 1 LA2KT2E

110–240 Vac On-delay 1–30 seconds 1 LA2KT2U

1-4

MOTOR

CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com For additional options and information, reference catalog 8501CT0101.

IEC type

industrial

control relays

Sys

Type CAD

AC 50/60 Hz coil

Volts 12 24 48 120 208 240 277 480 600

Code J7 B7 E7 G7 LE7 U7 W7 T7 X7

DC coil (coils have built in suppression as standard)

Volts 12 24 36 48 60 72 110 125 220 250 440

Code JD BD CD ED ND SD FD GD MD UD RD

DC low consumption coil (coils have built in suppression as standard)

Volts 5 12 24 48 72

Code AL JL BL EL SL

Instantaneous control relays

Terminal Type Number of Contacts Contact Configuration Catalog Number (1)

N.O. N.C.

50 CAD50••

screw clamp 5 32 CAD32••

50 CAD503••

spring terminal 5 32 CAD323••

50 CAD506••

ring tongue 5 32 CAD326••

(1) Complete the catalog number by adding the proper voltage code from the table below. Example: CAD50G7.

CAD32••

CAD503••

CAD326••

1-5

MOTOR

CONTROL

For additional options and information, reference catalog 8501CT0101.

Instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks (for use in normal operation environments)

Number of Contacts

Max. Number per Device (clip-on mounting)

Termination Type Contact Composition Catalog Number

Front Left Side Only N.O. N.C.

20LADN20

21–Screw Clamp 1 1 LADN11

02LADN02

20LADN203

21–Spring Terminal 1 1 LADN113

02LADN023

20LAD8N20

2–1 (not for DC devices) Screw Clamp 1 1 LAD8N11

02LAD8N02

40LADN40

31LADN31

41–Screw Clamp 2 2 LADN22

13LADN13

04LADN04

40LADN403

31LADN313

41–Spring Terminal 2 2 LADN223

13LADN133

04LADN043

4 1 – Screw Clamp 2 2 LADC22 (4)

4 1 – Spring Terminal 2 2 LADC223 (4)

Instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks with dust and damp protected contacts (for use in particularly harsh industrial environments)

Number of Contacts Max. Number per Device Contact Composition Catalog Number

Front Mounting Sealed (1) Normal

N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C.

2–––– LA1DX20

21 –2––– LA1DX02

2–2–– LA1DY20

41 2––2– LA1DZ40

2––11 LA1DZ31

(1) Grounding terminal points (2 terminals jumpered together; see diagram on page 8 of Catalog 8501CT0101).

Time delay auxiliary contact blocks

Number and Type Max. Number per Device Time Delay Type Termination Type Range Catalog Number

of Contacts Front Mounting

0.1 to 3 sec. (2) LADT0

1 N.C. and 1 N.O. 1 On-Delay screw clamp 0.1 to 30 sec. LADT2

10 to 180 sec. LADT4

1 to 30 sec. (3) LADS2

0.1 to 3 sec. (2) LADT03

1 N.C. and 1 N.O. 1 On-Delay spring terminal 0.1 to 30 sec. LADT23

10 to 180 sec. LADT43

1 to 30 sec. (3) LADS23

0.1 to 3 sec. (2) LADR0

1 N.C. and 1 N.O. 1 Off-Delay screw clamp 0.1 to 30 sec. LADR2

10 to 180 sec. LADR4

0.1 to 3 sec. (2) LADR03

1 N.C. and 1 N.O. 1Off-Delay spring terminal 0.1 to 30 sec. LADR23

10 to 180 sec. LADR43

(Lockout Cover, see page 7 of Catalog 8501CT0101.)

(2) With extended scale from 0.1 to 0.6 s.

(3) With switching time of 40 ms ± 15 ms between opening of the N.C. contact and closing of the N.O. contact.

(4) Includes 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. overlapping contact

1-6

MOTOR

CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com For additional options and information, reference catalog 8502CT9901.

Connections

■ screw clamp terminals

Rated operational current Ie max AC-3 6 A 9 A 12 A

(Ue ≤ 440V) Ie AC-1 - 20 A -

Horsepower ratings 115/120 V 1 phase 0.5 hp 0.5 hp 0.5 hp

(UL ratings) 230/240 V 1 phase 1.0 hp 1.5 hp 1.5 hp

208 V 3 phase 1.5 hp 3 hp 2 hp

240 V 3 phase 1.5 hp 3 hp 3 hp

480 V 3 phase 3 hp 5 hp 7.5 hp

600 V 3 phase 3 hp 5 hp 10 hp

Contactor type (1) ac LC1K06•• LC1K09•• LC1K12••

dc LP1K06•• or LP4K06•• LP1K09•• or LP4K09•• LP1K12•• or LP4K12••

Reversing contactor type (1) ac LC2K06•• LC2K09•• LC2K12••

(with mechanical interlock) dc LP2K06•• or LP5K06•• LP2K09•• or LP5K09•• LP2K12•• or LP5K12••

■ spring terminals

Add the number 3 before the voltage code. Example LC1K0610•• becomes LC1K06103••

■ Slip-on connectors, 1 x 6.35 or 2 x 2.8

Add the number 7 before the voltage code. Example LC1K0610•• becomes LC1K06107••

■ solder pins for printed circuit boards

Add the number 5 before the voltage code. Example LC1K0610•• becomes LC1K06105••

(1) Catalog number completed by adding 01 for N.C. auxiliary contact, or 10 for N.O. auxiliary contact, and adding the coil voltage code from the table below.

Example of complete catalog number: LC1K0910BD.

Standard control circuit voltages

ac supply

Contactors LC1K (0.8–1.15 Uc)

(0.85–1.1UC for M7, U7, Q7, N7, Y7 only)

Volts 12 20 24 36 42 48 110 115 120 127 200/208

220/230

230

230/240

50/60 Hz J7 Z7 B7 C7 D7 E7 F7 FE7 G7 FC7 L7

Volts 256 277

380/400

400

400/415

440 480 500 575 600

660/690

50/60 Hz W7 UE7

R7 T7 S7 SC7 X7

Example of complete catalog number: LC1K0910P7

supply

Contactors LP1K and LP2K (0.8–1.15 Uc)

Volts 12 20 24 36 48 60 72 100 110 125 155 174 200 220 230 240 250

Code JD ZD BD CD ED ND SD KD FD GD PD QD LD MD MPD MUD UD

Low consumption

Contactors LP4K and LP5K (0.7–1.30 Uc), coil suppression as standard

Volts 12 20 24 48 72 110 120

Code JW3 ZW3 BW3 EW3 SW3 FW3 GW3

Contactors 0.5 to 10 Hp

Sys

K-line

1-7

MOTOR

CONTROL

For additional options and information, reference catalog 8502CT9901.

Auxiliary contact blocks

■

instantaneous, screw clamp connections (1)

■

for LCpp

pK, LPpp

■

for LCpp

pK, LC1, LP2K

Contact arrangement 2 N.O. - 2 N.C. 1 N.O. 1 N.C. 4 N.O. 3 N.O. 1 N.C. 2 N.C. 2 N.C. 1 N.O. 3 N.C. - 4 N.C.

Catalog number LA1KN20 LA1KN02 LA1KN11 LA1KN40 LA1KN31 LA1KN22 LA1KN13 LA1KN04

■

Electronic time delay

Relay outputs, with common point changeover contact, ac or

dc 24–48, 2 A maximum

Control voltage 0.85–1.1Uc

Maximum switching capacity 250 VA or 150 W

Operating temperature -10 to + 60°C

Reset time: 1.5 s for time delay period, 0.5 s after the time delay period

Type On-delay

Timing range 1–30 s

Contact arrangement 1 C/O (Form C)

Voltage ac or dc 24–48 V ac 110–240

Catalog number LA2KT2E LA2KT2U

(1) Also available with spring and slip-on terminals.

Suppressor modules

For LC1, LP1K

Type (2) Varistor (ac and dc) Diode (dc) + zener RC (ac)

Voltage 12–24 V 32–48 V 50–129 V 130–250 V 12–24 V 32–48 V 220–250 V

Catalog number LA4KE1B LA4KE1E LA4KE1FC LA4KE1UG LA4KC1B LA4KC1E LA4KA1U

(2) For details on levels of protection, refer to Catalog #8502CT9901.

1-8

MOTOR

CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com For additional options and information, reference catalog 8502CT9901.

Connections

■

screw clamp terminals or connectors

Rated operational voltage 690 V

Rated operational current Ie max AC-3 9 A 12 A 18 A 25 A 32 A

(Ue ≤ 440V) Ie AC-1 20 A 25 A 32 A 40 A 50 A

Horsepower ratings 115/120 V single phase 0.5 hp 1 hp 1 hp 2 hp 2 hp

(UL ratings) 220/230 V single phase 1 hp 2 hp 3 hp 3 hp 5 hp

208 V three phase 2 hp 3 hp 5 hp 7.5 hp 10 hp

240 V three phase 2 hp 3 hp 5 hp 7.5 hp 10 hp

480 V three phase 5 hp 7.5 hp 10 hp 15 hp 20 hp

600 V three phase 7.5 hp 10 hp 15 hp 20 hp 30 hp

Contactor type (1) LC1D09 LC1D12 LC1D18 LC1D25 LC1D32

Reversing contactor type (with mechanical interlock) LC2D09 LC2D12 LC2D18 LC2D25 LC2D32

■

spring terminals up to D38 only

Add the number 3 before the voltage code. Example LC1D09P7 becomes LC1093P7

■

ring tongue

Add the number 6 before the voltage code. Example LC1D09P7 becomes LC1096P7

■

slip-on connectors 2 x 6.35 (power) and 1 x 6.35 (control) up to D12 only

Add the number 9 before the voltage code. Example LC1D09P7 becomes LC1099P7

(1) Catalog number to be completed by adding the coil voltage code from the table below. Example of complete catalog number: LC1D09P7.

Standard control circuit voltages

supply

Volts 24 42 48 110 115 120 208 220 230 240 380 415 440

Contactors LC1D09–D150 (D09 through D38 and D150 available with 50/60 Hz only)

50/60 Hz B7 D7 E7 F7 FE7 G7 LE7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 N7 R7

50 Hz B5 D5 E5 F5 FE5 G5 - M5 P5 U5 Q5 N5 R5

60 Hz B6 - E6 F6 --L6M6-U6Q6-R6

supply

Volts 12 24 36 48 60 72 110 125 220 440

Contactors LC1D09–D38 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)

0.7–1.25 Uc JD BD CD ED ND SD FD GD MD RD

Contactors LC1D40–D95

0.85–1.1 Uc JD BD CD ED ND SD FD GD MD RD

0.75–1.2 Uc JW BW CW EW - SW FW - MW -

Contactors LC1D115 and D150 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)

0.75–1.2 Uc -BD-EDND SD FD GD MD RD

Low consumption

Volts dc 512202448110120 250

Contactors LC1D09–D38 (coils with integral suppression device fitted as standard)

0.7–1.25 Uc AL JL ZL BL EL FL ML UL

Contactors 0.5 to 125 Hp

Sys

D-line

LC1D183 LC1D189LC1D186

For enclosed version of D-Line starters up to

80 A, reference catalog 8502CT9901.

1-9

MOTOR

CONTROL

For additional options and information, reference catalog 8502CT9901.

Mounting accessories for 3-pole reversing contactors

2 identical contactors with screw clamp terminals or connectors, horizontally mounted

Mechanical interlock Set of connections Mechanical interlock

■

with an electrical interlocking kit for the contactors

LC1D09–D38 LAD9R1V included

■

with integral electrical interlocking

LC1D40–D65 LA9D6569 LA9D4002

LC1D80 and D95 (ac)LA9D8069 LA9D4002

LC1D80 and D95 (dc)LA9D8069 LA9D8002

LC1D115 and D150 LA9D11569 LA9D11502

■

without electrical interlocking

LC1D09–D38 LAD9R1 included

LC1D40–D65 LA9D6569 LA9D50978

LC1D80 and D95 (ac)LA9D8069 LA9D50978

LC1D80 and D95 (dc)LA9D8069 LA9D80978

Mechanical latch blocks

Clip-on front mounting, manual or electrical unlatching control

For use on contactor Catalog number Standard control circuit voltages (50/60 Hz)

24 V 42/48 V 110/127 V 220/240 V 380/415 V

LC1D40–D65 ac

or dc LA6DK10•BEF MQ

LC1D80–D150 ac, LC1D80 and D115 LA6DK20•BEF MQ

LC1D09–D38 ac

or dc LAD6K10•BEF MQ

1 000 V on c supply, 690 V on a supply

38 A 40 A 50 A 65 A 80 A 95 A 115 A 150 A

–60 A 80 A 80 A 125 A – 200 A –

2 hp 3 hp 3 hp 5 hp 7.5 hp 7.5 hp – –

5 hp 5 hp 7.5 hp 10 hp 15 hp 15 hp – –

10 hp 10 hp 15 hp 20 hp 25 hp 25 hp 30 hp 40 hp

10 hp 10 hp 15 hp 20 hp 30 hp 30 hp 40 hp 50 hp

20 hp 30 hp 40 hp 50 hp 60 hp 60 hp 75 hp 100 hp

30 hp 30 hp 40 hp 50 hp 60 hp 60 hp 100 hp 125 hp

LC1D38 LC1D40 LC1D50 LC1D65 LC1D80 LC1D95 LC1D115 LC1D150

LC2D38 LC2D40 LC2D50 LC2D65 LC2D80 LC2D95 LC2D115 LC2D150

1-10

MOTOR

CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com For additional options and information, reference catalog 8502CT9901.

Contactors

0.5 to 125 Hp

Sys

D-line

Maximum number of auxiliary contacts that can be fitted

Contactors

Instantaneous auxiliary contact blocks

Time delay

Control circuit Contactor size Side mounting Front mounting Front mounting

1 contact 2 contacts 4 contacts

ac LC1D09–D38 1 on LH side and - 1 or 1 or 1

LC1D40–D95 (50/60 Hz) 1 on each side or 2 and 1 or 1 or 1

LC1D40–D95 (50 or 60 Hz) 1 on each side and 2 and 1 or 1 or 1

LC1D115 and D150 1 on LH side - and 1 or 1 or 1

dc LC1D09–D38 --1or 1 or 1

LC1D40–D95 -1or 1 or 1 or 1

LC1D115 and D150 1 on LH side and - 1 or 1 or 1

Low Consumption LC1D09–D38 --1--

LC1DT20–DT40 --1

Auxiliary contact blocks

■

instantaneous, for connection by screw clamp terminals

■

time delay

■

front mounting

■

side mounting

■

front mounting

Contact Catalog No. Contact Catalog No. Contact Catalog No. Contact Catalog No. Type Range Catalog No.

Arrangement Arrangement Arrangement Arrangement

N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C.

1- LADN10 11 LADN11 22 LADN22 11 LAD8N11 On-delay 0.1–3 s LADT0

-1 LADN01 2- LADN20 13 LADN13 2- LAD8N20 0.1–30 s LADT2

-2 LADN02 4- LADN40 -2 LAD8N02 10–180 s LADT4

-4 LADN04 Off-delay 0.1–3 s LADR0

31 LADN31 0.1–30 s LADR2

10–180 s LADR4

1-11

MOTOR

CONTROL

For additional options and information, reference catalog 8502CT9901.

Suppressor modules

Varistors (peak limiting)

Protection provided by limiting the transient voltage to 2 Uc max.

Maximum reduction of transient voltage peaks.

Slight increase in drop-out time (1.1 to 1.5 times the normal time)

Mounting For use with contactorType Catalog Number

Rating

Volts ac Volts dc

Clip-on D09–D38 12–24 V - LAD4VE

50–127 V - LAD4VG

110–240 V - LAD4VU

Screw clamp D40–D115 24–48 V - LA4DE2E

50–127 V - LA4DE2G

110–250 V - LA4DE2U

D40–D115 - 24–48 V LA4DE3E

-50–127 V LA4DE3G

-110–250 V LA4DE3U

Diodes

No overvoltage or oscillating frequency.

Increase in drop-out time (6 to 10 times the normal time).

Polarised component.

Screw clamp D40–D95 (3P) - 24–250 V LA4DC3U

D65 and D80 (4P)

Bidirectional peak limiting diode

Protection provided by limiting the transient voltage to 2 Uc max.

Maximum reduction of transient voltage peaks.

Clip-on D09–D38 24 V - LAD4TB

72 V - LAD4TS

Screw clamp D40–D95 24 V - LA4DB2B

72 V - LA4DB2S

D40–D95 - 24 V LA4DB3B

-72 V LA4DB3S

RC circuits (Resistor-Capacitor)

Effective protection for circuits highly sensitive to "high frequency" interference.

For use only in cases where the voltage is virtually sinusoidal, i.e. less than - 5% total harmonic distortion.

Voltage limited to 3 Uc max and oscillating frequency limited to 400 Hz max.

Slight increase in drop-out time (1.2 to 2 times the normal time)

Clip-on D09–D38 12–24 V - LAD4RCE

110–240 V - LAD4RCU

Screw clamp D40–D150 24–48 V - LA4DA2E

50–127 V - LA4DA2G

110–240 V - LA4DA2U

380–415 V - LA4DA2N

For enclosed versions, reference catalog 8502CT9901.

1-12

MOTOR

CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com For additional options and information, reference catalog 8502CT9901.

Rated operational current Ie max AC-3 (Ue ≤ 440V) 115 A 150 A 185 A 225 A 265 A 330 A

Ie AC-1 (θ ≤ 40° C) 200 A 250 A 275 A 315 A 350 A 400 A

Rated operational voltage 1 000 V 1 000 V 1 000 V 1 000 V 1 000 V 1 000 V

Horsepower ratings 208 V three phase 30 hp 40 hp 50 hp (2) 60 hp 75 hp

(UL ratings) 240 V three phase 40 hp 50 hp 60 hp (2) 75 hp 100 hp

480 V three phase 75 hp 100 hp 125 hp (2) 150 hp 200 hp

600 V three phase 100 hp 125 hp 150 hp (2) 175 hp 250 hp

Contactor type (1) LC1F115 LC1F150 LC1F185 LC1F225 LC1F265 LC1F330

Reversing contactor type (1) LC2F115 LC2F150 LC2F185 LC2F225 LC2F265 -

(1) Basic catalog number to be completed by adding the coil voltage code from the table below. Example of complete catalog number: LC1F185G7.

(2) Current rated only.

Contactors 30 to 900 Hp

Sys

F-line

Standard control circuit voltages

ac supply

Volts 24 48 110 115 120 208 220 230 240 380 400 415 440

Contactors LC1F115–F225

(0.85–1.1UC)

50 Hz (coil LX1) B5 E5 F5 FE5 - - M5 P5 U5Q5V5N5-

60 Hz (coil LX1) -E6F6-G6L6M6-U6Q6--R6

40–400 Hz (coil LX9) -E7F7FE7 G7 L7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7

Contactors LC1F265–F330

(0.85–1.1UC)

40–400 Hz (coil LX1) B7 E7 F7 FE7 G7 L7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7

Contactors LC1F400–F630

(0.85–1.1UC)

40–400 Hz (coil LX1) -E7F7FE7 G7 (1) L7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7

Contactor LC1F780

(0.85–1.1UC)

40–400 Hz (coil LX1) --F7FE7F7L7 M7 P7 U7 Q7 V7 N7 R7

Contactor LC1F800

(0.7–1.3UC)

40–400 Hz (coil LX1) --FE7 FE7 FE7 - P7 P7 P7 V7 V7 V7 V7

dc supply

Volts 24 48 110 125 220 230 250 400 440

Contactors LC1F115–F330

(0.85–1.1UC)

(coil LX4F) BD ED FD GD MD MD UD - RD

Contactors LC1F400–F630

(0.85–1.1UC)

(coil LX4F) -EDFDGDMD-UD-RD

Contactor LC1F780

(0.85–1.1UC)

(coil LX4F) --FDGDMD-UD-RD

Contactor LC1F800

(0.7–1.3UC)

(coil LX4F) --FWFWMWMW- QW-

Example: For a 630 A contactor with a 110 V c coil, order LC1F630F7

(1) F7 for LC1F630

1-13

MOTOR

CONTROL

For additional options and information, reference catalog 8502CT9901.

Auxiliary contact blocks

■

instantaneous

■

time delay 1N.O. + 1 N.C.

Contact Catalog No. Contact Catalog No. Contact Catalog No. Type Range Catalog No.

Arrangement Arrangement Arrangement

N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C.

1- LADN10 11 LADN11 22 LADN22 On-delay 0.1–3 s LADT0

-1 LADN01 2- LADN20 13 LADN13 0.1–30 s LADT2

-2 LADN02 4- LADN40 10–180 s LADT4

-4 LADN04 1–30 s LADS2

31 LADN31 Off-delay 0.1–3 s LADR0

22 LADC22 0.1–30 s LADR2

10–180 s LADR4

Mounting accessories for 3-pole reversing contactors for motor control

2 identical contactors, horizontally mounted

Mechanical interlock with an electrical interlocking kit for the contactors

Contactor type Set of connections Mechanical interlock

LC1F115 LA9FF976 LA9FF970

LC1F150 LA9F15076 LA9FF970

LC1F185 LA9FG976 LA9FG970

LC1F225 LA9F22576 LA9FG970

LC1F265 LA9FH976 LA9FJ970

LC1F330 LA9FJ976 LA9FJ970

LC1F400 LA9FJ976 LA9FJ970

LC1F500 LA9FK976 LA9FJ970

LC1F630 or LC1F800 LA9FL976 LA9FL970

400 A 500 A 630 A 780 A 800 A

500 A 700 A 1 000 A 1 600 A 1 000 A

1 000 V 1 000 V 1 000 V 1 000 V 1 000 V

100 hp 150 hp 250 hp (2) -

125 hp 200 hp 300 hp (2) 450 hp

250 hp 400 hp 600 hp (2) 800 hp

300 hp 500 hp 800 hp (2) 900 hp

LC1F400 LC1F500 LC1F630 LC1F780 LC1F800

For customer assembly

1-14

MOTOR

CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com For additional options and information, reference catalog 2520CT0001.

Manual motor starters GV2ME and GV2P for connection by screw clamp terminals

GV2ME with pushbutton control, GV2P control by rotary knob

Horsepower ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz Setting range Magnetic Catalog Number

200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V of thermal tripping

trips current Pushbutton Rotary Handle

---- 0.1–0.16 1.5 GV2ME01 GV2P01

----0.16–0.25 2.4 GV2ME02 GV2P02

----0.25–0.40 5 GV2ME03 GV2P03

----0.40–0.63 8 GV2ME04 GV2P04

--0.5 0.5 0.63–1 13 GV2ME05 GV2P05

--0.75 1 1–1.6 22.5 GV2ME06 GV2P06

0.5 0.5 1 1.5 1.6–2.5 33.5 GV2ME07 GV2P07

0.75 1 2 3 2.5–4 51 GV2ME08 GV2P08

1.5 1.5 3 5 4–6.3 78 GV2ME10 GV2P10

2357.5 6–10 138 GV2ME14 GV2P14

331010 9–14 170 GV2ME16 GV2P16

551015 13–18 223 GV2ME20 GV2P20

57.5 15 20 17–23 327 GV2ME21 GV2P21

57.5 15 20 20–25 327 GV2ME22 GV2P22

10 10 20 30 24–32 416 GV2ME32 GV2P32

Manual

motor

starters

0.1 to 30 Hp

Type GV2ME and GV2P

Thermal-magnetic circuit-breakers GV2-ME for connection by spring terminals

Add the number 3 to the end of the catalog number. Example GV2-ME223 (available up to GV2-ME22)

Fuse holder—30 A rated, type CC or KTK-R fuses

Catalog Number

With screw terminals LS1D30

With spring terminals LS1D303

Auxiliary pole (screw terminals; LA8D324

mount on left or right side)

1-15

MOTOR

CONTROL

For additional options and information, reference catalog 2520CT0001.

Accessories for GV2ME and GV2P

Combination block

For mounting on LC1K or LP1K LC1D09–D38 LAD31, LAD311 or LC1D09–D38

GV2AF01 GV2AF3 GV2AF4

Sets of 3-pole busbars

63 A 45 mm pitch 54 mm pitch 72 mm pitch

Number of tap-offs 2 GV2G245 GV2G254 GV2G272

3GV2G345 GV2G354

4GV2G445 GV2G454 GV2G472

5GV2G554

Protective end cover

For unused busbar outlets GV1G10

Terminal blocks

For supply to one or more GV2G busbar sets connection from the top can be fitted with current limiter GV1L3 (GV2ME and GV2P)

GV1G09 GV1G05

Padlockable external operator for GV2P (150 to 290 mm)

Padlocking In “On” and “Off” position In “Off” position

Handle black red

Legend plate blue yellow

IP 54 GV2AP01 GV2AP02

Padlocking device

For all GV2 devices For use with up to 6 padlocks (padlocks not supplied) Ø 6 mm shank max

GV2V03

Add-on blocks

Contact blocks

Contact arrangement N.O. or N.C. N.O. + N.C. N.O. + N.O. (fault) + N.C. N.C. + N.O. N.O. SPDT

Instantaneous auxiliary contacts

Mounting front GVAE1 GVAE11 GVAE20

LH side GVAN11 GVAN20

Fault signalling contact + instantaneous auxiliary contact

LH side GVAD1010 GVAD1001 GVAD0110

GVAD0101

Short-circuit signalling contact

LH side GVAM11

Electric trips

Undervoltage or shunt trips (1)

Side mounting (1 block on RH side of device) 50 Hz 60 Hz

Voltage 24 V GVA

•

025 GVA

•

026

48 V GVA

•

055 GVA

•

056

100 V GVA

•

107

100–110 V GVA

•

107

110–115 V GVA

•

115 GVA

•

116

120–127 V GVA

•

125

127 V GVA

•

115

200 V GVA

•

207

200–220 V GVA

•

207

220–240 V GVA

•

225 GVA

•

226

380–400 V GVA

•

385 GVA

•

386

415–440 V GVA

•

415

415 V GVA

•

416

(1) Undervoltage trips: replace the

•

with U, shunt trips: replace the

•

with S

1-16

MOTOR

CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com For additional options and information, reference catalog 2520CT0001.

Manual

motor

starters

0.5 to 60 Hp

Type GV3ME

Manual motor starters GV3ME for connection by screw clamp terminals

Pushbutton control

Horsepower ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz Setting range of thermal trips Catalog Number

200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V A

--0.75 1 1–1.6 GV3ME06

0.5 0.5 1 1.5 1.6–2.5 GV3ME07

0.75 1 2 3 2.5–4 GV3ME08

1.5 1.5 3 - 4–6 GV3ME10

2357.5 6–10 GV3ME14

351010 10–16 GV3ME20

57.5 15 20 16–25 GV3ME25

10 10 30 30 25–40 GV3ME40

20 20 40 60 40–63 GV3ME63

20 25 50 60 56–80 GV3ME80

1-17

MOTOR

CONTROL

For additional options and information, reference catalog 2520CT0001.

Add-on blocks

Contact blocks

Instantaneous auxiliary contacts (1 per device)

Normal early break type contacts N.C. + N.O. (2)

N.O. + N.O. N.C. + N.O. + N.O. N.O. + N.O. + N.O. N.O. + N.O. (1) N.C. + N.O. (1)

GV3A01 GV3A02 GV3A03 GV3A05 GV3A06 GV3A07

Fault signalling contact

Normal early break type contacts N.C. N.O.

GV3A08 GV3A09

Electric trips

Voltage 50 Hz 110, 120, 127 V 220, 240 V 380, 415 V

60 Hz 120, 127 V 277 V 440, 480 V

Undervoltage trip GV3B11 GV3B22 GV3B38

Shunt trip GV3D11 GV3D22 GV3D38

Padlocking device

Start button (for bare device) GV1V02

(1) + 2 volt free terminals.

(2) Normal early break contacts.

1-18

MOTOR

CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com For additional options and information, reference catalog 2520CT0001.

Manual

motor

starters

0.5 to 200 Hp

Type GV7R

Manual motor starters GV7R for connection by screw clamp terminals

Control by rocker lever

Horsepower ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz Setting range of thermal trips Catalog Number

230 V 460V 575 V A

5101512–20 GV7RE20

5101512–20 GV7RS20

7.5 15 20 15–25 GV7RE25

7.5 15 20 15–25 GV7RS25

10 30 30 25–40 GV7RE40

10 30 30 25–40 GV7RS40

15 30 40 30–50 GV7RE50

30 60 75 48–80 GV7RE80

30 60 75 48–80 GV7RS80

30 75 100 60–100 GV7RE100

30 75 100 60–100 GV7RS100

50 100 150 90–150 GV7RE150

50 100 150 90–150 GV7RS150

75 150 200 132–220 GV7RE220

75 150 200 132–220 GV7RS220

1-19

MOTOR

CONTROL

For additional options and information, reference catalog 2520CT0001.

Add-on blocks

Contact blocks

Auxiliary contacts

Contact type C/O (Form C)

GV7AE11

Thermal or magnetic fault discrimination (trip on thermal fault)

24–48 Vac or 24–72 Vdc 110–240 Vac/dc

GV7AD111 GV7AD112

Electric trips

Voltage 50/60 Hz 48 V 110–130 V 200–240 V 380–440 V

50 Hz 525 V

Undervoltage trip (1) GV7AU055 GV7AU107 GV7AU207 GV7AU387 GV7AU525

Shunt trip (1) GV7AS055 GV7AS107 GV7AS207 GV7AS387 GV7AS525

(1) For mounting of a GV7AD or a GV7AU or AS

Accessories

Terminal shields IP 405

Supplied with the sealing accessory GV7AC01

Phase barriers

Safety accessories GV7AC04

used when fitting of shields is impossible

Insulating screens

Ensure insulation between GV7AC05

the connections and the backplate

Kit for combination with contactor

Allowing link between the circuit-breaker and the contactor LC1F115 to F185 LC1F225 and F26 LC1D115 and D150

GV7AC06 GV7AC07 GV7AC08

Rotary handles

Handle black red

Legend plate black yellow

■

direct IP 40 GV7AP03 GV7AP04

■

extended IP 55 GV7AP01 GV7AP02

Conversion accessory

for mounting on enclosure door IP 43 GV7AP05

Locking device

For circuit-breaker not fitted with a rotary handle GV7V01

1-20

MOTOR

CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com

Disconnect

switches Type GS1 fusible and LK3 non-fused

GS1 fusible disconnect switch 30–800 A

Catalog Number GS1DDU3 GS1DU3 GS1EERU20 GS1EERU30 GS1EEU3

Switch Type Compact fused Compact fused Fused Fused Fused

Fuses CC J CC CC CC

Amps 30 30 30 30 30

Poles 33233

Operator Style Thru-the-door Thru-the-door Side handle Side handle Thru-the-door

Max. HP 3 Phase:

kW/hp at 240V 5.5/7.5 5.5/7.5 n/a 5.5/7.5 5.5/7.5

kW/hp at 480V 11/15 11/15 n/a 11/15 11/15

kW/hp at 600V 15/20 15/20 n/a 15/20 15/20

LK3 non-fused disconnect switch 30–1200 A

Catalog Number LK3GU3 LK3GU3 LK3JU3 LK3MU3 (1) LK3QU3 (1)

Switch Type Compact Non-fused Non-fused Non-fused Non-fused Non-fused

Amps 30 60 100 200 400

Poles 33333

Operator Style Thru-the-door Thru-the-door Thru-the-door Thru-the-door Thru-the-door

Max. HP 3 Phase:

kW/hp at 240V 5.5.7.5 11/15 22/30 45/60 90/125

kW/hp at 480V 11/15 22/30 45/60 90/125 185/250

kW/hp at 600V 15/20 37/50 55/75 110/150 250/350

(1) Terminal lugs must be ordered separately.

Compact 30A Switch

GS1DDU3

30A Side Handle

GS1EERU30

Compact 30A Switch

LK3DU3

200A Switch

LK3MU3

For additional options and information, reference catalog 9421CT0301.

1-21

MOTOR

CONTROL

GS1EU3 GS1GU3 GS1JU3 (1) GS1MU3 (1) GS1QU3 (1) GS1SU3 (1) GS1TU3 (1)

Fused Fused Fused Fused Fused Fused Fused

JJJJJJL

30 60 100 200 400 600 800

3333333

Thru-the-door Thru-the-door Thru-the-door Thru-the-door Thru-the-door Thru-the-door Thru-the-door

5.5/7.5 11/15 22/30 45/60 90/125 185/250 185/250

11/15 22/30 45/60 90/125 185/250 370/500 370/500

15/20 37/50 55/75 110/150 250/350 370/500 370/500

LK3SU3 (1) LK3TU3 (1) LK3UU3 (1) LK3WU3

Non-fused Non-fused Non-fused Non-fused

600 800 1000 1200

3333

Thru-the-door Thru-the-door Thru-the-door Thru-the-door

150/200 185/250 185/250 185/250

300/400 370/500 370/500 370/500

250/350 370/500 370/500 370/500

(1) Terminal lugs must be ordered separately.

200A Switch

GS1MU3

800A Switch

GS1TU3

600A Switch

LK3SU3

800A Switch

LK3TU3

For additional options and information, reference catalog 9421CT0301.

1-22

MOTOR

CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com For additional options and information, reference catalog 8502CT9901.

Thermal

overload

relays

Standard control circuit voltages

ac supply

Volts 12 24 48 110 125 220/230 380/400 415/440

50/60 Hz. Consumption, inrush and sealed < 100 VA -BEF-M Q N

dc supply

Consumption, inrush and sealed < 100 W JBEFGM - -

0.11 to 11.5 A

K-line

Thermal overload relays, model k

adjustable from 0.11 to 12 A

Connection by screw clamp terminals, direct mounting on contactors LC1K, manual or automatic reset

Relay setting range Fuses to be used with selected relay—international applications

(1)

Catalog Number

Class 10 A aM gG BS88

0.11–0.16 A 0.25 A 0.5 A - LR2K0301

0.16–0.23 A 0.25 A 0.5 A - LR2K0302

0.23–0.36 A 0.5 A 1 A - LR2K0303

0.36–0.54 A 1 A 1.6 A - LR2K0304

0.54–0.8 A 1 A 2 A - LR2K0305

0.8–1.2 A 2 A 4 A 6 A LR2K0306

1.2–1.8 A 2 A 6 A 6 A LR2K0307

1.8–2.6 A 2 A 6 A 10 A LR2K0308

2.6–3.7 A 4 A 10 A 16 A LR2K0310

3.7–5.5 A 6 A 16 A 16 A LR2K0312

5.5–8 A 8 A 20 A 20 A LR2K0314

8–11.5 A 10 A 25 A 20 A LR2K0316

Thermal overload relays for use on class 10 unbalanced loads: for above catalog numbers LR2K0305 to LR2K0316 only, replace the prefix LR2 with LR7.

Example LR7K0310.

Accessories

Prewiring kit

Allowing direct connection of the N.C. contact For use on

of relay LRD01–35 or LR3D01– D35 to the contactor LC1D09–D18 LAD7C1

LC1D25–D38 LAD7C2

Terminal blocks (2)

For clip-on mounting on 35 mm mounting rail (AM1DP200) LRD01–35 and LR3D01–D35 LAD7B10

or screw clamp LRD3•••, LR3D3•••, LRD35•• LA7D3064 (3)

For independent mounting of the relay LR2K•••• LA7K0064

Terminal block adapter

For mounting a relay beneath an LC1D115 or D150 contactor LRD3•••, LR3D3•••, LRD35•• LA7D3058

Stop or electrical reset

Remote (4) LRD01–35 and LR3D01–D35 LAD703• (5)

Tripping or electrical reset device

Remote (4) All D-line relays except LRD01–35 and LR3D01–D35 LA7D03• (5)

(1) Short circuit protection for North American applications: circuit breakers selected in accordance with NEC and local codes; fuses selected with maximum of 400% full load current.

(2) Terminal blocks are supplied with terminals protected against direct finger contact and screws in the open “ready-to-tighten” position.

(3) To order a terminal block for connection by lug-clamps, the catalog number becomes LA7D30646.

(4) The time for which the coil of remote tripping or electrical resetting device LA7D03 or LAD703 can remain energized depends on its rest time: 1 s pulse duration with 9 s rest time;

maximum pulse duration of 20 s with a rest time of 300 s. Minimum pulse time 200 ms.

(5) Catalog number to be completed by adding the code indicating the control circuit voltage.

1-23

MOTOR

CONTROL

For additional options and information, reference catalog 8502CT9901.

Thermal

overload

relays

0.1 to 140 A

D-line

Thermal overload relays, model d

adjustable from 0.1 to 140 A

Compensated relays with manual or automatic reset, with relay trip indicator, for a.c. or d.c.

Relay setting range Fuses to be used with selected relay—international applications

(1)

With contactor Catalog Number

aM gG BS88

Class 10 A 0.10–0.16 A 0.25 A 2 A - LC1D09–D38 LRD01

0.16–0.25 A 0.5 A 2 A - LC1D09–D38 LRD02

0.25–0.40A 1 A 2 A - LC1D09–D38 LRD03

0.40–0.63 A 1 A 1.6 A - LC1D09–D38 LRD04

0.63–1 A 2 A 4 A - LC1D09–D38 LRD05

1–1.7 A 2 A 4 A 6 A LC1D09–D38 LRD06

1.6–2.5 A 4 A 6 A 10 A LC1D09–D38 LRD07

2.5–4 A 6 A 10 A 16 A LC1D09–D38 LRD08

4–6 A 8 A 16 A 16 A LC1D09–D38 LRD10

5.5–8 A 12 A 20 A 20 A LC1D09–D38 LRD12

7–10 A 12 A 20 A 20 A LC1D09–D38 LRD14

9–13 A 16 A 25 A 25 A LC1D12–D38 LRD16

12–18 A 20 A 35 A 32 A LC1D18–D38 LRD21

16–24 A 25 A 50 A 50 A LC1D25–D38 LRD22

23–32 A 40 A 63 A 63 A LC1D25–D38 LRD32

30–38 A 50 A 80 A 80 A LC1D32 and D38 LRD35

17–25 A 25 A 50 A 50 A LC1D40–D95 LRD3322

23–32 A 40 A 63 A 63 A LC1D40–D95 LRD3353

30–40 A 40 A 100 A 80 A LC1D40–D95 LRD3355

37–50 A 63 A 100 A 100 A LC1D40–D95 LRD3357

48–65 A 63 A 100 A 100 A LC1D50–D95 LRD3359

55–70 A 80 A 125 A 125 A LC1D50–D95 LRD3361

63–80 A 80 A 125 A 125 A LC1D65–D95 LRD3363

80–104 A 100 A 160 A 160 A LC1D80 and D95 LRD3365

80–104 A 125 A 200 A 160 A LC1D115 and D150 LRD4365

95–120 A 125 A 200 A 200 A LC1D115 and D150 LRD4367

110–140 A 160 A 250 A 200 A LC1D150 LRD4369

80–104 A 100 A 160 A 160 A (2) LRD33656

95–120 A 125 A 200 A 200 A (2) LRD33676

110–140 A 160 A 250 A 200 A (2) LRD33696

Class 20 A 6 A 10 A 16 A LC1D09–D32 LRD1508

4–6 A 8 A 16 A 16 A LC1D09–D32 LRD1510

5.5–8 A 12 A 20 A 20 A LC1D09–D32 LRD1512

7–10 A 16 A 20 A 25 A LC1D09–D32 LRD1514

9–13 A 16 A 25 A 25 A LC1D12–D32 LRD1516

12–18 A 25 A 35 A 40 A LC1D18–D32 LRD1521

17–25 A 32 A 50 A 50 A LC1D25 and D32 LRD1522

23–28 A 40 A 63 A 63 A LC1D25 and D32 LRD1530

25–32 A 40 A 63 A 63 A LC1D25 and D32 LRD1532

17–25 A 32 A 50 A 50 A LC1D40–D95 LR2D3522

23–32 A 40 A 63 A 63 A LC1D40–D95 LR2D3553

30–40 A 50 A 100 A 80 A LC1D40–D95 LR2D3555

37–50 A 63 A 100 A 100 A LC1D50–D95 LR2D3557

48–65 A 80 A 125 A 100 A LC1D50–D95 LR2D3559

55–70 A 100 A 125 A 125 A LC1D65–D95 LR2D3561

63–80 A 100 A 160 A 125 A LC1D65–D80 LR2D3563

(1) Short circuit protection for North American applications: circuit breakers selected in accordance with NEC and local codes; fuses selected with maximum of 400% full load current.

(2) Separate mounting

Screw clamp terminal connections or connectors. For spring terminal connections on LRD01 to LRD22, add 3 to the end of the catalog number. Example: LRD01 becomes LRD013.

For lug-clamp connections, add 6 to the end of the catalog number. Example: LRD01 becomes LRD016.

For thermal overload relays for use with class 10 unbalanced loads, with connection by screw clamp terminals, change the prefix in the catalog number above from LRD (except

LRD-4•••) to LR3D. Example LRD01 becomes LR3D01.

1-24

MOTOR

CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com

Electronic

thermal

overload

relays

For use with contactor LC1D LC1F

Motor current 60–150 A 30–630 A

Basic catalog number, to be completed LR9D LR9F

60 to 630 A

Type LR9

Relay setting range Fuse to be used with selected relay For mounting Compensated and differential

( international applications

(1)

)beneath contactor LC1 Class 10 Class 20 Class 10 or 20

aM gG (selectable)

60–100 100 160 D115 and D150 LR9D5367 LR9D5567

90–150 160 250 D115 and D150 LR9D5369 LR9F5569

30–50 50 80 F115–F185 LR9F5357 LR9F5557 LR9F57

48–80 80 125 F115–F185 LR9F5363 LR9F5563 LR9F63

60–100 100 200 F115–F185 LR9F5367 LR9F5567 LR9F67

90–150 160 250 F115–F185 LR9F5369 LR9F5569 LR9F69

132–220 250 315 F185–F400 LR9F5371 LR9F5571 LR9F71

200–330 400 500 F225–F500 LR9F7375 LR9F7575 LR9F75

300–500 500 800 F225–F500 LR9F7379 LR9F7579 LR9F79

380–630 630 800 F400–F630 and F800 LR9F7381 LR9F7581 LR9F81

Accessories

Remote control

Function Reset Stop and/or Reset

Electrical reset (2) LA7D03• (3)

Reset by flexible cable (length 0.5 m) LA7D305

Adapter for door interlock mechanism LA7D1020

Operating head for pushbutton

Spring return ZA2BL639 ZA2BL432

Rod with snap-off end

Adjustable from 17 to 120 mm ZA2BZ13

Insulated terminal blocks

For relays LR9F5•57, F5•63, F5•67, F5•69 Set of 2 blocks

LA9F103

(1) Short circuit protection for North American applications: circuit breakers selected in accordance with NEC and local codes; fuses selected with maximum of 400% full load current.

(2) The time for which the coil of remote electrical reset device LA7D03 can remain energized depends on its rest time: 1 s pulse with 9 s rest time; 5 s pulse duration with 30 s rest

time; 10 s pulse duration with 90 s rest time: maximum pulse duration 20 s with rest time of 300 s. Minimum pulse time: 200 ms.

(3) Catalog number to be completed by adding the coil voltage code, see page 1-22.

For additional options and information, reference catalog 8502CT9901.

1-25

MOTOR

CONTROL

Electronic

protection

relays for use

with PTC

thermistor

probes

For use with contactor LC1D or LC1F

Motor current No limit

Connection Cage connectors

Basic catalog number, to be completed LT3S

0 to 800 A

Type LT3

Protection units

with automatic reset with thermistor short-circuit detection

■

without fault memory

Voltage Output Contact Catalog Number

On front panel: fault and voltage signalling indicator

ac 50/60 Hz 115 V N.C. LT3SE00F

230 V N.C. LT3SE00M

dc 24 V N.C. LT3SE00F

On front panel: fault and voltage signalling indicator

ac 50/60 Hz 115/230 V N.C. + N.O. LT3SA00M

dc 24/48 V N.C. + N.O. LT3SA00ED

ac 50/60 Hz or dc 24–230 V 2 C/O LT3SA00MW

■

with fault memory

On front panel: fault and voltage signalling indicator, Test and Reset button

ac 50/60 Hz 400 V N.C. + N.O. LT3SM00V

24/48 V N.C. + N.O. LT3SM00E

115/230 V N.C. + N.O. LT3SM00M

dc 24/48 V N.C. + N.O. LT3SM00ED

ac 50/60 Hz or dc 24–230 V 2 C/O LT3SM00MW

Accessories

PTC thermistor probes for LT3 and LT6 relays

Normal operating temperature (NOT) 90 °C110 °C 120 °C 130 °C 140 °C 150 °C 160 °C 170 °C

Integrated triple probes DA1TT090 DA1TT110 DA1TT120 DA1TT130 DA1TT140 DA1TT150 DA1TT160 DA1TT170

Normal operating temperature (NOT) 60 °C 70 °C 80 °C 90 °C 100 °C

Surface probes DA1TS060 DA1TS070 DA1TS080 DA1TS090 DA1TS100

(1) Comprising 2 x 3-1/2" diskettes, 1 x 2 m connection cable with 2 SUB-D 9-pin connectors (female-female)

For additional options and information, reference catalog 8502CT9901.

1-26

MOTOR

CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com

10 to 175 A

Mini Vario™ and Vario™ switches

Manual motor

control switches

Mini-Vario switch

Mounting

■

on door

■

at back of an enclosure

Switch rating UL/IEC (A) 10/12 16/20 10/12 16/20

Red handle (Ø 4 to Ø 8 shank)

Yellow front plate 60 x 60 mm VCDN12 VCDN20 VCCDN12 VCCDN20

Black handle (Ø 4 to Ø 8 shank)

Black front plate 60 x 60 mm VBDN12 VBDN20

Switch base only VN12 VN20

Vario switch disconnectors

Mounting

■

on door

Switch rating UL/IEC (A) 10/12 16/20 20/25 20/32 25/40 45/63 63/80

Red handle (Ø 4 to Ø 8 shank)

Yellow front plate 60 x 60 mm VCD02 VCD01 VCD0 VCD1 VCD2

4 screw mounting VCF02 VCF01 VCF0 VCF1 VCF2 VCF3 VCF4

Long red handle (Ø 4 to Ø 8 shank)

Yellow front plate 90 x 90 mm 4 screw mounting

Black handle (Ø 4 to Ø 8 shank)

Black front plate 60 x 60 mm VBD02 VBD01 VBD0 VBD1 VBD-2

4 screw mounting VBF02 VBF01 VBF0 VBF1 VBF2 VBF3 VBF4

Long black handle (Ø 4 to Ø 8 shank)

Black front plate 90 x 90 mm 4 screw mounting

Switch base only V02 V01 V0 V1 V2 V3 V4

Add-on modules

Main pole modules

Rating UL/IEC (A) 10/12 16/20 20/25 20/32 25/40 45/63 63/80

VZ02 VZ01 VZ0 VZ1 VZ2 VZ3 VZ4

Auxiliary contact block modules

Contact types N.O. + N.C. N.O. + N.O.

VZ7 VZ20

For additional options and information, reference catalog 9421CT0301.

1-27

MOTOR

CONTROL

■

at back of an enclosure

100/125 115/175 10/12 16/20 20/25 20/32 25/40 45/63 63/80 100/125 115/175

VCCD02 VCCD01 VCCD0 VCCD1 VCCD2

VCCF02 VCCF01 VCCF0 VCCF1 VCCF2 VCCF3 VCCF4

VCF5 VCF6 VCCF5 VCCF6

VBF5 VBF6

V5 V6 V02 V01 V0 V1 V2 V3 V4 V5 V6

For additional options and information, reference catalog 9421CT0301.

1-28

MOTOR

CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com

Power base

for D.O.L. starter

■

Non reversing

■

Reversing

Connection by screw clamp Catalog Current Catalog Current

number rating number rating

Operational voltage 200/208V 230/240 V 460 V 575/600 V

Horsepower ratings (UL ratings) 3 3 7.5 10 LUB12 12 A LU2B12•• 12 A

10 10 20 25 LUB32 32 A LU2B32•• 32 A

0 to 32 A

Type U

Sys

starter-controller

Add-on blocks

Contact blocks

Signalling Contact

■

status of starter-controller power poles N.O. (53-54)

■

fault N.C. (95-96) N.C. (95-96) N.O. (97-98)

■

control handle in position O N.O. (17-18) N.O. (17-18)

Connection Item 1 1 1 1 1 1

■

screw clamp terminals 1 + 2 LUA1D11 LUA1C11 LUA1C20

■

without connections 1 LUA1D110 LUA1C110 LUA1C200

Auxiliary contact blocks

N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C. N.O. N.C.

2- 11- 2

■

screw clamp terminals 3 LUFN20 LUFN11 LUFN02

Function modules

■

parallel wiring LUFC00

■

alarm LUFW10

■

communication As-i Modbus

ASILUFC5 LULC031

■

indication of motor load 4–20 mA

LUFV2

■

fault differentiation and reset manual reset automatic reset

LUFDH20 LUFDA10

For additional options and information, reference catalog 8502CT0201.

1-29

MOTOR

CONTROL

Standard Advanced Multifunction

Standard control circuit voltages

Volts 24 48–72 110–240

dc BL - -

ac B- -

dc or ac - ES (1) FU (2)

(1) dc: 48–72 V, ac: 48 V.

(2) dc: 110–220 V, ac: 110–240 V.

Control units

■

standard Class 10

Setting range Clip-in mounting Catalog Number (1)

on power base

0.15–0.6 12 and 32 LUCAX6••

0.35–1.4 12 and 32 LUCA1X••

1.25–5 12 and 32 LUCA05••

3–12 12 and 32 LUCA12••

4.5–18 32 LUCA18••

8–32 32 LUCA32••

■

advanced Class 10 Class 20

For motor type

■

three-phase

■

single-phase

■

three-phase

0.15–0.6 12 and 32 LUCBX6•• LUCCX6•• LUCDX6••

0.35–1.4 12 and 32 LUCB1X•• LUCC1X•• LUCD1X••

1.25–5 12 and 32 LUCB05•• LUCC05•• LUCD05••

3–12 12 and 32 LUCB12•• LUCC12•• LUCD12••

4.5–18 32 LUCB18•• LUCC18•• LUCD18••

8–32 32 LUCB32•• LUCC32•• LUCD32••

■

multifunction Class 5 to 35

0.15–0.6 12 and 32 LUCMX6BL

0.35–1.4 12 and 32 LUCM1XBL

1.25–5 12 and 32 LUCM05BL

3–12 12 and 32 LUCM12BL

4.5–18 32 LUCM18BL

8–32 32 LUCM32BL

(1) Basic catalog number to be completed by adding the voltage code from the table below.

For additional options and information, reference catalog 8502CT0201.

1-30

MOTOR

CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com

NEMA Type

Contactors and starters

3-pole contactors and starters,

open style

(1) Standard control circuit voltages:

Volts 24 110 120 208 220

50 Hz –V02 ––V03

60 Hz V01 (4) –V02 V08 –

Volts 240 380 440 480 600

50 Hz –V05 V06 ––

60 Hz V03 ––V06 V07

For 24 V and 120 V coils add the letter “S” for separate control. Example: 8502 SAO 12 V01S.

Type Contactors Starters

3-pole, open style 3-pole, open style

Characteristics

NEMA Standard power ratings Maximum Basic catalog no. Complete with code Basic catalog no. Complete with code

size of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz continuous indicating control circuit voltage (1) indicating control circuit voltage (1)

current and optional Forms (2) optional Forms (2) and “H” code (3)

Motor voltage

200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V

kW A

1.5

1.1

1.5

1.1

1.5

1.5 9 8502 SAO 12

pppppp

ppp 8536 SAO 12

pppppp

ppp

2.2

3.7

3.7 18 8502 SBO 2

pppppp

ppp 8536 SBO 2

pppppp

ppp

7.5

5.5

7.5

5.5

7.5

7.5 27 8502 SCO 2

pppppp

ppp 8536 SCO 3

pppppp

ppp

7.5

18.5

18.5 45 8502 SDO 2

pppppp

ppp 8536 SDO 1

pppppp

ppp

18,5

37 90 8502 SEO 2

pppppp

ppp 8536 SEO 1

pppppp

ppp

100

75 135 8502 SFO 2

pppppp

ppp 8536 SFO 1

pppppp

ppp

100

200

150

200

150 270 8502 SGO 2

pppppp

ppp 8536 SGO 1

pppppp

ppp

150

110

200

150

400

300

400

300 540 8502 SHO 2

pppppp

ppp 8536 SHO 2

pppppp

ppp

–

300

220

600

450

600

450 810 8502 SJO 2

pppppp

ppp 8536 SJO 2

pppppp

ppp

(2) For optional Forms, please consult your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office.

(3) Add the letter “H” for Solid State Overload Relays, see tables below.

(4) 24 V coil is not available for sizes 4 to 7. Available for sizes 00–3, specify the letter “S” for separate control.

Solid State Overload Relays

(6) Standard current ranges dependent on starter size:

Size 00 0 1 2 3

Current

ranges A

1.5–4.5

(8)

6–18 9–27 15–45 30–90

Size 4 5 6 7

Current

ranges A 40–135 90–270 180–540

(8)

270–810

(9)

Form addersMotor Logic

solid state relays

Motor Logic

solid state relays

Without additional auxiliary contact With additional auxiliary contact

Description Current For use Suffix to be added Suffix to be added to

range with to the starter catalog no. (7) the starter catalog no. (7)

Base unit, (6) 8536 Spp

ppp

pH10 H11

Trip class 10 8736 Spp

ppp

Base unit, (6) 8536 Spp

ppp

pH20 H21

Trip class 20 8736 Spp

ppp

Feature unit (6) 8536 Spp

ppp

pH30 H31

8736 Spp

ppp

(7) Example: 8536 SAO 12 V01 H10.

(8) Only available with feature units.

(9) Only available with feature units with auxiliary contact.

For additional information, reference Catalog 8502CT9701.

1-31

MOTOR

CONTROL

(1) Standard control circuit voltages:

Volts 24 110 120 208 220

50 Hz –V02 ––V03

60 Hz V01 (4) –V02 V08 –

Volts 240 380 440 480 600

50 Hz –V05 V06 ––

60 Hz V03 ––V06 V07

For 24 V and 120 V coils add the letter “S” for separate control. Example: 8702 SAO 4 V01S.

Type Reversing contactors Reversing starters

3-pole, open style 3-pole, open style

Characteristics

NEMA Standard power ratings Maximum Basic catalog no. Complete with code Basic catalog no. Complete with code

size of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz continuous indicating control circuit voltage (1) indicating control circuit voltage (1)

current and optional Forms (2) optional Forms (2) and “H” code (3)

Motor voltage

200 V 230 V 460 V 575 V

kW A Vertical Side by side Vertical Side by side

1.5

1.1

1.5

1.1

1.5

1.5 9 –8702 SAO 4

pppppp

ppp –8736 SAO 16

pppppp

ppp

2.2

3.7

3.7 18 8702 SBO 12

pppppp

ppp 8702 SBO 4

pppppp

ppp 8736 SBO 10

pppppp

ppp 8736 SBO 4

pppppp

ppp

7.5

5.5

7.5

5.5

7.5

7.5 27 8702 SCO 7

pppppp

ppp 8702 SCO 8

pppppp

ppp 8736 SCO 7

pppppp

ppp 8736 SCO 8

pppppp

ppp

7.5

18.5

18.5 45 8702 SDO 1

pppppp

ppp 8702 SDO 2

pppppp

ppp 8736 SDO 1

pppppp

ppp 8736 SDO 2

pppppp

ppp

18.5

37 90 8702 SEO 1

pppppp

ppp 8702 SEO 2

pppppp

ppp 8736 SEO 1

pppppp

ppp 8736 SEO 2

pppppp

ppp

100

75 135 8702 SFO 1

pppppp

ppp 8702 SFO 3

pppppp

ppp 8736 SFO 1

pppppp

ppp 8736 SFO 3

pppppp

ppp

100

200

150

200

150 270 8702 SGO 1

pppppp

ppp 8702 SGO 3

pppppp

ppp 8736 SGO 1

pppppp

ppp 8736 SGO 3

pppppp

ppp

150

110

200

150

400

300

400

300 540 –8702 SHO 1

pppppp

ppp –8736 SHO 1

pppppp

ppp

–

300

220

600

450

600

450 810 –8702 SJO 1

pppppp

ppp –8736 SJO 1

pppppp

ppp

(2) For optional Forms, please consult your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office.

(3) Add the letter “H” for Solid State Overload Relays, see tables below.

(4) 24 V coil is not available for sizes 4 to 7. Available for sizes 00–3, specify the letter “S” for separate control.

Solid State Overload Relays

Form adders

Motor Logic® PLUS solid state relays Motor Logic® PLUS solid state relays

200 to 480 V 600 V

Suffix to be added Suffix to be added

Current range to the starter catalog no. (7) to the starter catalog no. (7)

0.5–2.3 A B20 B24

2–9 A B30 B34

6–27 A B40 B44

10–45 A B50 B54

20–90 A B60 B64

60–135 A B70 B74

120–270 A B80 B84

240–540 A B90 B94

(7) Example: 8536 SAO 12 V01 B20.

3-pole reversing contactors and

reversing starters, open style

For additional information, reference Catalog 8502CT9701.

1-32

MOTOR

CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com

NEMA Type

Combination starters

3-pole disconnect switch starters

Type 3-pole starters 3-pole starters, 3-pole starters, 3-pole starters,

non-reversing non-reversing non-reversing non-reversing

with Class H fuses with Class R fuses with Class H fuses with Class R fuses

Characteristics

Size Standard power ratings Fuse Basic catalog no. Basic catalog no. Basic catalog no. Basic catalog no.

NEMA of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz size Complete with code Complete with code Complete with code Complete with code

indicating control indicating control indicating indicating

circuit voltage (1) circuit voltage (1) circuit voltage (1) circuit voltage (1)

optional Forms (2) and optional Forms (2) optional Forms (2) and optional Forms (2)

Motor voltage (starter voltage) and H code (3) and H code (3)

200 V (208 V) 230 V (240 V) 460 V (480 V) 575 V (600 V)

kW A

2.2

–

–308538 SBG 12

pppppp

ppp 8538 SBG 32

pppppp

ppp 8538 SBA (4) 2

pppppp

ppp 8538 SBA (5) 2

pppppp

ppp

–

3.75

3.75 30 8538 SBG 13

pppppp

ppp 8538 SBG 33

pppppp

ppp 8538 SBA (4) 3

pppppp

ppp 8538 SBA (5) 3

pppppp

ppp

3.75

–

–308538 SCG 12

pppppp

ppp 8538 SCG 32

pppppp

ppp 8538 SCA (4) 2

pppppp

ppp 8538 SCA (5) 2

pppppp

ppp

–

7.5

7.5 30 8538 SCG 14

pppppp

ppp 8538 SCG 34

pppppp

ppp 8538 SCA (4) 4

pppppp

ppp 8538 SCA (5) 4

pppppp

ppp

7.5

5.5

7.5

5.5

–

–608538 SCG 13

pppppp

ppp 8538 SCG 33

pppppp

ppp 8538 SCA (4) 3

pppppp

ppp 8538 SCA (5) 3

pppppp

ppp

7.5

–

–608538 SDG 12

pppppp

ppp 8538 SDG 32

pppppp

ppp 8538 SDA (4) 2

pppppp

ppp 8538 SDA (5) 2

pppppp

ppp

–

11 30 8538 SDG 16

pppppp

ppp 8538 SDG 36

pppppp

ppp 8538 SDA (4) 6

pppppp

ppp 8538 SDA (5) 6

pppppp

ppp

–

18.5

18.5 60 8538 SDG 14

pppppp

ppp 8538 SDG 34

pppppp

ppp 8538 SDA (4) 4

pppppp

ppp 8538 SDA (5) 4

pppppp

ppp

18.5

–

–100 8538 SEG 15

pppppp

ppp 8538 SEG 35

pppppp

ppp 8538 SEA (4) 5

pppppp

ppp 8538 SEA (5) 5

pppppp

ppp

–

37 100 8538 SEG 13

pppppp

ppp 8538 SEG 33

pppppp

ppp 8538 SEA (4) 3

pppppp

ppp 8538 SEA (5) 3

pppppp

ppp

18,5

–

–200 8538 SEG 12

pppppp

ppp 8538 SEG 32

pppppp

ppp 8538 SEA (4) 2

pppppp

ppp 8538 SEA (5) 2

pppppp

ppp

–

–200 8538 SFG 15

pppppp

ppp 8538 SFG 35

pppppp

ppp 8538 SFA (4) 5

pppppp

ppp 8538 SFA (5) 5

pppppp

ppp

–

100

75 200 8538 SFG 13

pppppp

ppp 8538 SFG 33

pppppp

ppp 8538 SFA (4) 3

pppppp

ppp 8538 SFA (5) 3

pppppp

ppp

100

–

–400 8538 SGG 15

pppppp

ppp 8538 SGG 35

pppppp

ppp 8538 SGA (4) 5

pppppp

ppp 8538 SGA (5) 5

pppppp

ppp

–

200

150

200

150 400 8538 SGG 13

pppppp

ppp 8538 SGG 33

pppppp

ppp 8538 SGA (4) 3

pppppp

ppp 8538 SGA (5) 3

pppppp

ppp

150

110

200

150

–

–600 8538 SHG 13

pppppp

ppp 8538 SHG 33

pppppp

ppp 8538 SHA (4) 3

pppppp

ppp 8538 SHA (5) 3

pppppp

ppp

–

400

300

400

300 600 8538 SHG 12

pppppp

ppp 8538 SHG 32

pppppp

ppp 8538 SHA (4) 2

pppppp

ppp 8538 SHA (5) 2

pppppp

ppp

(1) Standard control circuit voltages:

Volts 24 110 120 208 220 240 380 440 480 600

50 Hz –V02 ––V03 –V05 V06 ––

60 Hz V01

(6)(7)

–V02

(6)

V08 –V03 ––V06 V07

For 24 V and 120 V coils add the letter “S” for separate control. Example: 8538 SBG 12 V01S.

(2) For optional Forms, please consult your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office.

(3) Add the letter “H” for Solid State Overload Relays, see table on page opposite.

(4) To order a unit with external reset, replace (4) with “2”. To order a unit without external reset, replace (4) with “1”.

(5) To order a unit with external reset, replace (5) with “4”. To order a unit without external reset, replace (5) with “3”.

(6) To order this voltage code, add the letter “S” (separate contol).

(7) 24 V coil not available for sizes 4 to 6. Available for sizes 0 to 3, specify letter “S” (separate contol).

NEMA 1 general purpose enclosure NEMA 12 dust-tight and drip-tight

industrial use enclosure

For additional information, reference Catalog 8538CT9701.

1-33

MOTOR

CONTROL

Form adders Motor Logic

solid state relays

For use Current Description Suffix to be added

with range to the starter catalog no. (9)

8538 Spp

pG 1pp

p/Spp

pA 1pp

p/Spp

pA 2pp

p(8) Base unit, Trip Class 10 H10

(except 8538 SDG 16/SDA 16/SDA 26) (8) Base unit, Trip Class 20 H20

(8) Feature unit H30

8538 SBG 12/13, 3...9 A Base unit, Trip Class 10 H109

8538 SBA 12/22/13/23, 3...9 A Base unit, Trip Class 20 H209

8538 SCG 12/14, 1.5–4.5 A Feature unit H308

8538 SCA 12/22/14/24, 3–9 A Feature unit H309

8538 SDG 16,

8538 SDA 16/26

8538 SCG 12/14 6–18 A Base unit, Trip Class 10 H100

8538 SCA 12/22/14/24, 6–18 A Base unit, Trip Class 20 H200

8538 SDG 16 6–18 A Feature unit H300

8538 SDA 16/26

8538 SDG 16, 9–27 A Base unit, Trip Class 10 H101

8538 SDA 16/26 9–27 A Base unit, Trip Class 20 H201

9–27 A Feature unit H301

(8) Standard current ranges dependent on starter size:

Size 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

Current

ranges A 3–96–18 9–27 15–45 30–90 45–135 90–270 180–540

(10)

270–810

(11)

(9) Example: 8538 SBG 12 V01 H10.

(10) Only available with feature units.

(11) Only available with feature units with auxiliary contact.

Solid state overload Relays

For additional information, reference Catalog 9065CT9701.

1-34

MOTOR

CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com

Combination starters

Mag-Gard®

circuit-breaker starters

(1) Standard control circuit voltages:

Volts 24 110 120 208 220

50 Hz –V02 ––V03

60 Hz V01

(4)(5)

–V02

(4)

V08 –

Volts 240 380 440 480 600

50 Hz –V05 V06 ––

60 Hz V03 ––V06 V07

For 24 V and 120 V coils add the letter “S” for separate control. Example: 8539 SCG 41 V02 H10S.

Type 3-pole circuit breaker starters,

non-reversing

Characteristics

NEMA Standard power ratings Circuit-breaker Basic catalog no. Complete with code indicating

size of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz control circuit voltage (1), optional Forms (2)

and “H” code (3)

Motor voltage (starter voltage)

200 V (208 V) 230 V (240 V) 460 V (480 V) 575 V (600 V)

0.3

0.2

0.3

0.2

0.75

0.75 GJL 36003 MO1 8539 SBG 41

pppppp

ppp

0.75

2.2

2.2 GJL 36007 MO2 8539 SBG 42

pppppp

ppp

2.2

3.7

3.7 GJL 36015 MO3 8539 SBG 43

pppppp

ppp

0.3

0.2

0.3

0.2

0.75

0.75 GJL 36003 MO1 8539 SCG 41

pppppp

ppp

0.75

2.2

2.2 GJL 36007 MO2 8539 SCG 42

pppppp

ppp

2.2

7.5

5.5

7.5 GJL 36015 MO3 8539 SCG 43

pppppp

ppp

3.7

7.5

5.5

7.5

–

–GJL 36030 MO4 8539 SCG 44

pppppp

ppp

7.5

5.5

–

–GJL 36050 MO5 8539 SCG 45

pppppp

ppp

2.2

7.5

5.5

7.5 GJL 36015 MO3 8539 SDG 41

pppppp

ppp

3.7

7.5

5.5

15 GJL 36030 MO4 8539 SDG 42

pppppp

ppp

7.5

18.5

18.5 GJL 36050 MO5 8539 SDG 43

pppppp

ppp

–

–GJL 36075 MO6 8539 SDG 44

pppppp

ppp

–

18.5

22 GJL 36050 MO5 8539 SEG 41

pppppp

ppp

18.5

37 FAL 36100 18M 8539 SEG 42

pppppp

ppp

–

100

75 KAL 36250 25M 8539 SFG 42

pppppp

ppp

–

–KAL 36250 26M 8539 SFG 43

pppppp

ppp

–

100

–

–KAL 36250 29M 8539 SFG 44

pppppp

ppp

–

125

90 KAL 36250 29M 8539 SGG 41

pppppp

ppp

–

150

110 KAL 36250 30M 8539 SGG 42

pppppp

ppp

–

125

–

–KAL 36250 31M 8539 SGG 43

pppppp

ppp

150

110

200

150 LAL 36400 32M 8539 SGG 44

pppppp

ppp

–

–LAL 36400 33M 8539 SGG 45

pppppp

ppp

–

100

200

150

–

–LAL 36400 35M 8539 SGG 46

pppppp

ppp

–

250

185 LAL 36400 35M 8539 SHG 42

pppppp

ppp

100

–

250

185

300

220 LAL 36400 36M 8539 SHG 43

pppppp

ppp

125

150

110

300

220

400

300 MAL 36600 40M 8539 SHG 44

pppppp

ppp

150

110

–

350

250

–

–MAL 36600 42M 8539 SHG 45

pppppp

ppp

–

200

150

400

300

–

–MAL 36600 44M 8539 SHG 46

pppppp

ppp

–

500

370 MAL 36800 44M 8539 SJG 41

pppppp

ppp

–

250

185

500

370

600

450 MAL 36800 45M 8539 SJG 42

pppppp

ppp

–

300

220

600

450

–

–MAL 361000 47M 8539 SJG 43

pppppp

ppp

(2) For optional Forms, please consult your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office.

(3) Add the letter “H” for Motor Logic

solid state overload relays, see page 1-30.

Motor Logic

PLUS solid state overload relays are not available on combination starters.

(4) For this voltage code, add the letter “S” (separate contol).

(5) 24 V coil not available for sizes 4 to 6. Available for sizes 0 to 3, specify letter “S” (separate contol).

NEMA 1 general purpose enclosure

For additional information, reference Catalog 8538CT9701.

NEMA Type

1-35

MOTOR

CONTROL

Thermal-magnetic

circuit-breaker starters

(1) Standard control circuit voltages:

Volts 24 110 120 208 220

50 Hz –V02 ––V03

60 Hz V01

(4)(5)

–V02

(4)

V08 –

Volts 240 380 440 480 600

50 Hz –V05 V06 ––

60 Hz V03 ––V06 V07

For 24 V and 120 V coils add the letter “S” for separate control. Example: 8539 SBG 1 V02 H10S.

Type 3-pole thermal-magnetic circuit-breaker starters,

non-reversing

Characteristics

NEMA Standard power ratings Circuit-breaker Basic catalog no. Complete with code indicating

size of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz control circuit voltage (1), optional Forms (2)

and “H “code (3)

Motor voltage (starter voltage)

200 V (208 V) 230 V (240 V) 460 V (480 V) 575 V (600 V)

Type Current rating

kW A

1.5

–

–FAL 158539 SBG 1

pppppp

ppp

–

3.7

3.7 FAL 15 8539 SBG 2

pppppp

ppp

2.2

–

–FAL 208539 SBG 3

pppppp

ppp

3.7

–

–FAL 358539 SCG 5

pppppp

ppp

7.5

5.5

–

–FAL 508539 SCG 2

pppppp

ppp

–

3.7

–

–FAL 308539 SCG 1

pppppp

ppp

–

7.5

5.5

–

–FAL 458539 SCG 6

pppppp

ppp

–

7.5

5.5

7.5 FAL 20 8539 SCG 3

pppppp

ppp

–

7.5

–

–FAL 258539 SCG 7

pppppp

ppp

–

7.5

5.5 FAL 15 8539 SCG 8

pppppp

ppp

7.5

–

–FAL 608539 SDG 1

pppppp

ppp

–

–FAL 808539 SDG 7

pppppp

ppp

–

7.5

5.5

–

–FAL 208539 SDG 3

pppppp

ppp

–

18,5 FAL 60 8539 SDG 4

pppppp

ppp

–

18,5

–

–FAL 708539 SDG 5

pppppp

ppp

–

11 FAL 35 8539 SDG 8

pppppp

ppp

–

15 FAL 45 8539 SDG 9

pppppp

ppp

37 FAL 90 8539 SEG 3

pppppp

ppp

18.5

–

–FAL 100 8539 SEG 1

pppppp

ppp

18.5

–

–KAL 110 8539 SEG 5

pppppp

ppp

–

30 FAL 80 8539 SEG 6

pppppp

ppp

–

22 FAL 60 8539 SEG 4

pppppp

ppp

–

–KAL 125 8539 SFG 3

pppppp

ppp

100

–

–KAL 200 8539 SFG 4

pppppp

ppp

–

100

75 KAL 150 8539 SFG 1

pppppp

ppp

–

55 KAL 110 8539 SFG 5

pppppp

ppp

–

45 FAL 100 8539 SFG 6

pppppp

ppp

–

150

110 LAL 200 8539 SGG 6

pppppp

ppp

150

110

200

150 LAL 250 8539 SGG 1

pppppp

ppp

–

–LAL 300 8539 SGG 4

pppppp

ppp

–

125

–

–LAL 225 8539 SGG 3

pppppp

ppp

–

100

200

150

–

–LAL 350 8539 SGG 2

pppppp

ppp

–

125

90 KAL 200 8539 SGG 7

pppppp

ppp

100

125

250

185

300

220 MAL 450 8539 SHG 4

pppppp

ppp

125

150

110

300

220

400

300 MAL 600 8539 SHG 3

pppppp

ppp

150

110

–

350

250

–

–MAL 600 8539 SHG 5

pppppp

ppp

–

200

150

400

300

–

–MAL 800 8539 SHG 7

pppppp

ppp

–

250

185 MAL 250 8539 SHG 6

pppppp

ppp

–

350

250 MAL 500 8539 SHG 2

pppppp

ppp

–

250

185

500

370

600

450 MAL 900 8539 SJG 2

pppppp

ppp

–

300

220

600

450

–

–MAL 1000 8539 SJG 3

pppppp

ppp

–

500

370 MAL 800 8539 SJG 1

pppppp

ppp

(2) For optional Forms, please consult your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office.

(3) Add the letter “H” for Motor Logic

solid state overload relays, see page 1-30.

Motor Logic

PLUS solid state overload relays are not available on combination starters.

(4) For this voltage code, add the letter “S” (separate contol).

(5) 24 V coil not available for sizes 4 to 6. Available for sizes 0 to 3, specify letter “S” (separate contol).

NEMA 1 general purpose enclosure

For additional information, reference Catalog 8538CT9701.

1-36

MOTOR

CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com

Solid State Overload Relays

Motor Logic®

Base units

Type Base units Base units for retrofit

for separate mounting to Type S starters (2)

NEMA Size Full load Type Catalog no. Catalog no.

3-phase current range

00C (1) 3–9 A Trip Class 10 9065 SSC 10 9065 SSC 10

Tr ip Class 20 9065 SSC 20 9065 SSC 20

0 (1) 6–18 A Trip Class 10 9065 SS 010 9065 SS 010

Tr ip Class 20 9065 SS 020 9065 SS 020

1 (1) 9–27 A Trip Class 10 9065 SS 110 9065 SS 110

Tr ip Class 20 9065 SS 120 9065 SS 120

215–45 A Trip Class 10 9065 SS 210 9065 SR 210

Tr ip Cass 20 9065 SS 220 9065 SR 220

330–90 A Trip Class 10 9065 SS 310 9065 SR 310

Tr ip Class 20 9065 SS 320 9065 SR 320

445–135 A Trip Class 10 9065 SS 410 9065 SR 410

Tr ip Cass 20 9065 SS 420 9065 SR 420

Motor Logic®

feature units

Type Feature units Feature units

for separate mounting for retrofit to Type S starters

(2)

NEMA Size Full load Type Catalog no. Catalog no.

3-phase current range

00B (1) 1.5–4.5 A Trip Class 10/20 9065 SFB 20 9065 SFB 20

00C (1) 3–9 A Trip Class 10/20 9065 SFC 20 9065 SFC 20

0 (1) 6–18 A Trip Class 10/20 9065 SF 020 9065 SF 020

1 (1) 9–27 A Trip Class 10/20 9065 SF 120 9065 SF 120

215–45 A Trip Class 10/20 9065 SF 220 9065 ST 220

330–90 A Trip Class 10/20 9065 SF 320 9065 ST 320

445–135 A Trip Class 10/20 9065 SF 420 9065 ST 420

5 (3) 90–270 A Trip Class 10/20 –9065 ST 520

6(3) 180–540 A Trip Class 10/20 –9065 ST 620

7 (3) 270–810 A Trip Class 10/20 –9065 ST 720

(1) For power connection kit, see table on page opposite.

(2) For Type S starter catalog numbers, see page 1-30.

(3) Replacement for existing Type S starters with an existing Motor Logic

solid state overload relay. Does not include primary current transformer or additional components.

For additional information, reference Catalog 9065CT9701.

NEMA Type

1-37

MOTOR

CONTROL

Motor Logic® PLUS

programmable units

Type Base units for separate mounting

NEMA Size Current Voltage Catalog no.

3-phase range

00.5–2.3 200–480 9065 SPB 4

600 9065 SPB 6

02–9 200–480 9065 SPC 4

600 9065 SPC 6

16–27 200–480 9065 SP 14

600 9065 SP 16

210–45 200–480 9065 SP 24

600 9065 SP 26

320–90 200–480 9065 SP 34

600 9065 SP 36

4 (1) 60–135 200–480 9065 SP 44

600 9065 SP 46

5 (2) 120–270 200–480 9065 SP 54

600 9065 SP 56

6 (3) 240–540 200–480 9065 SP 64

600 9065 SP 66

(1) Size 4 requires the use of an external current transformer. Ratio of 150:5 recommended.

(2) Size 5 requires the use of an external current transformer. Ratio of 300:5 recommended.

(3) Size 6 requires the use of an external current transformer. Ratio of 600:5 recommended.

Accessories

Type Power connection kits

Type Description For use on Catalog no.

Lug connector For separate mounting 9065 Sp (Sizes 00B/00C/0/1) 9999 LLO

kits For mounting on 9065 Sp (Sizes 00B/00C/0/1) 9999 LBO

Type S starters

For additional information, reference Catalog 9065CT9701.

1-38

MOTOR

CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com

For additional information, reference Catalog 8910CT9301R6/97.

Definite purpose contactors

Compact contactors,

single-pole and 2-pole

Type Compact contactors Compact contactors

single-pole 2-pole

(3)

Full Locked rotor Resistive Motor power N.O. Basic catalog number. Basic catalog number.

load current load 115 V 230 V 230 V 460/575 V poles Complete with code Complete with code

current 277 V 480 V 575 V current single-phase single-phase 3-phase 3-phase indicating control indicating control

circuit voltage (1) circuit voltage (1)

AAAA A

20 100 100 80 25

0.75

1.5

–

–1 or 2 8910 DP 11

pppppp

ppp 8910 DP 12

pppppp

ppp

25 125 125 100 30

1.5

2.2

–

–1 or 2 8910 DP 21

pppppp

ppp 8910 DP 22

pppppp

ppp

30 150 150 120 40

1.5 (1) (1)

–

–1 or 2 8910 DP 31

pppppp

ppp 8910 DP 32

pppppp

ppp

40 240 200 160 50 (2)

1.5

3.7

–

–1 or 2 8910 DP 41

pppppp

ppp 8910 DP 42

pppppp

ppp

(1) 3 hp (2.2 kW) for 1-pole device; 5 hp (3.7 kW) for 2-pole device.

2, 3 and 4-pole,

contactors

Type 2, 3 and 4-pole,

contactors

(3)

Full Locked rotor Resistive Motor power N.O. poles Basic catalog number.

load current load 115 V 230 V 230 V 460/575 V Complete with code indicating

current 277 V 480 V 575 V current single-phase single-phase 3-phase 3-phase control circuit voltage (1)

AAAA A

20 120 100 80 25

1.1

1.5

3.7

7.5

5.5 2 8910 DPA 12

pppppp

ppp

38910 DPA 13

pppppp

ppp

48910 DPA 14

pppppp

ppp

25 150 125 100 35

1.5

2.2

7.5

5.5

7.5 2 8910 DPA 22

pppppp

ppp

38910 DPA 23

pppppp

ppp

48910 DPA 24

pppppp

ppp

30 180 150 120 40

1.5

3.7

7.5

11 2 8910 DPA 32

pppppp

ppp

38910 DPA 33

pppppp

ppp

48910 DPA 34

pppppp

ppp

40 240 200 160 50

2.2

7.5

5.5

7.5

15 2 8910 DPA 42

pppppp

ppp

38910 DPA 43

pppppp

ppp

48910 DPA 44

pppppp

ppp

50 300 250 200 62

2.2

7.5

22 2 8910 DPA 52

pppppp

ppp

38910 DPA 53

pppppp

ppp

60 360 300 240 75

3.7

7.5

18.5

22 2 8910 DPA 62

pppppp

ppp

38910 DPA 63

pppppp

ppp

75 450 375 300 94

3.7

18.5

30 2 8910 DPA 72

pppppp

ppp

38910 DPA 73

pppppp

ppp

90 540 450 360 120

7.5

5.5

37 2 8910 DPA 92

pppppp

ppp

38910 DPA 93

pppppp

ppp

120 720 600 480 120

7.5

18.5

55 2 8910 DPA 122

pppppp

ppp

38910 DPA 123

pppppp

ppp

NEMA Type

1-39

MOTOR

CONTROL

For additional information, reference Catalog 8910CT9301R6/97.

4-pole contactors

Type 4-pole contactors

with 2 N.O. and 2 N.C. poles

Full Locked rotor Resistive Motor power N.O. N.C. Basic catalog number.

load current load 115 V 230 V 230 V 460/575 V poles poles Complete with code indicating

current 277 V 480 V 575 V current single-phase single-phase 3-phase 3-phase (3) (7) control circuit voltage (1)

AAAA A

20 120 100 80 25

0.75

1.5

3.7

7.5

5.5 2 2 8910 DPA 14

pppppp

ppp Y392

25 150 125 100 35

1.5

2.2

7.5

5.5

7.5 2 2 8910 DPA 24

pppppp

ppp Y392

30 180 150 120 40

1.5

3.7

7.5

11 2 2 8910 DPA 34

pppppp

ppp Y392

40 240 200 160 50

2.2

7.5

5.5

7.5

15 2 2 8910 DPA 44

pppppp

ppp Y392

Accessories

Type External auxiliary contacts

For use on Description Catalog number

8910 DPA 1 N.O. contact 9999 D10

1 N.C. contact 9999 D01

1 N.O. and 1 N.C. contacts 9999 D11

2 N.O. contacts 9999 D20

8910 DPA 122/123 1 N.O. contact 9999 SX6

1 N.C. contact 9999 SX7

1 N.O. and 1 N.C. isolated contacts 9999 SX8

1 N.O. overlapping contact 9999 SX9

1 N.C. overlapping contact 9999 SX10

(1) Standard control circuit voltages for 8910 DP/DPA :

Volts 24 110 120 208-240 220 277 440 480 550 600

50 Hz V14 V02 ––V09 –V06

(4)

–V07

(5)

–

60 Hz V14 –V02 V09 –V04 –V06

(4)

–V07

(5)

Standard control circuit voltage for 8910 DPA 122/DPA 123:

Volts 24 110 120 208 220 230-240 440 480 550 600

50 Hz V12 V02 ––V03 –V06 –V07 –

60 Hz V01

(6)

–V02 V08 –V03 –V06 –V07

(2) 50 A resistive limited to 277 V (single pole device only). All other contactors rated 40 A resistive (above 277 V).

(3) Above 240 V, all lines must be switched.

(4) Not available for type 8910 DP 11 to 8910 DP 31 single-pole devices.

(5) Not available for type 8910 DP single and 2-pole devices.

(6) Only available on types 8910 DPA 122/DPA 123.

(7) N.C. poles on outside. N.C. poles “open” before N.O. poles “close”.

1-40

MOTOR

CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com

Lighting contactors

Multipole contactors

Types L and LX

Type Multipole contactors, open style, Multipole contactors, open style,

electrically held

(2)

mechanically held

(2)

Thermal operating Number of poles (3) Basic catalog no. Complete with code Basic catalog no. Complete with code

current (A) indicating control circuit voltage (1) indicating control circuit voltage (1)

20 28903 LO 20

pppppp

ppp 8903 LXO 20

pppppp

ppp

38903 LO 30

pppppp

ppp 8903 LXO 30

pppppp

ppp

48903 LO 40

pppppp

ppp 8903 LXO 40

pppppp

ppp

68903 LO 60

pppppp

ppp 8903 LXO 60

pppppp

ppp

88903 LO 80

pppppp

ppp 8903 LXO 80

pppppp

ppp

10 8903 LO 1000

pppppp

ppp 8903 LXO 1000

pppppp

ppp

12 8903 LO 1200

pppppp

ppp 8903 LXO 1200

pppppp

ppp

Multipole contactors Type S

(1) Standard control circuit voltages:

Volts 24 (4) 110 120 208 220

50 Hz –V02 ––V03

60 Hz V01 –V02 V08 –

Volts 240 277 440 480

50 Hz ––V06 –

60 Hz V03 V04 –V06

For Forms and kits, please consult your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office.

Type Multipole contactors, open style, Multipole contactors, open style,

electrically held

(2)

mechanically held

(2)

Thermal operating Number of poles Basic catalog no. Complete with code Basic catalog no. Complete with code

current (A) indicating control circuit voltage (1) indicating control circuit voltage (1)

30 28903 SMO 1

pppppp

ppp 8903 SMO 10

pppppp

ppp

38903 SMO 2

pppppp

ppp 8903 SMO 11

pppppp

ppp

48903 SMO 3

pppppp

ppp 8903 SMO 12

pppppp

ppp

58903 SMO 4

pppppp

ppp 8903 SMO 13

pppppp

ppp

60 28903 SPO 1

pppppp

ppp 8903 SPO 10

pppppp

ppp

38903 SPO 2

pppppp

ppp 8903 SPO 11

pppppp

ppp

48903 SPO 3

pppppp

ppp 8903 SPO 12

pppppp

ppp

58903 SPO 4

pppppp

ppp 8903 SPO 13

pppppp

ppp

100 28903 SQO 1

pppppp

ppp 8903 SQO 10

pppppp

ppp

38903 SQO 2

pppppp

ppp 8903 SQO 11

pppppp

ppp

48903 SQO 3

pppppp

ppp 8903 SQO 12

pppppp

ppp

58903 SQO 4

pppppp

ppp 8903 SQO 13

pppppp

ppp

200 28903 SVO 1

pppppp

ppp 8903 SVO 10

pppppp

ppp

38903 SVO 2

pppppp

ppp 8903 SVO 11

pppppp

ppp

48903 SVO 3

pppppp

ppp 8903 SVO 12

pppppp

ppp

58903 SVO 4

pppppp

ppp –

300 28903 SXO 1

pppppp

ppp 8903 SXO 13

pppppp

ppp

38903 SXO 2

pppppp

ppp 8903 SXO 14

pppppp

ppp

400 (5) 2 8903 SYO 1

pppppp

ppp 8903 SYO 16

pppppp

ppp

38903 SYO 2

pppppp

ppp 8903 SYO 17

pppppp

ppp

600 (5) 2 8903 SZO 1

pppppp

ppp 8903 SZO 18

pppppp

ppp

38903 SZO 2

pppppp

ppp 8903 SZO 19

pppppp

ppp

800 (5) 2 8903 SJO 1

pppppp

ppp 8903 SJO 10

pppppp

ppp

38903 SJO 2

pppppp

ppp 8903 SJO 11

pppppp

ppp

(2) All lighting contactors are provided with separate control as standard, except electrically held 400, 600 and 800 A devices.

Electrically held 400, 600 and 800 A devices are provided with common control.

(3) For factory conversion of N.O. contacts to N.C., order following this example: for 2 N.O. + 2 N.C., order catalog no. 8903 LO 22.

There is a maximum of eight N.C. poles for Type 8903 L contactors and a maximum of six N.C. poles for Type 8903 LX contactors (field conversion only).

Versions are available with up to 12 N.C. poles (factory only).

(4) 24 V coils are not available for 200–800 A devices.

(5) Form F4T is provided as standard on electrically held devices 400–800 A; include line voltage when ordering. Control voltage is 120–60.

For 400–800 A devices—must specify line voltage, not control voltage.

For additional information, reference Catalog 8903CT9701.

(30 A

fluorescent

ballast load)

NEMA Type

1-41

MOTOR

CONTROL

Manual starters and switches

Manual starters Type F, general purpose

surface mounting enclosure (NEMA 1)

Type Single units, Single units,

standard starters starters with handle

padlockable in the ‘O’ position

Type of Number Maximum power Maximum Features Catalog no. Catalog no.

operator of poles of single-phase motors

continuous

115-230 Vac 115-230 Vdc 277 Vac

current

kW A

Toggle 1

0.75

0.75 16 Standard 2510 FG 1 2510 FG 5

operator With red pilot light 2510 FG 1P 2510 FG 5P

(1) 2

0.75

0.55

0.75 16 Standard 2510 FG 2 2510 FG 6

With red pilot light 2510 FG 2P 2510 FG 6P

Removable

0.75

0.75 16 Standard 2510 FG 3 –

key With red pilot light 2510 FG 3P –

(1) 2

0.75

0.55

0.75 16 Standard 2510 FG 4 –

With red pilot light 2510 FG 4P –

Type Duplex units, Duplex units,

1 starter 2 starters

in duplex enclosure in one enclosure

Type of Number Maximum power Maximum Features Catalog no. Catalog no.

operator of poles of single-phase motors

continuous

115-230 Vac 115-230 Vdc 277 Vac

current

kW A

Toggle 2 (3)

0.75

0.55

0.75 16 Standard 2510 FG 02 2510 FG 22

operator With red pilot light 2510 FG 02P 2510 FG 22P

(1) (2)

Removable

2 (3)

0.75

0.55

0.75 16 With red pilot light 2510 FG 04P 2510 FG 44P

key

(1) (2)

Type Duplex units,

starters with “AUTO-OFF-HAND” selector switch

Type of Number Maximum power Maximum Features Catalog no.

operator of poles of single-phase motors

continuous

115-230 Vac 115-230 Vdc 277 Vac

current

kW A

Toggle 1

0.75

0.75 16 Standard 2510 FG 71

operator With red pilot light 2510 FG 71P

(1) 2

0.75

0.55

0.75 16 Standard 2510 FG 72

With red pilot light 2510 FG 72P

Removable

0.75

0.55

0.75 16 With red pilot light 2510 FG 74P

key (1)

(1) One thermal unit is required

(2) For two starters in one enclosure, two thermal units are required.

(3) Two poles for each starter.

For additional information, reference Catalog 2570CT9701.

1-42

MOTOR

CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com

Manual starters and switches

Manual switches Type K, in general

purpose surface mounting enclosure

(NEMA 1)

Type Non-reversing

Type of No. of Maximum motor powers

Max. continuous

Catalog no.

operator poles 115 Vac 230 Vac 460 Vac 575 Vac 90 Vdc 115 Vdc 230 Vdc current

kW A Features

Toggle 2

1.5

2.2

0.75

1.5

1.1 30 Standard 2510 KG 1

operator

1.5

2.2

0.75

1.5

1.1 30 (1) 115 Vac 2510 KG 1A

1.5

2.2

0.75

1.5

1.1 30 (1) 230 Vac 2510 KG 1B

1.5

7.5

5.6

7.5

0.75

1.5

1.1 30 Standard 2510 KG 2

1.5

7.5

5.6

7.5

0.75

1.5

1.1 30 (1) 208–277 Vac 2510 KG 2B

1.5

7.5

5.6

7.5

0.75

1.5

1.1 30 (1) 440–600 Vac 2510 KG 2C

1.5

2.2

7.5

5.6

7.5

0.75

1.5

1.1 30 Standard 2510 KG 5

1.5

2.2

7.5

5.6

7.5

0.75

1.5

1.1 30 (1) 115 Vac 2510 KG 5A

1.5

2.2

7.5

5.6

7.5

0.75

1.5

1.1 30 (1) 230 Vac 2510 KG 5B

1.5

7.5

5.6

11.2

14.9

0.75

1.5

1.1 30 Standard 2510 KG 6

1.5

7.5

5.6

11.2

14.9

0.75

1.5

1.1 30 (1) 208–277 Vac 2510 KG 6B

1.5

7.5

5.6

11.2

14.9

0.75

1.5

1.1 30 (1) 440–600 Vac 2510 KG 6C

Removable 2

1.5

2.2

0.75

1.5

1.1 30 Standard 2510 KG 3

key

1.5

2.2

0.75

1.5

1.1 30 (1) 115 Vac 2510 KG 3A

1.5

2.2

0.75

1.5

1.1 30 (1) 230 Vac 2510 KG 3B

1.5

7.5

5.6

7.5

0.75

1.5

1.1 30 Standard 2510 KG 4

1.5

7.5

5.6

7.5

0.75

1.5

1.1 30 (1) 208–277 Vac 2510 KG 4B

1.5

7.5

5.6

7.5

0.75

1.5

1.1 30 (1) 440–600 Vac 2510 KG 4C

(1) With red pilot light

For additional information, reference Catalog 2510CT9701.

(Single

phase)

(Three

phase)

(Single

phase)

(Three

phase)

(Single

phase)

(Three

phase)

NEMA Type

1-43

MOTOR

CONTROL

Manual switches Types T and M,

in general purpose surface mounting

enclosure (NEMA 1)

Type Non-reversing

Type of No. of NEMA Size Ratings Catalog no.

operator poles Motor voltage Max. power

DC 3-phase Single-phase

Toggle operator AC 2 M-0 115

–

0.75 2510 TBG 1

230

–

1.5

M-1 115

–

1.5 2510 TCG 1

230

–

2.2

M-1P 115

–

2.2 2510 TCG 2

230

–

3.7

AC 3 M-0 200–230

–

(2) 2.2 (2)

–

–2510 TBG 2

380–575

–

(3) 3.7 (3)

–

M-1 200–230

–

7.5

(2) 5.5 (2)

–

–2510 TCG 3

380–575

–

(3) 7.5 (3)

–

DC 2 M-0 115

0.75

–

–2510 TBG 4

230

1.5

1.1

–

M-1 115

1.5

1.1

–

–2510 TCG 5

230

1.5

–

Pushbutton AC 2 M-0 115

–

0.75 2510 MBG 1

230

–

1.5

M-1 115

–

1.5 2510 MCG 1

230

–

2.2

M-1P 115

–

2.2 2510 MCG 2

230

–

3.7

AC 3 M-0 200–230

–

(2) 2.2 (2)

–

–2510 MBG 2

380–575

–

(3) 3.7 (3)

–

M-1 200–230

–

7.5

(2) 5.5 (2)

–

–2510 MCG 3

380–575

–

(3) 7.5 (3)

–

DC 2 M-0 115

0.75

–

–2510 MBG 4

230

1.5

1.1

–

M-1 115

1.5

1.1

–

–2510 MCG 5

230

1.5

–

(2) Value for 230 V.

(3) Value for 575 V.

For additional information, reference Catalog 2510CT9701.

1-44

MOTOR

CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com

Accessories

Replacement parts kits

Type Replacement

parts kits

Description For use with Number of poles Catalog no.

NEMA Size in the kit

Class Type or current

Replacement parts kits 8502, 8536, 8538, SA (Series B) 00 3 9998 SJ 1

(the kit contains the moving and 8539, 8702, 8736 SB 0 3 9998 SL 2

stationary contacts, contact 49998 SL 12

springs and necessary hardware) SB, SC (power pole adder) 0 and 1 1 9998 SL 22

SC 1 and 1P 3 9998 SL 3

14 9998 SL 13

SD 2 3 9998 SL 4

49998 SL 14

SD (power pole adder) 2 1 9998 SL 24

SE 3 2 9998 SL 6

39998 SL 7

SF 4 2 9998 SL 8

39998 SL 9

SG 5 2 9998 SL 10

39998 SL 11

SH 6 2 9998 SL 25

39998 SL 26

SJ 7 2 9998 SL 30

39998 SL 31

8903 L (Series C) and LX (Series B) 20 A 4 9998 RA 5B

SM 30 A 3 9998 SL 3

49998 SL 13

SP 60 A 3 9998 SL 4

49998 SL 14

SQ 100 A 2 9998 SL 6

39998 SL 7

SV 200 A 2 9998 SL 8

39998 SL 9

SX 300 A 2 9998 SL 10

39998 SL 11

SY 400 A 2 9998 SL 25

39998 SL 26

SZ 600 A 2 9998 SL 32

39998 SL 33

SJ 800 A 2 9998 SL 30

3 9998 SL 31

8910 DPA 1pp

p20 A 1 9998 DRC 1

DPA 2pp

p25 A 1 9998 DRC 2

DPA 3pp

p30 A 1 9998 DRC 3

DPA 4pp

p40 A 1 9998 DRC 4

DPA 5pp

p50 A 1 9998 DRC 5

DPA 6pp

p60 A 1 9998 DRC 6

DPA 7pp

p75 A 1 9998 DRC 7

DPA 9pp

p90 A 1 9998 DRC 9

DPA 123 120 A 1 9998 DRC 12

For additional information, reference Catalog 8502CT9701.

NEMA Type

1-45

MOTOR

CONTROL

Type External

contact kits

Description For use with Type of contact Catalog no.

Class Type NEMA size or current

External convertible contact kits 8502, 8702, SA to SJ 00 to 7 1 N.O. contact 9999 SX 6

8536, 8736 1 N.C. contact 9999 SX 7

8903

(Type S only

)SM to SJ 30–800 A 2 isolated contacts 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. 9999 SX 8

1 N.O. overlapping contact 9999 SX 9 (1)

1 N.C. overlapping contact 9999 SX 10 (1)

External non-convertible contact kits 8502, 8702, SA to SJ 00 to 7 1 N.O. contact 9999 SX 13

8536, 8736 1 N.C. contact 9999 SX 14

8903

(Type S only

)SM to SJ 30–800 A 2 isolated contacts 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. 9999 SX 15

1 N.O. overlapping contact 9999 SX 16 (1)

1 N.C. overlapping contact 9999 SX 17 (1)

(1) These products must be used together and must be mounted on the same side of the contactor. They are suitable for applications where it is necessary for a N.O. contact to overlap

a N.C. contact.

External auxiliary contacts

Type External auxiliary

contacts

Description For use with Type of contact Catalog no.

Class Type

External auxiliary contacts 8910 DPA 1 N.O. contact 9999 D10

1 N.C. contact 9999 D01

2 isolated contacts 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. 9999 D11

2 N.O. contacts 9999 D20

DPA 122/123 1 N.O. contact 9999 SX6

1 N.C. contact 9999 SX7

2 isolated contacts 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. 9999 SX8

1 N.O. overlapping contact 9999 SX9

1 N.C. overlapping contact 9999 SX10

External auxiliary contacts

For additional information, reference Catalog 8502CT9701.

1-46

MOTOR

CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com

Industrial control relays

AC relays

AC Control relay AC Latching relay

Continuous Load Rating Normally Open Convertible Basic catalog no. Complete with code Basic catalog no. Complete with code

Inductive / resistive Instantaneous Contacts indicating control circuit voltage (1) indicating control circuit voltage (1)

10 A / 10 A 0 8501XO00

pppppp

ppp –

28501XO20

pppppp

ppp 8501XO20XL

pppppp

ppp

38501XO30

pppppp

ppp 8501XO30XL

pppppp

ppp

48501XO40

pppppp

ppp 8501XO40XL

pppppp

ppp

68501XO60

pppppp

ppp 8501XO60XL

pppppp

ppp

88501XO80

pppppp

ppp 8501XO80XL

pppppp

ppp

10 8501XO1000

pppppp

ppp –

12 8501XO1200

pppppp

ppp –

A maximum of 8 N.C. contacts is allowed on 9–12 pole relays.

Note: Unlatch coil is rated for intermittent duty and should be connected through a N.O. contact of the relay if the input signal is maintained. Order one more N.O. contact than the

application requires to use as a coil clearing contact.

DC relays

DC Control relay DC Latching relay

Continuous Load Rating Normally Open Convertible Basic catalog no. Complete with code Basic catalog no. Complete with code

Inductive / resistive Instantaneous Contacts indicating control circuit voltage (2) indicating control circuit voltage (2)

5 A / 5 A 0 8501XDO00

pppppp

ppp –

28501XDO20

pppppp

ppp 8501XDO20XDL

pppppp

ppp

48501XDO40

pppppp

ppp 8501XDO40XDL

pppppp

ppp

68501XDO60

pppppp

ppp 8501XDO60XDL

pppppp

ppp

88501XDO80

pppppp

ppp 8501XDO80XDL

pppppp

ppp

Note: Unlatch coil is rated for intermittent duty and should be connected through a N.O. contact of the relay if the input signal is maintained. Order one more N.O. contact than the

application requires to use as a coil clearing contact.

For additional information, reference Catalog 8501CT9601.

(1) Standard AC control circuit voltages:

Volts 24 110 120 208 220

50 Hz V12 V02 ––V03

60 Hz V01 –V02 V08 –

Volts 240 440 480 550 600

50 Hz –V06 –V07 –

60 Hz V03 –V06 –V07

Example: 8501 XO20 V02.

(2) Standard DC control circuit voltages:

Volts 12 24 48 72

V51 V53 V56 V58

Volts 115 125 230 250

V62 V62 V66 V66

Example: 8501 XDO80 V53.

NEMA Type

1-47

MOTOR

CONTROL

Circuit breaker operating mechanisms

Door mounted kits

Complete kit Std. shaft /std. handle Long shaft /std. handle Long shaft / short handle

Does not include circuit breaker Includes: Includes: Includes:

Operating mechanism Operating mechanism Operating mechanism

Standard 6" handle Standard 6" handle Short 3" handle

Use with: Standard shaft kit Long shaft kit Long shaft kit

Circuit breaker Number Frame Catalog

Mounting depth

Catalog

Mounting depth

Catalog

Mounting depth

or interrupter type of poles size (A) number min.-max. (1) number min.-max. (1) number min.-max. (1)

GJL 3 75, 100 9421LG1 5-1/2–10-1/4 9421LG4 5-1/2–20-7/8 9421LG3 5-1/2–20-7/8

FAL, FCL, FHL 2–3 100 9421LN1 5-1/2–10-7/16 9421LN4 5-1/2–21 9421LN3 5-1/2–21

KAL, KCL, KHL 2–3 250 9421LP1 6-1/4–11-3/16 9421LP4 6-1/4–21-3/4 9421LP3 6-1/4–21-3/4

LAL, LHL, Q4L 2–3 400 9421LR1 6-5/16–10-7/8 9421LR4 6-5/16–21-1/2 (3)

MEL, MXL 2–3 800 9421LT1 (2) 7-3/16–11-5/8 9421LT4 (2) 7-3/16–22-1/4 (3)

MAL, MHL 2–3 1000 9421LT1 (2) 7-3/16–11-5/8 9421LT4 (2) 7-3/16–22-1/4 (3)

NAL, NCL, NEL, NXL 2–3 1200 9421LX1 (2) 8-1/4–12-3/4 9421LX4 (2) 8-1/4–23-3/8 (3)

(1) Mounting depth measured from circuit breaker mounting surface (control panel) to outside of enclosure door in inches.

(2) Types LT1, LT4, LX1, and LX4 include an 8” handle rather than a 6” handle.

(3) 3" handles are not recommended for use with these circuit breakers.

Handles

Use With Standard Handle Assemblies Special 3'' Version

Circuit breaker Number Frame Type Type Type Type Type Type

or interrupter type of poles size (A) 1, 3R, 12 3R, 4 3R, 4, 4X 1, 3R, 12 3R, 4 3R, 4, 4X

(Painted) (Painted)

(Chrome Plated)

(Painted) (Painted)

(Chrome Plated)

GJL 3 75 9421LH6 9421LH46 9421LC46 9421LH43 9421LH43 9421LC43

FAL, FCL, FHL 2–3 100 9421LH6 9421LH46 9421LC46 9421LH43 9421LH43 9421LC43

KAL, KCL, KHL 2–3 250 9421LH6 9421LH46 9421LC46 9421LH43 9421LH43 9421LC43

LAL, LHL, Q4L 2–3 400 9421LH6 9421LH46 9421LC46 (3)

MEL, MXL 2–3 800 9421LH48 9421LH48 9421LC48 (3)

MAL, MHL 2–3 1000 9421LH48 9421LH48 9421LC48 (3)

NAL, NCL, NEL, NXL 2–3 1200 9421LH48 9421LH48 9421LC48 (3)

(3) 3" handles are not recommended for use with these circuit breakers.

For additional information, reference Catalog 9420CT9701.

Operating Mechanism

(includes lockout)

1-48

MOTOR

CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com

Disconnect switches

Variable depth and cable operated

Disconnect switches

Switch for use

Variable Fuse clip rating with cable operators

depth Maximum horsepower ratings

(1)

DC (amperes) non- Switch and operating ONLY—Switch and operating mechanism

mtg. AC systems volts Using interchangeable type mechanism only—does not include and handle mechanism—overpacked

Disconnect range (Motor volts) 2 poles For Class H, J, K does not include handle mechanism Includes Type A1 Includes Type A2

switch min.–max. 208 240 480 600 250 V Fuse or R fuses only handle mechanism or cable operator handle mechanism handle mechanism

size (inches) (200) (230) (460) (575) max. type 250 V 600 V Type Type Type Type

30 A 6-5/8"–18" 7.5 7.5 15 20 5 None — — 9421TCN30 9421TCN30C 9421ATCN301 9421ATCN302

H, K, J, R 30 — 9421TCF30 9421TCF30C 9421ATCF301

9421

ATCF302

60 30 9421TCF33 9421TCF33C 9421ATCF331

9421

ATCF332

60 A 6-5/8"–18" 15 15 30 50 10 None — — 9421TDN60 9421TDN60C 9421ATDN601

9421

ATDN602

H, K, J, R 60 30 9421TDF60 9421TDF60C 9421ATDF601

9421

ATDF602

—60 9421TDF63 9421TDF63C 9421ATDF631

9421

ATDF632

100 A 6-5/8"–18" 25 30 60 75 20 None — — 9421TEN10 9421TEN10C 9421ATEN101

9421

ATEN102

H, K, J, R 100 100 9421TEF10 9421TEF10C 9421ATEF101

9421

ATEF102

200 A 9-1/8-–19-1/4 (2) 40 60 125 150 40 None — — 9421TF1 —9421ATF11

9421

ATF21

H, K, J, R 200 200 9421TF2 —9421ATF12

9421

ATF22

—4009421TF3 (3) —9421ATF13 (3)

9421

ATF23 (3)

400 A 11.38 75 125 250 350 50

None — — 9421TG1 (6)(7)

—

Fixed Depth(4) (A5 or A6 Handle)

400 A 15.87–19 (5) 75 125 250 350 50

H, K, J, R

400 400

9421TG2 (6)(7)

—

Adj. Depth (4) (A7 or A8 Handle)

(1) Refers to rating of switch only.

(2) 9422 R2 will extend maximum mounting depth 7"

(3) Accommodates Class J fuses only.

(4) Switches are either fixed-depth or adjustable; the handle will determine installation.

(5) In steps of 0.63 inches.

(6) Commercially available enclosures may not accept type TG operating mechanisms.

Contact enclosure manufacturer for availability of enclosures for use with these switches.

(7) Right hand flange mounting only.

Cable operator and handles

Cable Mechanisms (8) Cable Mechanisms with A1 Handle

for Types 1, 3, 3R, 4 and 12

Disconnect Switch Types Cable Catalog number Catalog number

Switch Size Length

30 A, 60 A, 100 A TCF, TCN, TDF, TDN, TEF, TEN 36" 9421CFT30 9421CFT31

48" 9421CFT40 –

60" 9421CFT50 9421CFT51

120" 9421CFT10 9421CFT11

(8) Must purchase handle mechanism separately (9422, A1, A2, A3 or A4).

Handle NEMA Type Enclosure

1, 3, 3R, 4 (sheet steel), 12 4,4X (stainless steel) (10)

Type of Handle Catalog number Catalog number

6" HANDLE (9) 9421A1 9421A2

4" HANDLE (9) 9421A3 9421A4

12" HANDLE (fixed depth) (11) 9421A5 9421A6

12" HANDLE (variable depth) (11) 9421A7 9421A8

10" HANDLE (12) 9421A9 9421A10

(9) For use with 30–200 Ampere switches and all circuit breaker mechanisms.

(10) All external metal parts are either stainless steel or a chrome-plated non-ferrous die casting.

(11) For use with 400 Ampere Type TG1 and TG2 disconnect switches ONLY.

(12) For use with Type D2 remote or dual adaptor kit.

For additional information, reference Catalog 9420CT9701.

NEMA Type

1-49

MOTOR

CONTROL

Circuit breaker operating mechanisms

Flange mounted

Use with: Operating mechanism

Circuit breaker Number Frame Variable depth Operating mechanism only —Operating mechanism and handle mechanism

frame size of poles size (A) mtg. range (In.) does not include Includes Type A1 (2) Includes Type A2 (2)

min.-max. (1) handle mechanism handle mechanism handle mechanism

Square D circuit breakers

GJL 3 100 6.00–17.75 9422RG1 9422ARG11 9422ARG21

FAL, FHL 2–3 100 5.38–17.75 9422RN1 9422ARN11 9422ARN21

KAL, KHL 2–3 250 6.38–17.88 9422RP1 9422ARP11 9422ARP21

LAL, LHL, Q4L 2–3 400 7.44–18.25 9422RR1 9422ARR11 9422ARR21

MEL, MXL 2–3 800 9.00–18.38 9422R T1 9422ART11 9422ART21

MAL, MHL 2–3 1200 9.00–18.38 9422RT1 9422ART11 9422ART21

NAL, NCL, NEL, NXL 2–3 1200 11.00–18.37 9422RX1 ––

Merlin Gerin circuit breakers

MG-NSF 3 250 5.88–17.75 9422RQ1 ––

MG-NSJ 3 600 9.00–17.75 9422RS1 ––

(1) Class 9422 Type R2 will extend mounting depth 7 inches.

(2) For handle information, see page 1-48.

Cable operators

Circuit breaker No. of Frame size Cable length Cable mechanism Cable mechanisms with A1 handle

type poles for Types 1, 3, 3R, 4, 12 (1)

GJL 3 100 36" 9422CGJ30 9422CGJ31

48" 9422CGJ40 9422CGJ41

60" 9422CGJ50 9422CGJ51

120" 9422CGJ10 9422CGJ11

FAL, FHL 2-3 100 36" 9422CFA30 9422CFA31

9422CFA50 9422CFA51

9422CFA10 9422CFA11

KAL, KHL 2-3 250 36" 9422CKA30 9422CKA31

60" 9422CKA50 9422CKA51

120" 9422CKA10 9422CKA11

LAL, LHL, Q4L 2-3 400 36" 9422CLA30 9422CLA31

60" 9422CLA50 9422CLA51

120" 9422CLA10 9422CLA11

MG-NSF 3 250 36” 9422CSF30 –

60" 9422CSF50 –

84" 9422CSF70 –

120" 9422CSF10 –

MG-NSF 4 250 36” 9422CSF304 –

60" 9422CSF504 –

120" 9422CSF104 –

MG-NSJ 3 600 36” 9422CSJ30 –

60" 9422CSJ50 –

120" 9422CSJ10 –

MG-NSJ 4 600 36” 9422CSJ304 –

60" 9422CSJ504 –

120" 9422CSJ104 –

For additional information, reference Catalog 9420CT9701.

1-50

MOTOR

CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com

Supply Power

Circuit breakers

Powerpact and J-frame

Frame / product H-frame J-frame

Number of poles 2, 3 2, 3

Current rating 15–150 A 150–250 A

Interuption rating (kA) HD HG HJ HL JD JG JJ JL

240 Vac 25 65 100 125 25 65 100 125

480 Vac 18 35 65 100 18 35 65 100

600 Vac 14 18 25 50 14 18 25 50

Standard UL, IEC, CSA, NOM UL, IEC, CSA, NOM

Handle actuators Ye s Ye s

See Catalog 0611CT0401

Multi 9™ circuit breakers

Frame / product UL489 C60N UL1077 C60N

Number of poles 1, 2, 3 1, 2, 3, 4

Current rating 0.5–35 A 0.5–63

Trip curve C and D B, C, D

Interuption rating (kA) 1P 2P 3P 1P 2P 3P 4P

120 Vac 10 10 10 10 10 10 10

240 Vac 5 10 10 5 10 10 10

480Y/277 Vac — — — 5 5 5 5

60 Vdc 10 — — 10 — — —

125 Vdc — 10 — — 10 — —

Standard UL489, IEC, CSA UL1077, IEC, CSA

Handle actuators Ye s Ye s

See Multi 9 System Catalog 0860CT0201

Vigirex™ relay

RH10M relay

Packaging/mounting DIN Mount (Multi 9 profile)

Standard UL1053 and CSA C22.2 No. 144

Reset (after trip) Manual reset

Sensitivity (Milliamperes) 30 100 300 500 1 A

Time delay Inst. Inst. Inst. Inst. Inst.

Supply power 12–24 Vac/12–48 Vdc 56300 56302 56305 56306 56307

110–130 Vac 56320 56322 56325 56326 56327

220–240 Vac 56330 56332 56335 56336 56337

See Vigirex Catalog 0972CT0301

Protection

systems

1-51

MOTOR

CONTROL

Circuit protection

Vigirex™ relay

RH21M relay

Packaging/mounting DIN Mount (Multi 9 profile)

Standard UL1053 and CSA C22.2 No. 144

Reset (after trip) Manual reset

Sensitivity (Milliamperes) 30 or 300 mA (selectable)

Time delay Inst at 30 mA; Inst or 60 ms at 300 mA

Supply power 12–24 Vac/12–48 Vdc 56360

110–130 Vac 56362

220–240 Vac 56363

See Vigirex Catalog 0972CT0301

RH99M relay

Packaging/mounting DIN Mount (Multi 9 profile)

Standard UL1053 and CSA C22.2 No. 144

Reset (after trip) Manual and automatic reset available

Sensitivity (Amperes) 0.03, 0.1, 0.3, 0.5, 1, 3, 5, 10, 30

Time delay (in seconds) Inst., 0.05, 0.15, 0.25, 0.31, 0.5, 0.8, 1.0, 4.5

Supply power Manual reset Automatic reset

12–24 Vac/12–48 Vdc 56370 56390

110–130 Vac 56372 56392

220–240 Vac 56373 56393

See Vigirex Catalog 0972CT0301

Vigirex toroid sensors

Toroid sensors

Packaging/mounting Closed Toroid

Standard UL489, IEC, CSA

Current Rating (Amperes) 65 85 160 250 400 630

Window Diameter (inches) 1.18 1.97 3.15 4.72 7.87 11.81

Window Diameter (mm / in.) 30 / 1.18 50 / 1.97 80 / 3.15 120 / 4.72 200 / 7.87 300 / 11.81

Model TA30 PA50 IA80 MA120 SA200 GA300

Catalog number 50437 50438 50439 50440 50441 50442

See Vigirex Catalog 0972CT0301

The simplicity

of a complete offer

Welcome to the Simply Smart*

products of Telemecanique

Altivar adjustable speed drives and Altistart soft starts open the

doors to increased productivity by offering you simple, compact,

open and flexible solutions:

b Ready to use

b Easy to integrate

b Large choice of communication networks and configuration tools

b Many functions to meet your specific applications

… so many solutions to increase your productivity.

* Simply Smart : using ingenuity and intelligence to continually improve ease of use.

PowerSuite

a unique software for all

Altistart and Altivar products.

Customize your settings with

minimum effort!

b Clear definition of parameters

b Prepare and print the configurations

b Compare configurations

b Easy to duplicate configurations for

similar applications

b Remote monitoring and diagnostics

The essential guide

Soft starts and

adjustable speed drives

Altistart / Altivar

A simplified selection guide

enabling you to quickly

select the soft start or the

drive suitable for your

application.

Additional flexibility

with the pocket PC

Graphic display of settings,

Current status,

Diagnostics…

Altistart / Altivar selection guide ...............................

page 2-2

Soft starts

Adjustable speed drives

Dialog and communication ......................................

page 2-20

a solution for every

soft starting and

adjustable speed

application

Contents

Small machines

Large machines

Small machines

Large machines,

variable torque

applications

Large machines,

constant torque

applications

b 0.25–75 hp

Altistart 01 -

page 2-6

b 2–1200 hp

Altistart 48 -

page 2-8

b 3–600 hp

Enclosed 48 -

page 2-4

b 1–350 hp

Enclosed 58M

page 2-5

b 1–100 hp

Econoflex

page 2-4

b 1–500 hp

Enclosed 58M

page 2-5

b 0.25–20 hp

Altivar 31 -

page 2-12

b 0.25–3 hp

Altivar 11

page 2-10

b 0.50–500 hp

Altivar 58

TRX

page 2-14

b 0.50–350 hp

Altivar 58

TRX

page 2-16

b 1–500 hp

Motor control centers

page 2-5

DRIVES

2-2

DRIVES

www.telemecanique.com

Selection guide

Type of machine Small machines

Key application/market segment • pumps • agitators • commercial kitchen equipment

• fans • packaging equipment

• conveyors • parking gates

• door controls

Soft starts/drives

Soft starts AC drives Reversing starter

applications

Altistart 01 Altivar 11 Altivar 31

Supply voltage ranges

Single phase 110–230 V Single phase 100–120 V Single phase 200–240 V

for 50/60 Hz line supply

Three phase 200–690 V Single phase 200–240 V Three phase 200–240 V

Three phase 200–230 V Three phase 380–500 V

Three phase 525–600 V

Motor power

0.37–75 kW 0.18–2.2 kW 0.18–15 kW

0.25–75 hp 0.25–3 hp 0.25–20 hp

Drive

Output frequency 50/60 Hz 0.5–200 Hz 0.5–500 Hz

Type of control Voltage ramp Sensorless flux vector control

Tr ansient overtorque 200–300% of the nominal motor 150–170% of the nominal motor 170–200% of the nominal motor

torque for 200 ms torque torque

Functions

Number of functions 7 26 50

Number of preset speeds – 4 16

Number of I/O Analog inputs – 1 3

Logic inputs 3 4 6

Analog outputs – 1 1

Logic outputs 1 1 1

Relay outputs 1 1 2

Communication

Integrated – – Modbus and CANopen

Available as an option Modbus, Ethernet TCP/IP, – DeviceNet, Ethernet TCP/IP,

Profibus DP and Fipio when Fipio, Profibus DP

combined with TeSys U-line

motor starter

Cards

(available as an option) – – –

Standards and certifications

IEC/EN 60947-4-2 EN 50178, EN 61800-3 EN 50178, EN 61800-3

UL, CSA, CE, CCC, C-TICK EN 55011 - EN 55022 EN 55011 - EN 55022:

class B and class A gr.1 class A, class B with option

NOM 117 - C-TICK - CSA C-TICK - UL - N998 - CE - CSA

UL - N998 - CE

Pages 2-6 to 2-7 2-10 to 2-11 2-12 to 2-13

Reference literature

8637CT0401 – 8800CT0401

2-3

DRIVES

For other versions, consult your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office.

Large machines

Fixed speed machines Variable torque machines Constant torque machines

for reduced voltage starting/stopping

• industrial facility

• industrial facility • centrifugal fans • compressors

• compressors • centrifugal pumps • conveyors

• conveyors • extruders

• fans • packaging

• pumps

Soft starts AC drives

Altistart 48 Altivar 58

TRX

Altivar 58

TRX

Three phase 208–690 V Single phase 200–240 V Single phase 200–240 V

Three phase 200–240 V Three phase 200–240 V

Three phase 380–460 V Three phase 380–500 V

3–900 kW 0.37–315 kW 0.37–220 kW

2–1200 hp 0.50–500 hp 0.50–350 hp

0.1–500 Hz 0.1–500 Hz

Torque ramp control Sensorless flux vector Sensor/sensorless flux vector control

50/60 Hz control

200–300% of the nominal motor torque 110% of the nominal motor torque 200% of the nominal motor torque

for 100 ms for 60 sec. for 2 sec. 170% for 60 sec.

36 > 60 > 60

–8 8

12 to 3 2 to 3

44 to 6 4 to 6

11 to 2 1 to 2

20 to 1 0 to 1

32 2

Modbus Modbus Modbus

DeviceNet, Ethernet TCP/IP, AS-Interface, CANopen, AS-Interface, CANopen,

Profibus DP, Fipio DeviceNet, Ethernet TCP/IP, DeviceNet, Ethernet TCP/IP,

Fipio, I

NTER

-S, Lonworks, Modbus, Fipio, I

NTER

-S, Modbus, Modbus Plus,

Modbus Plus, METASYS N2, Profibus DP, Uni-Telway

Siemens P1, Profibus DP, Uni-Telway

– Pump switching card Multi-motor card, Multi-parameter card,

“Controller Inside” programmable card Simple positioning card,

I/O extension card “Controller Inside” programmable card,

115 Vac logic input card I/O extension card,

115 Vac logic input card

IEC/EN 60947-4-2 EN 50178 - IEC 1800-3 EN 50178 - EN 55011

EMC class A and B EN 55011 class A EN 55022 class A,

UL, CSA, NOM, CE, CCC, EN 55022 class B class B with option

GOST, CCIB, C-TICK, DNV UL - N998 - CE IEC 61000-4/2/4-3/4-4/4-5

IEC 61800-3 - DNV - GOST

UL - CE - CSA - N998 - NOM 117

2-8 to 2-9 2-14 to 2-15 2-16 to 2-18

8836CT9701R2/00 8806CT9901R2/03 8806CT9901R2/03

• centrifuges

• hoisting

• crushers

• presses

• grinders

2-4

DRIVES

www.telemecanique.com

Selection guide

Type of motor control

Key application/market segment • pumps • agitators • commercial/mechanical

• fans • mixers • HVAC/fans

• conveyors • grinders • pumps

• centrifuges • crushers

• lifts • presses

Packaged soft starts/drives

Soft starts Adjustable speed drives

Enclosed 48 Econoflex

Distribution voltage ranges

Three phase 208–600 Vac Three phase 208–480 Vac

for 50/60 Hz line supply

Horsepower ratings

3–600 hp 1–100 hp (VT)

Configurable options

Pre-engineered and customization Pre-engineered

• non-reversing • drive controller

• reversing • drive with isolation and bypass

• shunt trip

Enclosure ratings

Type 1, 12, 3R Type 1, 12K, 3R

Communication networks

Modbus Modbus

Modbus Plus Lonworks

Ethernet METASYS N2

Devicenet

Standards and certifications

UL 508 UL 508C

cUL cUL

Seismic qualified (AC156)

Floor mount

Reference literature

8636BR0401 8839HO9902

8638CT0401 8806CT9901

Integrated control protected within enclosures, optimized with

disconnects, circuit breakers, fuses, contactors, push buttons,

selector switches, control logic, communication and miscellaneous

options designed to meet application requirements.

2-5

DRIVES

For other versions, consult your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office.

• industrial facility • water/wastewater • high density construction

• pumps • clean power drives • industrial & process control applications

• fans • high horsepower

• compressors • pumps

• conveyors

• extruders

Adjustable speed drives Adjustable speed drives Soft starts & adjustable speed drives

Enclosed 58M Powergard (18 pulse) Motor control centers

Three phase 208–480 Vac Three phase 480 Vac Three phase 208–600 Vac

1–500 hp (VT) 75–500 hp (VT) 3–600 hp soft starts

1–350 hp (CT) 1–500 hp adjustable speed drives

Pre-engineered and customization Pre-engineered and customization Pre-engineered and customization

• drive controller • drive controller

• drive with integrated bypass • configurable with barriered bypass or

• drive with barriered bypass SSRVS bypass

Type 1, 1A, 12 Type 1, 1A Type 1, 12, 3R

Modbus Modbus Modbus

Modbus Plus Modbus Plus Modbus Plus

DeviceNet DeviceNet DeviceNet

Ethernet Ethernet Ethernet

METASYS N2 METASYS N2 METASYS N2

Lonworks Lonworks Profibus

UL 508A UL 508A UL845

UL 508C UL 508C CSA

CSA / cUL

Seismic qualified (AC156)

Floor mount

8800SM0301 Consult factory 8998BR9701

8806CT9901 8998CT9701

Now available

in ATV 58

TRX

version

2-6

DRIVES

www.telemecanique.com

Type of starter Soft start Soft start and soft stop

Motor power 0.25–7.5 hp 1.0–20 hp

Degree of protection IP 20

Peak current reduction No (1 controlled phase) Yes (2 controlled phases)

Adjustable starting time 1–5 s 1–10 s

Adjustable stopping time No: freewheel stop Yes: 1–10 s

Adjustable starting torque 30–80% of rated motor starting torque

Logic inputs

3 logic inputs (Start, stop and kickstart)

Logic outputs -1 logic output

Relay outputs -1 relay output

Control supply voltage

110–240 Vac ± 10%, 24 Vdc ± 10%

Built into the soft start

Supply voltage

Single phase 110–230 V

Motor power

110 V 230 V Nominal current

Hp kW Hp (A)

–0.37 0.25 3 ATS01N103FT

0.25 0.75 0.5 6 ATS01N106FT

0.33 1.1 1 9 ATS01N109FT

0.5 1.5 2 12 ATS01N112FT

Supply voltage

3-phase

200–480 V

3-phase

200–240 V

3-phase

380–415 V

3-phase

440–480 V

Motor power

208 V 230 V 400 V 460 V Nominal current

Hp kW Hp kW Hp (A)

0.5 0.37–0.55 0.5 1.1 1–1.5 3 ATS01N103FT –––

10.75–1.1 1–1.5 2.2 2–3 6 ATS01N106FT ATS01N206LU ATS01N206QN ATS01N206RT

1.5–2 1.5 2 4 5 9 ATS01N109FT ATS01N209LU ATS01N209QN ATS01N209RT

32.2 3 5.5 7.5 12 ATS01N112FT ATS01N212LU ATS01N212QN ATS01N212RT

54–5.5 5–7.5 7.5–11 10–15 22 –ATS01N222LU ATS01N222QN ATS01N222RT

7.5–10

7.5 10 15 20 32 –ATS01N232LU ATS01N232QN ATS01N232RT

Type of starter Soft start and soft stop

Motor power 10 to 60 hp

Degree of protection IP 20 on front panel

Peak current reduction Ye s

Adjustable starting and stopping times 1–25 s

Adjustable starting torque 30–80% of rated motor starting torque

Logic inputs 2 logic inputs (start and stop)

Relay outputs 1 relay output (1 more optional)

Control supply voltage 110 Vdc ± 10% Built into the soft start

Supply voltage 3-phase 230–690 V 3-phase 400 V

Motor power

230 V 400 V 460 V 575 V 690 V Nominal current

kW Hp kW Hp Hp kW (A)

7.5 10 15 20 30 30 32 ATS01N230LY –

11 15 22 30 40 37 44 ATS01N244LY ATS01N244Q

18.5 25 37 50 60 55 72 ATS01N272LY ATS01N272Q

22 30 45 60 75 75 85 ATS01N285LY ATS01N285Q

Altistart 01

0.25 to 75 hp

0.37–75 kW

Small machines

Soft starts

Dimensions (W x H x D) mm In.

ATS01 N103FT / N106 FT 22.5 x 100 x 100 0.89 x 3.94 x 3.94

N109FT / N112 FT 45 x 124 x 113 1.77 x 4.88 x 4.45

N206pp / N209pp / N212pp

N222pp / N232pp 45 x 154 x 113 1.77 x 6.06 x 4.45

Dimensions (W x H x D) mm In.

ATS01 N230pp/N244pp 180 x 146 x 126 180 x 5.75 x 4.96

N272pp/N285pp 180 x 254.5 x 126 7.09 x 10.02 x 4.96

2-7

DRIVES

For other versions, consult your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office.

Soft starts with TeSys U-line

motor starter

Type of starter Soft stop and soft start

Motor power 1.0 to 20 hp

Degree of protection IP 20

Peak current reduction Ye s

Adjustable starting and stopping times 1–10 s

Adjustable starting torque 30–80% of rated motor starting torque

Logic inputs 3 logic inputs (start, stop and kickstart)

Logic outputs 1 logic output

Relay outputs 1 relay output

Control supply voltage Built into the soft start

Catalog numbers TeSys U-line motor starter Power connector

soft start

between ATSU and TeSys

Power base Control

U-line motor starter:

unit (1) VW3G4104 (2)

Supply voltage 3-phase 200–480 V

Motor power

230 V 400 V 460 V

Nominal

kW Hp kW Hp

current (A)

0.75 1 1.5 2 6 ATSU01N206LT LUB12 LUCpp

p05BL –

1.1 1.5 2.2 3 6 ATSU01N206LT LUB12 LUCpp

p12BL

1.5 23–9ATSU01N209LT LUB12 LUCpp

p12BL –

–459ATSU01N209LT LUB12 LUCpp

p12BL

2.2 3––12ATSU01N212LT LUB12 LUCpp

p12BL –

3– 5.5 7.5 12 ATSU01N212LT LUB32 LUCpp

p18BL

45 7.5 10 22 ATSU01N222LT LUB32 LUCpp

p18BL –

5.5 7.5 11 15 22 ATSU01N222LT LUB32 LUCpp

p32BL

7.5 10 15 20 32 ATSU01N232LT LUB32 LUCpp

p32BL –

(1) To create the complete catalog number, replace pp

p in the catalog number with: “A” for a standard control unit, “M” for a multifunction unit and “B” for an expandable unit.

(2) This power connector is included with ATSU01 soft starts.

Dimensions (W x H x D) mm In.

ATSU01

N206LT / N209LT/N212LT 45 x 124 x 113 1.77 x 4.88 x 4.45

N222LT / N232LT 45 x 154 x 113 1.77 x 6.06 x 4.45

2-8

DRIVES

www.telemecanique.com

Altistart 48

2 to 1200 hp

3 to 900 kW

Large machines

Soft starts

Supply voltage 3-phase 208–690 V

Application duty cycle Standard duty Severe duty

(1)

Starter control supply voltage 110–230 V

Protection Degree of protection IP 20: ATS48D17Y to ATS48C11Y soft starts

IP 00: ATS48C14Y to ATS48M12Y soft starts

Motor thermal protection Class 10 Class 20

EMC Class A On all soft starts

Class B On all soft starts up to ATS48C17Y

Starting mode Torque ramp control

I/O Analog inputs 1 PTC probe

Logic inputs 4, 2 of which are configurable

Logic outputs 2 configurable

Analog outputs 1

Relay outputs 3, 2 of which are configurable

Dialog Integrated or remote display terminal, or PowerSuite software (2)

Communication (2) Integrated Modbus

Available as an option DeviceNet, Ethernet TCP/IP, Profibus DP, Fipio

Motor power

Nominal

208 V 230 V 460 V 575 V 230 V 400 V 440 V 500 V 525 V 660 V 690 V

current

Hp kW (A)

23 7.5 10 3 5.5 5.5 7.5 7.5 9 11 12 – ATS48D17Y

35 1015 4 7.5 7.5 9 9 11 15 17 ATS48D17Y ATS48D22Y

57.5 15 20 5.5 11 11 11 11 15 18.5 22 ATS48D22Y ATS48D32Y

7.5 10 20 25 7.5 15 15 18.5 18.5 22 22 32 ATS48D32Y ATS48D38Y

10 – 25 30 9 18.5 18.5 22 22 30 30 38 ATS48D38Y ATS48D47Y

–1530401122223030373747ATS48D47Y ATS48D62Y

15 20 40 50 15 30 30 37 37 45 45 62 ATS48D62Y ATS48D75Y

20 25 50 60 18.5 37 37 45 45 55 55 75 ATS48D75Y ATS48D88Y

25 30 60 75 22 45 45 55 55 75 75 88 ATS48D88Y ATS48C11Y

30 40 75 100 30 55 55 75 75 90 90 110 ATS48C11Y ATS48C14Y

40 50 100 125 37 75 75 90 90 110 110 140 ATS48C14Y ATS48C17Y

50 60 125 150 45 90 90 110 110 132 160 170 ATS48C17Y ATS48C21Y

60 75 150 200 55 110 110 132 132 160 200 210 ATS48C21Y ATS48C25Y

75 100 200 250 75 132 132 160 160 220 250 250 ATS48C25Y ATS48C32Y

100 125 250 300 90 160 160 220 220 250 315 320 ATS48C32Y ATS48C41Y

125 150 300 350 110 220 220 250 250 355 400 410 ATS48C41Y ATS48C48Y

150 – 350 400 132 250 250 315 315 400 500 480 ATS48C48Y ATS48C59Y

–200 400 500 160 315 355 400 400 560 560 590 ATS48C59Y ATS48C66Y

200 250 500 600 – 355 400 – – 630 630 660 ATS48C66Y ATS48C79Y

250 300 600 800 220 400 500 500 500 710 710 790 ATS48C79Y ATS48M10Y

350 350 800 1000 250 500 630 630 630 900 900 1000 ATS48M10Y ATS48M12Y

400 450 1000 1200 355 630 710 800 800 – – 1200 ATS48M12Y –

(1) Starting time greater than 30 seconds (fans, high inertia machines and compressors).

(2) For more information concerning PowerSuite software and communication protocols, see pages 2-20–2-22.

Accessory

Type of accessory Remote display terminal

[Includes 3 m (9.8') cable with connectors, with seals, plastic bezel,

screws for IP 65 keypad mounting on door of enclosure.]

Catalog number VW3G48101

Dimensions (W x H x D) mm In.

ATS48 D17Y to D47Y 160 x 275 x 190 6.30 x 10.83 x 7.48

D62Y to C11Y 190 x 290 x 235 7.48 x 11.42 x 9.25

C14Y to C17Y 200 x 340 x 265 7.87 x 13.39 x 10.43

C21Y to C32Y 320 x 380 x 265 12.60 x 14.96 x 10.43

C41Y to C66Y 400 x 670 x 300 15.75 x 26.38 x 11.81

C79Y to M12Y 770 x 890 x 315 30.31 x 35.04 x 12.40

2-9

DRIVES

For other versions, consult your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office.

Soft starts

(1)

Supply voltage 3-phase 208–500 V

Application duty cycle Standard duty Severe duty

(2)

Starter control supply voltage 110–230 V

Characteristics Identical to 208–690 V soft starts

Motor power

Nominal

208 V 230 V 460 V 230 V 400 V 440 V 500 V

current

Hp kW (A)

–7.5 15 5.5 11 11 15 22 – ATS48D17YS316

7.5 10 20 7.5 15 15 18.5 29 ATS48D17YS316 ATS48D22YS316

10 10 30 9 18.5 22 22 38 ATS48D22YS316 ATS48D32YS316

15 20 40 15 22 30 37 55 ATS48D32YS316 ATS48D38YS316

20 25 50 18.5 30 37 45 66 ATS48D38YS316 ATS48D47YS316

25 30 60 22 45 45 55 81 ATS48D47YS316 ATS48D62YS316

30 40 75 30 55 55 75 107 ATS48D62YS316 ATS48D75YS316

40 50 100 37 55 75 90 130 ATS48D75YS316 ATS48D88YS316

50 60 125 45 75 90 110 152 ATS48D88YS316 ATS48C11YS316

60 75 150 55 90 110 132 191 ATS48C11YS316 ATS48C14YS316

75 100 200 75 110 – 160 242 ATS48C14YS316 ATS48C17YS316

100 125 250 90 132 200 200 294 ATS48C17YS316 ATS48C21YS316

125 150 300 110 160 220 250 364 ATS48C21YS316 ATS48C25YS316

150 – 350 132 220 250 315 433 ATS48C25YS316 ATS48C32YS316

200 200 450 160 250 355 400 554 ATS48C32YS316 ATS48C41YS316

–– 600 220 315 500 500 710 ATS48C41YS316 ATS48C48YS316

–– – 250 355 560 630 831 ATS48C48YS316 ATS48C59YS316

–– –– 400 710 710 1022 ATS48C59YS316 ATS48C66YS316

–– – 315 500 710 800 1143 ATS48C66YS316 ATS48C79YS316

–– – 475 630 900 900 1368 ATS48C79YS316 ATS48M10YS316

–– –– 710 – – 1732 ATS48M10YS316 ATS48M12YS316

–– – 500 – – – 2078 ATS48M12YS316 –

(1) For wiring in series with the windings of a 6 or 12 lead delta-wound motor.

(2) Starting time greater than 30 seconds (fans, high inertia machines and compressors).

Dimensions (W x H x D) mm In.

ATS48 D17p to D47p160 x 275 x 190 6.30 x 10.83 x 7.48

D62p to C11p190 x 290 x 235 7.48 x 11.42 x 9.25

C14p to C17p200 x 340 x 265 7.87 x 13.39 x 10.43

C21p to C32p320 x 380 x 265 12.60 x 14.96 x 10.43

C41p to C66p400 x 670 x 300 15.75 x 26.38 x 11.81

C79p to M12p770 x 890 x 315 30.31 x 35.04 x 12.40

2-10

DRIVES

www.telemecanique.com

Altivar 11

0.25 to 3 hp

Small machines

AC drives with heatsinks

Range Europe America Asia

Output frequency 0.5–200 Hz

Type of control Sensorless flux vector control

Speed range 1 to 20

Degree of protection IP 20

I/O Analog inputs 1 configurable analog input

Logic inputs 4 assignable logic inputs

Outputs 1 PWM open collector output assignable as logic or analog output

Relay outputs 1 protected relay logic output

Dialog Integrated display terminal or PowerSuite software workshop (2)

EMC Integrated class B filter

External filter available as an option

Local controls (3)/negative logic No No Yes

Standard NEC 1999 Motor Current Rated No Yes No

Supply voltage Single phase 100–120 V

Motor power kW Hp

0.18 0.25 – ATV11HU05F1U Size 1 ATV11HU05F1A Size 1

0.37 0.5 – ATV11HU09F1U Size 2 ATV11HU09F1A Size 2

0.75 1 – ATV11HU18F1U Size 4 ATV11HU18F1A Size 4

Supply voltage Single phase 200–240 V

Motor power 0.18 0.25 ATV11HU05M2E Size 1 ATV11HU05M2U Size 1 ATV11HU05M2A Size 1

0.37 0.5 ATV11HU09M2E Size 2 ATV11HU09M2U Size 2 ATV11HU09M2A Size 2

0.55 ATV11HU12M2E Size 3 – –

0.75 1 ATV11HU18M2E Size 3 ATV11HU18M2U Size 3 ATV11HU18M2A Size 3

1.5 2 ATV11HU29M2E Size 4 ATV11HU29M2U Size 4 ATV11HU29M2A Size 4

2.2 3 ATV11HU41M2E Size 4 ATV11HU41M2U Size 4 ATV11HU41M2A Size 4

Supply voltage Three phase 200–230 V

Motor power 0.18 0.25 –ATV11HU05M3U Size 1 ATV11HU05M3A Size 1

0.37 0.5 – ATV11HU09M3U Size 2 ATV11HU09M3A Size 2

0.75 1 – ATV11HU18M3U Size 3 ATV11HU18M3A Size 3

1.5 2 – ATV11HU29M3U Size 4 ATV11HU29M3A Size 4

2.2 3 – ATV11HU41M3U Size 4 ATV11HU41M3A Size 4

(1) Asia range: add 7 mm to depth (height of the potentiometer)

(2) PowerSuite software, see page 2-20

(3) Local controls: Run/Stop keys and potentiometer

AC drives with base plates

Range Europe America Asia

Supply voltage kW Hp Single phase 100–120 V

Motor power 0.37 0.5 –ATV11PU09F1U ATV11PU09F1A

Supply voltage Single phase 200–240 V

Motor power 0.37 0.5 ATV11PU09M2E ATV11PU09M2U ATV11PU09M2A

0.55 ATV11PU12M2E ––

0.75 1 ATV11PU18M2E ATV11PU18M2U ATV11PU18M2A

Supply voltage Three phase 200–230 V

Motor power 0.37 0.5 –ATV11PU09M3U ATV11PU09M3A

0.75 1 –ATV11PU18M3U ATV11PU18M3A

(1) Asia range: add 7 mm to depth (height of the potentiometer)

Dimensions (W x H x D) (1) mm In.

Size 1:72 x 142 x 101 2.83 x 5.59 x 3.98

Dimensions (W x H x D) (1) mm In.

Size 1:72 x 142 x 101 2.83 x 5.59 x 3.98

Size 2:72 x 142 x 125 2.83 x 5.59 x 4.92

Size 3:72 x 142 x 138 2.83 x 5.59 x 5.43

Size 4:117 x 142 x 156 4.61 x 5.59 x 6.14

2-11

DRIVES

For other versions, consult your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office.

Additional EMC input filters

Supply voltage Single phase Three phase

100–120 V 200–240 V 200–230 V

Europe range Drive type ATV11 – HU05M2E to HU41M2E –

Catalog numbers Filters –Integrated –

America range Drive type ATV11 HU05F1U, HU09F1U HU05M2U to HU18M2U HU05M3U to HU18M3U

Catalog numbers Filters VW3A11401 VW3A11401 VW3A11403

Drive type ATV11 HU18F1U HU29M2U - HU41M2U HU29M3U to HU41M3U

Catalog numbers Filters VW3A11402 VW3A11402 VW3A11404

Asia range Drive type ATV11 HU05F1A - HU09F1A HU05M2A to HU18M2A HU05M3A to HU18M3A

Catalog numbers Filters VW3A11401 VW3A11401 VW3A11403

Drive type ATV11 HU18F1A - HU18F1A HU29M2A - HU41M2A HU29M3A to HU41M3A

Catalog numbers Filters VW3A11402 VW3A11402 VW3A11404

Accessories

Accessory Mounting plates Grounding plate Braking module

for DIN rail for EMC mounting

Description Width 35 mm (1.38") Minimum dynamic braking

resistance value 75 Ω

Catalog numbers Drive type ATV11 HU05ppp HU18F1pAll ATV11 models All ATV11 models

HU09ppp HU29ppp

HU12M2pHU41ppp

HU18pp –

Accessories VW3A11851 VW3A11852 VW3A11831 VW3A11701

Braking resistors: Please consult bulletin VDOC06N908C.

2-12

DRIVES

www.telemecanique.com

Altivar 31

0.25 to 20 hp

Small machines

AC drives

Supply voltage Single phase Three phase

200–240 V 200–240 V 380–500 V 525–600 V

Output frequency 0.5–500 Hz

Type of control Sensorless flux vector control

Speed range 1 to 50

Degree of protection IP 31 and IP 41 on upper part and IP 21 on connection terminals

I/O Analog inputs 3 configurable analog inputs

Logic inputs 6 programmable logic inputs

Analog/logic outputs Choice of: 1 current analog output or 1 voltage analog output (assignable as logic output)

Relay outputs 2 relay logic outputs

Dialog Integrated display terminal with or without local controls (1) or PowerSuite software workshop (2)

Communication (3) Integrated Modbus and CANopen

Available as an option DeviceNet, Ethernet TCP/IP, Fipio, Profibus DP

EMC Class A Integrated class A filter

External filter avail. as an option

Integrated class A filter –

Class B External filter available as an option –

Motor power kW Hp

0.18 0.25 ATV31H018M2 S3 ATV31H018M3X S1 ––

0.37 0.5 ATV31H037M2 S3 ATV31H037M3X S1 ATV31H037N4 S6 –

0.55 0.75 ATV31H055M2 S4 ATV31H055M3X S2 ATV31H055N4 S6 –

0.75 1 ATV31H075M2 S4 ATV31H075M3X S2 ATV31H075N4 S6 ATV31H075S6X S6

1.1 1.5 ATV31HU11M2 S6 ATV31HU11M3X S5 ATV31HU11N4 S5 –

1.5 2 ATV31HU15M2 S6 ATV31HU15M3X S5 ATV31HU15N4 S6 ATV31HU15S6X S6

2.2 3 ATV31HU22M2 S7 ATV31HU22M3X S6 ATV31HU22N4 S7 ATV31HU22S6X S7

3– – ATV31HU30M3X S7 ATV31HU30N4 S7 –

45 – ATV31HU40M3X S7 ATV31HU40N4 S7 ATV31HU40S6X S7

5.5 7.5 – ATV31HU55M3X S8 ATV31HU55N4 S8 ATV31HU55S6X S8

7.5 10 – ATV31HU75M3X S8 ATV31HU75N4 S8 ATV31HU75S6X S8

11 15 – ATV31HD11M3X S9 ATV31HD11N4 S9 ATV31HD11S6X S9

15 20 – ATV31HD15M3X S9 ATV31HD15N4 S9 ATV31HD15S6X S9

(1) For drive with local controls (Run/Stop keys and potentiometer) add an “A” at the end of the catalog number.

(2) (3) PowerSuite software and communication protocols, see page 2-20.

(4) Add 8 mm (0.31") to depth (height of potentiometer).

Accessory

Type of accessory Remote display terminal

[Includes 3 m (9.8') cable with connectors, with seals, plastic bezel,

screws for IP 65 keypad mounting on door of enclosure.]

Catalog number VW3A31101

For more information on accessories, reference Catalog #8800CT0401.

Dimensions (W x H x D) (4) mm In.

Size 1:72 x 145 x 120 2.83 x 5.71 x 4.72

Size 2 & 3:72 x 145 x 130 2.83 x 5.71 x 5.12

Size 4:72 x 145 x 140 2.83 x 5.71 x 5.51

Size 5:105 x 143 x 130 4.13 x 5.63 x 5.12

Size 6:105 x 143 x 150 4.13 x 5.63 x 5.91

Size 7:140 x 184 x 150 5.51 x 7.24 x 5.91

Size 8:180 x 232 x 170 7.09 x 9.13 x 6.69

Size 9:245 x 330 x 190 9.65 x 12.99 x 7.48

2-13

DRIVES

For other versions, consult your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office.

Supply voltage Single phase Three phase

200–240 V 200–240 V 380–500 V

Maximum length of shielded cable (1) Class A 5 m (16.4') 50 m (164') 5 m (16.4') 5 m (16.4') 50 m (164')

Class B – 20 m (65') – – 20 m (65')

Catalog numbers Drive type ATV31 H018M2 to H075M2 H018M3X to H075M3X H037N4 to HU15N4

Filters Integrated VW3A31401 VW3A31402 Integrated VW3A31404

Drive type ATV31 HU11M2 to HU15M2 HU11M3X to HU22M3X HU22N4 to HU40N4

Filters Integrated VW3A31403 VW3A31404 Integrated VW3A31406

Drive type ATV31 HU22M2 HU30M3X - HU40M3X HU55N4 - HU75 N4

Filters Integrated VW3A31405 VW3A31406 Integrated VW3A31407

Drive type ATV31 – HU55M3X - HU75M3X HD11N4 - HD15N4

Filters VW3A31407 Integrated VW3A31409

Drive type ATV31 – HD11M3X - HD15M3X –

Filters VW3A31408

(1) Maximum lengths for shielded cables connecting motors to drives for a switching frequency of 2 to 16 kHz

Minimum Dynamic Braking

Resistance Values

Drive PA to PB Min. Resistance Value

ΩΩ

Ω

ATV31H018M2, ATV31H037M2 40

ATV31H055M2, ATV31H075M2

ATV31HU11M2, ATV31HU15M2 27

ATV31H018M3X, ATV31H037M3X 40

ATV31H055M3X, ATV31H075M3X

ATV31HU11M3X, ATV31HU15M3X 27

ATV31H037N4, ATV31H055N4 80

ATV31H075N4

AATV31HU11N4, ATV31HU15N4 54

ATV31HU22N4

ATV31HU22M2 25

ATV31HU22M3X

ATV31HU30M3X 16

ATV31HU30N4 55

ATV31HU40N4 36

ATV31HU22M3X 25

Additional EMC input filters

Accessories

Type 1 conduit entry kit ATV28 substitution kit DIN rail kit

Drive size 1, 2 VW3A31811 VW3A31821 VW3A11851

3, 4 VW3A31812 VW3A31821 VW3A11851

5VW3A31813 VW3A31822 VW3A31852

6VW3A31814 VW3A31822 VW3A31852

7VW3A31815 ––

8VW3A31816 VW3A31823 –

9VW3A31817 ––

Drive PA to PB Min. Resistance Value

ΩΩ

Ω

ATV31HU30M3X 16

ATV31HU30N4 55

ATV31HU40N4 36

ATV31H/KU55N4 29

ATV31H/KU75N4 19

ATV31HU55S6X 34

ATV31HU75S6X 23

ATV31HU40M3X 16

ATV31H/KD11N4, ATV31H/KD15N4 20

ATV31HD11S6X, ATV31HD15S6X 24

ATV31HU55M3X, ATV31HU75M3X 8

ATV31HD11M3X, ATV31HD15M3X 5

2-14

DRIVES

www.telemecanique.com

Altivar 58

TRX

0.50 to 500 hp

Large machines

AC drives

Drive type ATV58

TRX

Supply voltage Single phase 200–240 V Three phase 200–240 V Three phase 380–460 V

Description Altivar 58

Output frequency 0.1–500 Hz

Type of flux vector control Sensorless flux vector control

Speed range 1 to 60

Degree of protection IP 21 and IP 41 on upper part for drives up to 100 hp

IP 00 on lower part and IP 20 on other sides for drives above 100 hp

I/O Analog inputs 1 voltage analog input and 1 current analog input

Logic inputs 4 assignable logic inputs

Analog outputs 1 assignable analog output

Logic outputs 2 relay logic outputs

Dialog Integrated or remote display terminal, or PowerSuite software (1)

Communication (2) Integrated Modbus

Available as an option AS-Interface, CANopen, DeviceNet, Ethernet TCP/IP, Fipio, Interbus-S, Lonworks, Modbus, Modbus Plus,

METASYS N2, Profibus DP, Siemens P1, Uni-Telway

EMC Class A Integrated filter Integrated filter (2–10 hp) Integrated filter (1–3 hp)

Class B External filter available as an option

Motor power kW Hp

0.37 0.5 ATV58HU09M2ZU Size 1 – –

0.75 1 ATV58HU18M2ZU Size 1 – ATV58HU18N4ZU Size 2

1.5 2 ATV58HU29M2ZU Size 2 ATV58HU29M2ZU Size 2 ATV58HU29N4ZU Size 2

2.2 3 ATV58HU41M2ZU Size 2 ATV58HU41M2ZU Size 2 ATV58HU41N4ZU Size 2

3–ATV58HU72M2ZU Size 3 ATV58HU54M2ZU Size 3 –

45ATV58HU90M2ZU Size 4 ATV58HU72M2ZU Size 3 ATV58HU54N4XZU (3) Size 3

5.5 7.5 ATV58HD12M2ZU Size 4 ATV58HU90M2ZU Size 4 ATV58HU72N4XZU (3) Size 3

7.5 10 – ATV58HD12M2ZU Size 4 ATV58HU90N4XZU (3) Size 3

11 15 – ATV58HD16M2XZU Size 6 ATV58HD12N4XZU (3) Size 4

15 20 – ATV58HD23M2XZU Size 6 ATV58HD16N4XZU (3) Size 4

18.5 25 – ATV58HD28M2XZU Size 7 ATV58HD23N4XZU (3) Size 5

22 30 – ATV58HD33M2XZU Size 7 ATV58HD28N4XZU (3) Size 6

30 40 – ATV58HD46M2XZU Size 7 ATV58HD33N4XZU (3) Size 6

37 50 – – ATV58HD46N4XZU (3) Size 6

45 60 – – ATV58HD54N4XZU (3) Size 7

55 75 – – ATV58HD64N4XZU (3) Size 7

75 100 – – ATV58HD79N4XZU (3) Size 7

90 125 – – ATV58HC10N4XZU (4) Size 8

110 150 – – ATV58HC13N4XZU (4) Size 9

132 200 – – ATV58HC15N4XZU (4) Size 9

160 250 – – ATV58HC19N4XZU (4) Size 9

200 300 – – ATV58HC23N4XZU (4) Size 10

220 350 – – ATV58HC25N4XZU (4) Size 10

250 400 – – ATV58HC28N4XZU (4) Size 10

280 450 – – ATV58HC31N4XZU (4) Size 10

315 500 – – ATV58HC33N4XZU (4) Size 10

(1) (2) PowerSuite software and communication protocols, see page 2-20.

(3) To receive Class A EMC filter, delete the “X” from the catalog number.

(4) Integrated EMC filter not available.

Dimensions (W x H x D)

mm In.

Size 1: 113 x 206 x 167 4.45 x 8.11 x 6.57

Size 2: 150 x 230 x 184 5.91 x 9.06 x 7.24

Size 3: 175 x 286 x 184 6.89 x 11.26 x 7.24

Size 4: 230 x 325 x 210 9.06 x 12.80 x 8.27

Size 5: 230 x 415 x 210 9.06 x 16.34 x 8.27

Size 6: 240 x 550 x 283 9.45 x 21.65 x 11.14

Size 7: 350 x 650 x 304 13.78 x 25.59 x 11.97

Size 8: 370 x 630 x 360 14.57 x 24.80 x 14.17

Size 9: 480

680

400 18.90

26.77

15.75

Size 10: 660

950

440 25.98

37.40

17.32

2-15

DRIVES

For other versions, consult your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office.

Type of accessory Operator terminal Remote terminal option

Description Ordered separately.

3 m cable with connectors, with seals, plastic bezel, and

screws for IP 65 keypad mounting on door of enclosure.

Drive type All Altivar 58 drives All Altivar 58 drives

Catalog numbers VW3A58101U VW3A58103

I/O extension and specific cards

Type of card (1) I/O extension Pump switching Logic input module

Description 2 logic inputs 24 Vdc Control of an entire pumping Provides 115 Vac to 24 Vdc

1 open collector logic output 24 Vdc

or compression station conversion for LI1, LI2, LI3 & LI4

1 analog output 0/20 mA

1 bipolar analog input ± 10 V

Catalog number VW3A58201U VW3A58210U VW3A58275U

(1) “Controller Inside” programmable card: Please consult your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office.

Additional EMC input filters

Keypad accessories

Supply voltage Single phase Three phase

200–240 V 200–240 V 380–500 V 440–460 V

Maximum length of shielded cable (1) Class A 50 m (164') 50 m (164') 50 m (164') 200 m (656') 100 m (328')

Class B 20 m (65') 20 m (65') 20 m (65') 100 m (328') 25 m (82')

Catalog numbers Drive type ATV58 HU09M2, HU18M2 HU29M2, HU41M2

HU18N4, HU29N4, HU41N4

–HC10N4X

Filters VW3A58401 VW3A58402 VW3A58402 VW3A68415

Drive type ATV58 HU29M2, HU41M2, HU54M2, HU72M2

HU54N4, HU72N4, HU90N4

–HC13N4X, HC15N4X,

HC19N4X

Filters VW3A58402 VW3A58403 VW3A58403 VW3A68435

Drive type ATV58 HU72M2 HU90M2, HD12M2,

HD12N4, HD16N4

–HC23N4X, HC25N4X,

Filters VW3A58403 VW3A58404 VW3A58404 HC28N4X, HC31N4X

Drive type ATV58 HU90M2, HD12M2 HD16M2X, HD23M2X HD23N4 – HC33N4X

Filters VW3A58404 VW3A58407 VW3A58405 VW3A68465

Drive type ATV58 HD28M2X, HD33M2X, HD28N4X HD28N4

HD46M2X

Filters VW3A58408 VW3A58406

Drive type ATV58 HD33N4X, HD46N4X

HD33N4, HD46N4

Filters VW3A58407

Drive type ATV58 HD54N4X, HD64N4X

HD54N4, HD64N4

HD79N4X HD79N4

Filters VW3A58408

(1) Maximum lengths for shielded cables connecting motors to drives for a switching frequency of 0.5 to 12 kHz

These limits are given as examples only as they vary depending on the stray capacitance of the motors and the cables used.

2-16

DRIVES

www.telemecanique.com

Large machines, constant torque

AC drives

Altivar 58

TRX

0.50 to 350 hp

Drive type Altivar 58 Altivar 58F

Supply voltage Single phase Three phase Three phase Three phase

200–240 V 200–240 V 380–500 V 380–500 V

Output frequency 0.1–500 Hz 0.1–450 Hz

Type of flux vector control Sensorless Sensor/Sensorless

Speed range 1 to 100

1 to 1000 with encoder feedback

Degree of protection IP 21 for unprotected drives and IP 41 on the upper part for drives up to 75 hp

IP 00 on lower part and IP 20 on other sides for drives above 75 hp

I/O Analog inputs 1 voltage analog input and 1 current analog input +5 V encoder inputs

Logic inputs 4 assignable logic inputs A, A-, B, B-

Analog outputs 1 assignable analog output

Logic outputs 2 relay logic outputs

Dialog Integrated or remote display terminal or PowerSuite software (1)

Communication (2) Integrated Modbus

Available as an option AS-Interface, CANopen, DeviceNet, Ethernet TCP/IP, Fipio, Interbus-S, Lonworks, Modbus, Modbus Plus,

Profibus DP, Uni-Telway

EMC Class A Integrated filter Integrated filter (2–10 hp) Integrated filter (1–3 hp) Integrated filter

Class B External filter available as an option

Motor power kW Hp Keypad included

0.37 0.5 ATV58HU09M2ZU S1 –––

0.75 1 ATV58HU18M2ZU S1 – ATV58HU18N4ZU S2 ATV58FHU18N4KU S2

1.5 2 ATV58HU29M2ZU S2 ATV58HU29M2ZU S2 ATV58HU29N4ZU S2 ATV58FHU29N4KU S2

2.2 3 ATV58HU41M2ZU S2 ATV58HU41M2ZU S2 ATV58HU41N4ZU S2 ATV58FHU41N4KU S2

3– ATV58HU72M2ZU (3) S3 ATV58HU54M2ZU S3 ATV58HU54N4XZU (4) S3 ATV58FHU54N4KU S3

45 ATV58HU90M2ZU (3) S4 ATV58HU72M2ZU S3 ATV58HU72N4XZU (4) S3 ATV58FHU72N4KU S3

5.5 7.5 ATV58HD12M2ZU (3) S4 ATV58HU90M2ZU S4 ATV58HU90N4XZU (4) S3 ATV58FHU90N4KU S3

7.5 10 – ATV58HD12M2ZU S4 ATV58HD12N4XZU (4) S4 ATV58FHD12N4KU S4

11 15 – ATV58HD16M2XZU S6 ATV58HD16N4XZU (4) S4 ATV58FHD16N4KU S4

15 20 – ATV58HD23M2XZU S6 ATV58HD23N4XZU (4) S5 ATV58FHD23N4KU S5

18.5 25 – ATV58HD28M2XZU S7 ATV58HD28N4XZU (4) S6 ATV58FHD28N4KU S6

22 30 – ATV58HD33M2XZU S7 ATV58HD33N4XZU (4) S6 ATV58FHD33N4KU S6

30 40 – ATV58HD46M2XZU S7 ATV58HD46N4XZU (4) S6 ATV58FHD46N4KU S6

37 50 – – ATV58HD54N4XZU (4) S7 ATV58FHD54N4KU S7

45 60 – – ATV58HD64N4XZU (4) S7 ATV58FHD64N4KU S7

55 75 – – ATV58HD79N4XZU (4) S7 ATV58FHD79N4KU S7

75 100 – – ATV58HC13N4XZU (5) S9 –

90 125 – – ATV58HC15N4XZU (5) S9 –

110 150 – – ATV58HC19N4XZU (5) S9 –

132 200 – – ATV58HC23N4XZU (5) S10 –

160 250 – – ATV58HC25N4XZU (5) S10 –

200 300 – – ATV58HC31N4XZU (5) S10 –

220 350 – – ATV58HC33N4XZU (5) S10 –

(1) (2) PowerSuite software and communication protocols, see page 2-20.

(3) Must be used with a line reactor, see page 2-19.

(4) To receive Class A EMC filter, delete the “X” from the catalog number.

(5) Integrated EMC filter not available.

Keypad accessories

Type of accessory Operator terminal Remote terminal option

Description Ordered separately.

3 m (9.8') cable with connectors, with seals, plastic bezel,

& screws for IP 65 keypad mounting on door of enclosure.

Drive type All Altivar 58 drives All Altivar 58 drives

Catalog numbers VW3A58101U VW3A58103

Dimensions (W x H x D)

mm In.

Size 1: 113 x 206 x 167 4.45 x 8.11 x 6.57

Size 2: 150 x 230 x 184 5.91 x 9.06 x 7.24

Size 3: 175 x 286 x 184 6.89 x 11.26 x 7.24

Size 4: 230 x 325 x 210 9.06 x 12.80 x 8.27

Size 5: 230 x 415 x 210 9.06 x 16.34 x 8.27

Size 6: 240 x 550 x 283 9.45 x 21.65 x 11.14

Size 7: 350 x 650 x 304 13.78 x 25.59 x 11.97

Size 8: 370 x 630 x 360 14.57 x 24.80 x 14.17

Size 9: 480

680

400 18.90

26.77

15.75

Size 10: 660

950

440 25.98

37.40

17.32

2-17

DRIVES

For other versions, consult your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office.

Accessories

Type of accessory Control card ventilation Type 1 conduit entry kits

Description Fan subassembly Use on wall-mounted drive controllers

and mounting accessories

Catalog numbers Drive type ATV58 HU09M2, HU18M2 HU09M2, HU18M2 HU29M2, HU41M2

HU18N4, HU29N4, HU41N4

Accessories VW3A58821 VW3A58842 VW3A58843

Drive type ATV58 HU29M2, HU41M2, HU18N4 HU54M2, HU72M2 HU90M2, HD12M2

HU29N4, HU41N4 U54N4, U72N4, U90N4 HD12N4, HD16N4, HD23N4

Accessories VW3A58822 VW3A58844 VW3A58845

Drive type ATV58 HU54M2, HU72M2, HU54N4 HD16M2, HD23M2 HD28M2, HD33M2, HD46M2

HU72N4, HU90N4 HD28N4, HD23N4, HD46N4 HD54N4, HD64N4, HD79N4

Accessories VW3A58823 VW3A58846 VW3A58847

Drive type ATV58 HU90M2, D12M2, D12N4 HC10N4X HC13N4X, HC15N4X, HC19N4X

D16N4, D23N4

Accessories VW3A58824 VW3A58848 VW3A58849

Drive type ATV58 HD16M2X, HD23M2X, HD28N4 HC23N4X, HC25N4X, –

HD33N4, HD46N4, HD28N4X HC28N4X, HC31N4X,

HD33N4X, HD46N4X HC33N4X

Accessories VW3A58825 VW3A58850 –

Drive type ATV58 HD28M2X, HD33M2X, HD46M2X – –

HD54N4, HD64N4, HD79N4,

HD54N4X, HD64N4X, HD79N4X

Accessories VW3A58826 – –

I/O extension and application cards

Type of card (1)

I/O extension I/O extension Multi-motor Multi-parameter Simple positioning Logic input

module

Description 2 logic inputs 2 logic inputs 2 non reassignable Switching: 6 logic inputs Provides 115 Vac

24 Vdc 24 Vdc logic inputs 24 Vdc automatic or by 24 Vdc to 24 Vdc conversion for

1 open collector logic 1 open collector logic 1 open collector logic input 1 open collector LI1, LI2, LI3 & LI4

output 24 Vdc output 24 Vdc logic output 24 Vdc up to 16 sets logic output 24 Vdc

1 analog output 1 analog output 1 analog output of 13 parameters, 1 analog output

0–20 mA scalable 0–20 mA scalable 0–20 mA scalable 6 of which are 0–20 mA scalable

1 bipolar analog input encoder inputs 1 bipolar analog input predefined, 7 are 1 bipolar analog input

± 10 V 24 V A, A-, B, B- ± 10 V configurable ± 10 V

Catalog numbers VW3A58201U VW3A58202U VW3A58211 VW3A58212 VW3A58213 VW3A58275U

(1) “Controller Inside” programmable card: Please consult your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office.

2-18

DRIVES

www.telemecanique.com

Braking resistors in Type 1 enclosure

Supply voltage Single phase Three phase

200–240 V 200–240 V 380–500 V

Catalog numbers (1) Drive type ATV58

HU09M2 (1), HU18M2 (1)

–HU18N4, HU29N4, HU41N4

HU54N4, HU72N4

Resistors protected VW3A66711

Drive type ATV58 HU41M2 HU29M2, HU41M2 HU90N4, HD12N4

Resistors protected VW3A66712

Drive type ATV58 – HU54M2, HU72M2 HD16N4, HD23N4

Resistors protected VW3A66713

Drive type ATV58 – HU90M2, HD12M2 HD28N4, HD33N4, HD46N4

Resistors protected VW3A66714

Drive type ATV58 – HD16M2X, HD23M2X HD54N4,

Resistors protected VW3A66715

Drive type ATV58 – HD28M2X, HD33M2X, HD46M2X HD64N4, HD79N4

Resistors protected VW3A66716

(1) To be used with a braking transistor module—catalog number: VW3A58701

Large machines

Additional EMC input filters

Supply voltage Single phase Three phase

200–240 V 200–240 V 380–500 V 440–460 V

Maximum length of shielded cable (1) Class A 50 m (164') 50 m (164') 50 m (164') 200 m (656') 100 m (328')

Class B 20 m (65') 20 m (65') 20 m (65') 100 m (328') 25 m (82')

Catalog numbers Drive type ATV58 HU09M2, HU18M2 HU29M2, HU41M2

HU18N4, HU29N4, HU41N4

–HC10N4X

Filters VW3A58401 VW3A58402 VW3A58402 VW3A68415

Drive type ATV58 HU29M2, HU41M2, HU54M2, HU72M2

HU54N4, HU72N4, HU90N4

–HC13N4X, HC15N4X,

HC19N4X

Filters VW3A58402 VW3A58403 VW3A58403 VW3A68435

Drive type ATV58 HU72M2 HU90M2, HD12M2,

HD12N4, HD16N4

–HC23N4X, HC25N4X,

Filters VW3A58403 VW3A58404 VW3A58404 HC28N4X, HC31N4X

Drive type ATV58 HU90M2, HD12M2 HD16M2X, HD23M2X HD23N4 – HC33N4X

Filters VW3A58404 VW3A58407 VW3A58405 VW3A68465

Drive type ATV58 HD28M2X, HD33M2X, HD28N4X HD28N4

HD46M2X

Filters VW3A58408 VW3A58406

Drive type ATV58 HD33N4X, HD46N4X

HD33N4, HD46N4

Filters VW3A58407

Drive type ATV58 HD54N4X, HD64N4X

HD54N4, HD64N4

HD79N4X HD79N4

Filters VW3A58408

(1) Maximum lengths for shielded cables connecting motors to drives for a switching frequency of 0.5 to 12 kHz

These limits are given as examples only as they vary depending on the stray capacitance of the motors and the cables used.

Altivar 58

TRX

0.50 to 350 hp

2-19

DRIVES

For other versions, consult your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office.

Line reactors

Line reactors for variable torque or constant torque applications

Supply voltage Single phase 208–230 V Three phase 208–230 V Three phase 480 V

Degree of protection Type 1 enclosed

Motor power Hp

0.5 RL00812 Size 1 – –

1RL01212 Size 1 RL00412 Size 1 RL00212 Size 1

2RL01812 Size 1 RL00812 Size 1 RL00413 Size 1

3RL02512 Size 2 RL01212 Size 1 RL00413 Size 1

(3 kW) RL03512 Size 2 – –

5RL04512 Size 2 RL01812 Size 1 RL00813 Size 2

7.5 RL08012 Size 2 RL02512 Size 2 RL01213 Size 2

10 – RL03512 Size 2 RL01813 Size 2

15 – RL04512 Size 2 RL02513 Size 2

20 – RL05512 Size 2 RL03513 Size 2

25 – RL08012 Size 2 RL03513 Size 2

30 – RL10012 Size 2 RL04513 Size 2

40 – RL13012 Size 2 RL05513 Size 2

50 – RL16012 Size 2 RL08013 Size 2

60 – – RL08013 Size 2

75 – – RL10013 Size 2

100 – – RL13013 Size 2

125 – – RL16013 Size 2

150 – – RL20013 Size 2

200 – – RL25013 Size 3

250 – – RL32013 Size 3

300 – – RL40013 Size 3

350–400 – – RL50013 Size 3

450–500 – – RL60013 Size 3

Motor protecting output filters

Motor protecting output filters for variable torque or constant torque applications

Supply voltage Three phase 480 V

Degree of protection Type 1 enclosed

Motor power Hp

1–2 KLCUL4A1 Size 1

3KLCUL6A1 Size 1

5KLCUL8A1 Size 1

7.5 KLCUL12A1 Size 1

10 KLCUL16A1 Size 1

15 KLCUL25A1 Size 1

20–25 KLCUL35A1 Size 1

30 KLCUL45A1 Size 1

40 KLCUL55A1 Size 1

50–60 KLCUL80A2 Size 2

75 KLCUL110A2 Size 2

100 KLCUL130A2 Size 2

125 KLCUL160A2 Size 2

150 KLCUL200A3 Size 3

200 KLCUL250A3 Size 3

250 KLCUL300A3 Size 3

300 KLCUL360A3 Size 3

350 KLCUL420A3 Size 3

400 KLCUL480A3 Size 3

450–500 KLCUL600A3 Size 3

Dimensions (H x W x D) mm In.

Size 1:203 x 203 x 152 8 x 8 x 6

Size 2:381 x 330 x 330 15 x 13 x 13

Size 3:610 x 432 x 432 24 x 17 x 17

Dimensions (H x W x D) mm In.

Size 1:311 x 318 x 171 12.25 x 12.50 x 6.75

Size 2:486 x 394 x 394 19.13 x 15.50 x 15.50

Size 3:562 x 521 x 619 22.13 x 20.50 x 24.37

2-20

DRIVES

www.telemecanique.com

Altivar/Altistart

Dialog and communication

PowerSuite software

Multilingual configuration software For PC For Pocket PC

Equipped with X scale or equivalent microprocessor

Configuration of AC drives, soft starts and starters Altistart 48 soft starts, Altivar AC drives and TeSys U-line motor starter

Environment Microsoft Windows ® Microsoft Pocket PC 2003

Catalog numbers PowerSuite CD-ROM (1) VW3A8104

PowerSuite upgrade CD-ROM VW3A8105

Cable connection kit VW3A8106 VW3A8111

(1) Contents: Software, technical documentation and the ABC configurator program

CANopen communication bus:

connection accessories

Drives Altivar 31

Tap junction VW3CANTAP2

Cables Description 2 RJ45 connectors

Cable length 0.3 m (1') 1 m (3.3')

Catalog numbers VW3CANCARR03 VW3CANCARR1

1PLC

2CANopen trunk cable

3CANopen tap junction VW3CANTAP2

4CANopen drop cable VW3CANCARRpp

2-21

DRIVES

For other versions, consult your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office.

Modbus communication bus:

connection accessories

Soft starts/drives Altistart 48 Altivar 31 Altivar 58

TRX

Splitter box Description 10 RJ45 connectors and 1 screw terminal block

Catalog number LU9GC3

Line terminators For RJ 45 connector R = 120 Ω, C = 1 nF

Catalog number VW3A8306RC

For screw terminals R = 120 Ω, C = 1 nF

Catalog number VW3A8306DRC

T-junction boxes With integrated cable 0.3 m (1') VW3A8306TF03

With integrated cable 1 m (3.3') VW3A8306TF10

Modbus drop cables Description 2 RJ45 connectors 1 RJ45 and 1 DB9

Catalog numbers 0.3 m (1') VW3A8306R03 –

1 m (3.3') VW3A8306R10 VW3A58306R10

3 m (9.8') VW3A8306R30 VW3A58306R30

Shielded twisted Description 1 RJ45 connector and one stripped end

double pair cables Catalog number 3 m (9.8') VW3A8306D30

RS 485 Description Supplied without connector

Catalog numbers 100 m (328') TSXCSA100

200 m (656') TSXCSA200

500 m (1640') TSXCSA500

Connection via splitter boxes

and RJ 45 connectors

1 PLC

2 Modbus cable depending on the type

of PLC

3 Modbus splitter box LU9GC3

4 Modbus drop cables

VW3A8306Rpp

5 Line terminators VW3A8306RC

6 Modbus T-junction boxes

VW3A8306 TFpp (with cable)

243 46 6 5

2-22

DRIVES

www.telemecanique.com

Dialog and communication

Communication bridges and gateways

Altivar/Altistart

Soft starts/drives Altistart 48/Altivar 31 Altivar 58

TRX

Ethernet/Modbus Catalog numbers Bridge 174CEV30020 –

Cable VW3A8306D30

DeviceNet/Modbus Catalog numbers Gateway LUFP9 –

0.3 m (1') cable VW3A8306R03 –

1 m (3.3') cable VW3A8306R10 –

3 m (9.8') cable VW3A8306R30 –

Fipio/Modbus Catalog numbers Gateway LUFP1 –

0.3 m (1') cable VW3A8306R03 –

1 m (3.3') cable VW3A8306R10 –

3 m (9.8') cable VW3A8306R30 –

ProfibusDP/Modbus Parameter setting Standard configurator

Catalog numbers Gateway LA9P307 –

1 m (3.3') cable VW3P07306R10 –

Parameter setting ABC configurator program

Catalog numbers Gateway LUFP7 –

0.3 m (1') cable VW3A8306R03 –

1 m (3.3') cable VW3A8306R10 –

3 m (9.8') cable VW3A8306R30 –

Lonworks to Modbus Catalog numbers Gateway –VW3A58312PU (1)

Ethernet/Modbus Catalog numbers Bridge EGX400 (2) EGX400 (2)

(1) Supplied with cable for connection to drive.

(2) Allows web page access to Te

Sys

U-line, Altistart 48, Altivar 31 and Altivar 58

TRX

1 To network

2 Bridge or gateway modules

3 Modbus drop cables

VW3A8306 Rpp or

VW3P07306R10 PLC cables

4 Modbus splitter box LU9GC3

5 Modbus drop cables

VW3A8306Rpp

6 Line terminator

VW3A8306RC

55 5

2-23

DRIVES

For other versions, consult your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office.

Communication cards and modules

Drives Altivar 58

TRX

AS-Interface Max. no. of drives controlled 31

Transmission speed 166 kbps

Catalog number VW3A58305

CANopen Max. no. of drives controlled 63

Transmission speed 125/250/500/1000 kbps

Catalog number VW3A58308

DeviceNet Max. no. of drives controlled 63

Transmission speed 125/250/500 kbps

Catalog number VW3A58309U

Ethernet Max. no. of drives controlled –

Transmission speed 10/100 Mbps

Catalog number VW3A58310U

Fipio Max. no. of drives controlled 62

Transmission speed 1 Mbps

Catalog number VW3A58311 for ATV58F and ATV58 TRX >100 hp

VW3A58301U for ATV58 TRX ≤100 hp

NTER

-S Max. no. of drives controlled 64

Transmission speed 1 Mbps

Catalog number VW3A58304EU

METASYS N2 Max. no. of drives controlled 255

Transmission speed 4800–19,200 bps

Catalog number VW3A58354U

Modbus Max. no. of drives controlled 31

Transmission speed 4800–19,200 bps

Catalog number VW3A58303U

Modbus Plus Max. no. of drives controlled 64

Transmission speed 1 Mbps

Catalog number VW3A58302U

Profibus DP Max. no. of drives controlled 126

Transmission speed 9600 bps–12 Mbps

Catalog number VW3A58307U

Uni-Telway Max. no. of drives controlled 28

Transmission speed 4800–19,200 bps

Catalog number VW3A58303U

A compact, simple and advanced

offer for your Small Automation

Systems.

Welcome to the Simply Smart* world, compliments of

Telemecanique.

Through a consistent approach to solving automation challenges

of machinery and processes, the offer is broad, but simple to

apply. From relays to nano PLCs, Telemecanique products are

simple to select, apply and operate.

 Save time and

improve reliability

with products that

are simple to

select and to use

(tailored

ergonomics,

simplified

mounting and

wiring,

assembly without

tools…).

 Save space

with products

that are always

more compact,

thus simplifying

integration in

your installations.

 Improve

flexibility with a

modular offer for

easily resolving

your changing

needs

(interchangeable

functions and

options, common

accessories and

options…).

* Simply Smart : using ingenuity and intelligence to continually improve ease of use.

Control and

connection

components

The essential

guide

A simplified

selection guide

enabling you to

quickly select all

the products

required to build

your small

automation system

equipment

(simple installations

& compact machines)

 Control and

connection

components,

a complete

synergy

with other

Telemecanique

automation

system products.

Opt for an offer that is complete,

economical and accessible to all

”

“

Pages

Automation systems

 Zelio® Control - Control and measurement relays ..............3-2

 Zelio Count - Counters .......................................................3-4

 Zelio Time - Timing relays ..................................................3-6

 Zelio Logic - Smart relays ................................................3-26

 Twido™ programmable controllers ...................................3-10

Interfacing

 Terminal blocks and cable ends .......................................3-18

 Zelio Relay - Plug-in relays ..............................................3-22

 Telefast® pre-wired system ...............................................3-12

 Passive splitter boxes .......................................................3-14

 Splitter boxes for fieldbus .................................................3-16

Power supply

 Phaseo power supplies ......................................................3-9

MACHINE

CONTROL

3-2

MACHINE

CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com

Zelio

Control Relays

Control relays for 3-phase supplies

Function Phase reversal and presence of phases

+ Undervoltage

+ Over and undervoltage + Imbalance

Adjustable time delay without without 0.1–10 s 0.1–10 s 0.1–10 s 0.1–10 s

Supply voltage 200–500 V 380–500 V 200–240 V 380–500 V 200–240 V 380–500 V

Output 2 N.C./2 N.O. 2 N.C./2 N.O. 2 N.C./2 N.O. 2 N.C./2 N.O. 2 N.C./2 N.O. 2 N.C./2 N.O.

Catalog number RM4TG20 RM4TU02 RM4TR31 (1) RM4TR32 (1) RM4TA31 RM4TA32

(1) Relay with adjustable voltage thresholds.

Function Phase reversal and presence of phases

Undervoltage

+ Imbalance

Adjustable time delay Fixed 0.3s 0.2–10s Fixed 0.2s Fixed 0.2s 0.1–10s 0.1–10 s

Supply voltage 230–440 V 380–550 V 230 V 230 V 185–275 V 320–480 V

Output 2 N.C./2 N.O. 2 N.C./2 N.O. 2 N.C./2 N.O. 2 N.C./2 N.O. 2 N.C./2 N.O. 2 N.C./2 N.O.

Catalog number RM84873004 RM84873015 RM84873511(1) RM84873501(2) RM84873310 RM84873311

Function Phase reversal, phase loss, phase imbalance, and undervoltage

Mounting Type Plug-in Plug-in Panel Mount Panel Mount

Undervoltage setting 180–240 V 360–480 V 180–240 V 360–480 V

Supply voltage 240 V 60 Hz 480 V 60 Hz 240 V 60 Hz 480 V 60 Hz

Output 1 N.C./1 N.O. 1 N.C./1 N.O. 2 N.C./2 N.O. 2 N.C./2 N.O.

Catalog number relay 8430MPSV24 8430MPSV29 8430MPDV24 8430MPDV29

socket 8501NR51 8501NR82 ––

Automation

systems

For additional information on RM4, reference Catalog 8430CT0001. For additional information on 8430, reference Catalog 8430CT9701.

3-3

MACHINE

CONTROL

Zelio

Control Relays

Current and voltage measurement relays

Function Detection of

over and under current over and under voltage

Measuring range 3–30 mA 0.3–1.5 A 0.05 –0.5 V 1–10 V 30–300 V 160–300 V

10–100 mA 1–5 A 0.3 –3 V 5–50 V 50–500 V

0.1–1 A 3–15 A 0.5–5 V 10–100 V

Adjustable time delay 0.05–30 s 0.05–30 s 0.05 –30 s 0.05–30 s 0.05–30 s 0.1–10 s

Output 2 N.C./2 N.O. 2 N.C./2 N.O. 2 N.C./2 N.O. 2 N.C./2 N.O. 2 N.C./2 N.O. 2 N.C./2 N.O.

Catalog number RM4JA31•• (1) RM4JA32•• (1) RM4UA31•• (1) RM4UA32•• (1) RM4UA33•• (1) RM4UB35

Function Detection of

over and under current over and under voltage

Measuring range 3–20 mA 0.01–1 A 0.2 –2 V 15–150 V 9.6–15.6 Vdc

10–100 mA 0.5–5 A 1–10 V 30–300 V 20–80 Vac/dc 20–80 Vac/dc

50–500 mA 1–10 A 6–60 V 60–600 V 65–260 Vac/dc 65–260 Vac/dc

Adjustable time delay 0.1–3 s 0.1–3 s 0.1–3 s 0.1–3 s 0.1–3 s 0.1–3 s

Output 1 N.C./1 N.O. 1 N.C./1 N.O. 1 N.C./1 N.O. 1 N.C./1 N.O. 1 N.C./1 N.O. 1 N.C./1 N.O.

Catalog number RM8487102•(2) RM8487103•(2) RM8487202•(2) RM8487203•(2) RM8487204•(3) RM8487205•(3)

Liquid level control relays

Control relays Empty or fill

Sensitivity scale 5–100 kΩ0.25–5 kΩ

2.5 –50 kΩ

25–500 kΩ

Time delay without adjustable, 0.1 to 10 s

Output 1 N.C./1 N.O. 2 N.C./2 N.O.

Catalog number RM4LG01• (4) RM4LA32•• (4)

Liquid level control probe type Measuring electrode and 1 simple stainless steel electrode

catalog number electrode in PVC protective casing

Mounting suspended suspended

Maximum operating temperature 100°C / 212°F 100°C / 212°F

Catalog number LA9RM201 RM79696043

(4) Basic catalog number. To be completed with the letters

indicating the required voltage, as shown below:

RM4-LG01 RM4-LA32

Voltage Vac, 50/60 Hz Vac, 50/60 Hz Vdc

24 V BB–

24–240 V –MWMW

110–130 V FF–

220–240 V MM–

380–415 V QQ–

(2)(3) Basic catalog number. To be completed with the numbers

indicating the required voltage, as shown below:

Voltage (2) (3)

20–80 Vac/dc –6

24 Vac 1–

65–260 Vac/dc –7

120 Vac 3–

240 Vac 4–

(1) Basic catalog number. To be completed with the letters

indicating the required voltage, as shown below:

Voltage Vac, 50/60 Hz Vdc

24–240 V MW MW

110–130 V F–

220–240 V M–

380–415 V Q–

For additional information on RM4, reference Catalog 8430CT0001.

3-4

MACHINE

CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com

Zelio

Count—Counters

Totalizers

Display LCD

Supply voltage Internal Battery

Number of digits displayed 8

Counting frequency 40 Hz or 7.5 kHz 40 Hz or 7 kHz

Type of zero reset Electric Electric

Front face dimensions, W x H (mm / in.) 48 x 24 / 1.89 x 0.94 48 x 24 / 1.89 x 0.94

Catalog number RC87610050 RC87610340

Hour counters

Display LCD

Supply voltage Internal Battery

Number of digits displayed 6

Counting frequency –

Type of zero reset Electric Electric

Front face dimensions, W x H (mm / in.) 48 x 24 / 1.89 x 94 48 x 24 / 1.89 x 94

Catalog number RC87610150 RC87610440

Multifunction counters

Display LCD LED

Number of digits displayed 5

Counting frequency 30 Hz to 9 kHz

Type of reset Manual, electric or automatic

Front face dimensions, W x H (mm / in.) 48 x 48 / 1.89 x 1.89

Output 2 N.O. 2 solid state 2 N.O. 2 solid state

Catalog number Supply voltage 10–30 Vdc RC87618222 RC87618262 RC87618322 RC87618362

20–55 Vac RC87618224 RC87618264 RC87618324 RC87618364

80–260 Vac RC87618228 RC87618268 RC87618328 RC87618368

Automation

systems

3-5

MACHINE

CONTROL

Zelio

Count—Counters

Totalizers

Display Mechanical LCD

Supply voltage 24 Vdc Battery

Number of digits displayed 56688

Counting frequency 20 Hz 10 Hz 25 Hz 25 Hz 7.5 kHz

Type of zero reset Manual Without Manual Without Manual

(1)

Front face dimensions, W x H (mm) 41.5 x 31 30 x 20 60 x 50 60 x 50 48 x 24

(in.) 1.63 x 1.22 1.18 x 0.79 2.36 x 1.97 2.36 x 1.97 1.89 x 0.94

Catalog number XBKT50000U10M XBKT60000U00M XBKT60000U10M XBKT80000U00M XBKT81030U33E

(1) With electrical interlocking.

Hour counters

Display Mechanical LCD

Supply voltage 24 Vac 230 Vac Battery

Number of digits / display 7 (99,999.99 h) 7 (99,999.99 h) 8 (999,999.99 h)

Supply frequency 50 Hz 50 Hz Mode: 1/100 hour

Type of zero reset Without Without Manual (1)

Front face dimensions, W x H (mm / in.) 48 x 48 / 1.89 x 1.89 48 x 48 / 1.89 x 1.89 48 x 24 / 1.89 x 0.94

Catalog number XBKH70000004M XBKH70000002M XBKH81000033E

(1) With electrical interlocking.

Multifunction counters

Display LCD LED

Number of digits displayed 6

Counting frequency 5 kHz

Type of reset Manual, electric and automatic

Front face dimensions, W x H (mm / in.) 48 x 48 / 1.89 x 1.89

Preselection number 1212

Catalog number Supply voltage 24 Vdc XBKP61130G30E XBKP61230G30E XBKP62130G30E XBKP62230G30E

115 Vac XBKP61130G31E XBKP61230G31E ––

230 Vac XBKP61130G32E XBKP61230G32E XBKP62130G32E XBKP62230G32E

3-6

MACHINE

CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com

Zelio

Time—Timing relays

Industrial timers

Type of single function relay On-delay Off-delay

width 22.5 mm (0.89 in.), relay output

External control no yes no yes yes

Supply voltage 24 Vac/dc 24 Vac/dc 24–240 Vac/dc 24 Vac/dc 24 Vac/dc

110–240 Vac 42–48 Vac/dc 42–48 Vac/dc 42–48 Vac/dc

110–240 Vac 110–240 Vac 110–240 Vac

Timing range 0.05 s–300 h 0.05 s–300 h 0.05 s–10 mn 0.05 s–300 h 0.05 s–300 h

Output 1 N.C./1 N.O. 2 N.C./2 N.O. (1) 1 N.C./1 N.O. 2 N.C./2 N.O.

(1)

1 N.C./1 N.O.

Catalog number RE7TL11BU RE7TP13BU RE7RB11MW RE7RL13BU RE7RM11BU

(1) 1 selectable in instantaneous mode.

Type of single function relay Repeat cycle Interval

width 22.5 mm (0.89 in.), relay output

External control yes no

Supply voltage 24 Vac/dc 24 Vac/dc

42–48 Vac/dc 110–240 Vac

110–240 Vac

Timing range 0.05 s–300 h 0.05 s–300 h

Output 1 N.C./1 N.O. 1 N.C./1 N.O.

Catalog number RE7CV11BU RE7PE11BU

Type of multifunction relay 6 functions

(2)

8 functions

(3)

Supply voltage 24 Vac/dc 24 Vac/dc

42–48 Vac/dc 110–240 Vac

110–240 Vac

Timing range 0.05 s–300 h 0.05 s–300 h

Output 1 N.C./1 N.O. 2 N.C./2 N.O. (1 selectable in instantaneous mode)

Catalog number RE7ML11BU RE7MY13BU

(2) RE7ML11BU functions: On-delay, Off-delay, Interval with start on energization, Interval with start on opening of remote control contact, Repeat cycle with star t during the OFF

period, Repeat cycle with start during the ON period.

(3)

REMY13BU functions: On-delay, Off-delay, Interval with start on energisation, Interval with start on opening of remote control contact, Repeat cycle with start during the OFF period,

Repeat cycle with start during the ON period, Star-delta starting with double On-delay timing, Star-delta starting with contact for switching to star connection.

Automation

systems

For additional information, reference Catalog 9050CT0001.

3-7

MACHINE

CONTROL

Type of modular timer On-delay Multifunction

(1)

width 17.5 mm (0.69 in.), relay output

External control no – –

Supply voltage 24 Vdc / 24–240 Vac 24 Vdc / 24–240 Vac 12–240 Vac/dc

Timing range 0.1 s–100 h 0.1 s–100 h 0.1 s–100 h

Output 1 N.C./1 N.O. 1 N.C./1 N.O. 1 N.C./1 N.O.

Catalog number RE88826115 RE88826105 RE88826103

(1) Multifunction: On-delay, Off-delay, Totalizer, Repeat cycle, One shot, Interval.

Type of modular timer Repeat cycle Interval Off delay One shot

width 17.5 mm (0.69 in.), relay output

External control ––––

Supply voltage 24 Vdc / 24–240 Vac 24 Vdc / 24–240 Vac 24 Vdc / 24–240 Vac

24 Vdc / 24–240 Vac

Timing range 0.1 s–100 h 0.1 s–100 h 0.1 s–100 h 0.1 s–100 h

Output 1 N.C./1 N.O. 1 N.C./1 N.O. 1 N.C./1 N.O. 1 N.C./1 N.O.

Catalog number RE88826155 RE88826145 RE88826135 RE88826125

Type of modular timer On-delay Multifunction (1)

width 17.5 mm (0.69 in.), solid-state output

Supply voltage 24–240 Vac/dc 24–240 Vac

Timing range 0.1 s–100 h 0.1 s–100 h

Output solid-state solid-state

Catalog number RE88826014 RE88826004

(1) Multifunction: On-delay, Off-delay, Totalizer, Repeat cycle, One shot, Interval.

Modular timers

3-8

MACHINE

CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com

Zelio

Time—Timing relays

Plug-in timers

Type of plug-in timer On-Delay Off-delay Interval

Supply Voltage 24 Vac/dc 120 Vac/110 Vdc 24 Vac/dc 120 Vac/110 Vdc 120 Vac/110 Vdc

Relay Output 2 N.C./2 N.O. 2 N.C./2 N.O. 2 N.C./2 N.O. 2 N.C./2 N.O. 2 N.C./2 N.O.

Resistive Contact Rating 10 A 10 A 10 A 10 A 10 A

Output Pins 8811118

Catalog Number Timing range 0.1–10 sec 9050JCK11V14 9050JCK11V20 9050JCK21V14 9050JCK21V20 9050JCK31V20

0.3–30 sec 9050JCK12V14 9050JCK12V20 9050JCK22V14 9050JCK22V20 9050JCK32V20

0.6–60 sec 9050JCK13V14 9050JCK13V20 9050JCK23V14 9050JCK23V20 9050JCK33V20

1.2–120 sec 9050JCK14V14 9050JCK14V20 9050JCK24V14 9050JCK24V20 9050JCK34V20

Relay socket 8501NR51 8501NR51 8501NR61 8501NR61 8501NR51

Type of plug-in timer One Shot Repeat Cycle On- Delay Multifuction

Supply Voltage 120 Vac/110 Vdc 120 Vac/110 Vdc 120 Vac 24 Vac 120 Vac

Relay Output 2 N.C./2 N.O. 2 N.C./2 N.O. 2 N.C./2 N.O. 2 N.C./2 N.O. 2 N.C./2 N.O.

Resistive Contact Rating 10 A 10 A 10 A 10 A 10 A

Output Pins 11 8 8 11 11

Catalog Number Timing range 0.1–10 sec 9050JCK41V20 9050JCK51V20 –––

0.3–30 sec 9050JCK42V20 9050JCK52V20 –––

0.6–60 sec 9050JCK43V20 9050JCK53V20 –––

1.2–120 sec 9050JCK44V20 9050JCK54V20 –––

0.05 s to 999 m

––9050JCK60V20 9050JCK70V14 9050JCK70V20

Relay socket 8501NR51 8501NR51 8501NR51 8501NR61 8501NR61

Type of plug-in timer Miniature On-Delay Off- Delay Repeat Cycle Multifuction

On-Delay

Supply Voltage 100–127 Vac 24 Vdc/24–240Vac 24 Vdc/24–240Vac 24 Vdc/24–240Vac 24 Vdc/24–240Vac

Timing Range 0.1 s to 100 h 0.1 s to 100 h 0.1 s to 100 h 0.1 s to 100 h 0.1 s to 100 h

Relay Output 4 N.C./4 N.O. 2 N.C./2 N.O. 2 N.C./2 N.O. 2 N.C./2 N.O. 2 N.C./2 N.O.

Resistive Contact Rating 5 A 8 A 8 A8 A8 A

Output Pins 14 8 11 11 11

Catalog Number RE88896206 RE88867215 RE88867435 RE88867455 RE88867305

Relay socket 8501NR45 8501NR51 8501NR61 8501NR61 8501NR61

3-9

MACHINE

CONTROL

Power supply

Phaseo power supplies and transformers

Power supplies for control circuits

Type of power supply Compact Modular

1-phase regulated switch mode

AUTO reset of wide range automatic protection AUTO reset of automatic protection

Input voltage 100–240 Vac, 110–220 Vdc (compatible) 100–240 Vac

Output voltage 24 Vdc 24 Vdc 24 Vdc 12 Vdc 24 Vdc

Nominal Power / Current 7.5 W / 0.3 A 15 W / 0.6 A 30 W / 1.2 A 22 W / 1.9 A 30 W / 1.3 A

Certifications cULus, TÜV UL, CSA, TÜV

Conformity to standards Safety UL508, IEC/EN 60950 IEC/EN 60950, IEC/EN 61131-2/A11

EMC EN 50081-2, EN 50082-2

EN 50081-2, IEC 61000-6-2 (EN 50082-2)

Emission Conducted and radiated EN 55011, EN 55022 cIass A EN 55011, EN 55022 cIass B

Dimensions, W x D x H mm 45 x 70 x 75 45 x 95 x 75 72 x 70 x 110

in. 1.77 x 2.76 x 2.95 1.77 x 3.74 x 2.95 2.83 x 2.76 x 4.33

Catalog number ABL7CEM24003 ABL7CEM24006 ABL7CEM24012 ABL7RM1202 ABL7RM2401

Type of power supply Universal, wide range

1-phase regulated switch mode AUTO reset of automatic protection

Input voltage 100–240 Vac, 110–230 Vdc (version ABL7RP••)

Output voltage 24 Vdc

Nominal Power / Current 48 W / 2 A 72 W / 3 A 120 W / 5 A 240 W / 10 A

Certifications UL, CSA, TÜV, Ctick

Conformity to standards Safety IEC/EN 60950

EMC EN 50081-2, IEC 61000-6-2 (EN 50082-2)

Low frequency harmonic currents – EN 61000-3-2 – EN 61000-3-2

Emission Conducted and radiated EN 55011, EN 55022 cIass B

Dimensions, W x D x H (mm / in.)

27 x 120 x 120 / 1.06 x 4.72 x 4.72 54 x 120 x 120 / 2.13 x 4.72 x 4.72 135 x 120 x 120 / 5.31 x 4.72 x 4.72

Catalog number ABL7RE2402 ABL7RE2403 ABL7RE2405 ABL7RP2405(1) ABL7RE2410 ABL7RP2410(1)

(1) AUTO/MAN reset of automatic protection.

Type of power supply Industrial, wide range

3-phase regulated switch mode AUTO/MAN reset of automatic protection

Input voltage 3 phase x 400–520 Vac

Output voltage 24 Vdc

Nominal Power / Current 120 W / 5 A 240 W / 10 A 480 W / 20 A 960 W / 40 A

Certifications cULus, c us

Conformity to standards Safety IEC/EN 60950

EMC EN 50081-1, EN 50082-2

Low frequency harmonic currents – EN61000-3-2

Emission Conducted and radiated EN 55011, EN 55022 cIass B

Dimensions, W x D x H mm 68 x 171 x 127 84 x 240 x 209 106 x 275 x 242

in. 2.68 x 6.73 x 5.00 3.31 x 9.45 x 8.23 4.17 x 10.83 x 9.53

Catalog number ABL7UES24050 ABL7UPS24100 ABL7UPS24200 ABL7UPS24400

3-10

MACHINE

CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com

Twido™ programmable controller

Bases

Type of base Compact

Supply voltage 100–240 Vac

Number of discrete inputs/outputs 10 16 24

Number of discrete inputs (24 Vdc) 6 sink/source 9 sink/source 14 sink/source

Number of discrete outputs 4 relay, 2 A 7 relay, 2 A 10 relay, 2 A

Type of connection Screw terminal block, non removable

Number of I/O expansion modules possible ––4

Counting 3 @ 5 kHz, 1 @ 20 kHz

Serial ports 1 x RS 485 1 x RS 485; optional: 1 x RS 232C or RS485

Protocols Modbus Master/Slave, ASCII, remote I/Os

Dimensions, W x D x H (mm / in.) 80 x 70 x 90 / 3.15 x 2.76 x 3.54 80 x 70 x 90 / 3.15 x 2.76 x 3.54 95 x 70 x 90 / 3.74 x 2.76 x 3.54

Catalog number TWDLCAA10DRF TWDLCAA16DRF TWDLCAA24DRF

Clock (optional) TWDXCPRTC

Display (optional) TWDXCPODC

Type of base Modular

Number of discrete inputs/outputs 20 40

Number of discrete inputs (24 Vdc) (1) 12 sink/source 12 sink/source 24 sink/source

Number of discrete outputs 8 transistor, source 0.3 A

6 relay and 2 transistor, source 0.3 A

16 transistor, source 0.3 A

Type of connection HE 10 connector Removable screw terminal block HE 10 connector

Number of I/O expansion modules possible 477

Supply voltage 24 Vdc

Integrated counting and positioning Counting: 2 @ 5 kHz, 2 @ 20 kHz; Positioning: PLS / PWM 2 @ 7 kHz

Serial ports 1 x RS 485; optional: 1 x RS 232C or RS485

Protocols Modbus Master/Slave, ASCII, remote I/Os

Dimensions, W x D x H (mm / in.)

35.4 x 70 x 90 / 1.39 x 2.76 x 3.54 47.5 x 70 x 90 / 1.87 x 2.76 x 3.54 47.5 x 70 x 90 / 1.87 x 2.76 x 3.54

Catalog number TWDLMDA20DTK (1) TWDLMDA20DRT TWDLMDA40DTK (1)

Clock (optional) TWDXCPRTC

Display (optional) TWDXCPODM

Memory expansion (optional) –TWDXCPMFK64

(1) Also available: SINK transistor output versions (TWDLMDA20DUK and TWDLMDA40DUK) .

Accessories

Pre-wired system for modules with For Modular Bases For Inputs For Outputs

HE 10 connector TWDLMDA20DTK/40DTK TWDDI16DK/32DK TWDDO16TK/32TK

TwidoFast “bared” cable L = 3 m (9.8') TWDFCW30M TWDFCW30K TWDFCW30K

L = 5 m (16.4') TWDFCW50M TWDFCW50K TWDFCW50K

Telefast connection bases L = 1 m (3.3') TWDFST20DR10 TWDFST16D10 TWDFST16DR10

L = 2 m (6.6') TWDFST20DR20 TWDFST16D20 TWDFST16DR20

Memory Cartridge and Software Memory cartridge TwidoSoft software

Description Application update with cable

Catalog number TWDXCPMFK32 TWDSPU1001V10M

Automation

systems

3-11

MACHINE

CONTROL

Input/output modules

Type of module Analog

Number of Analog inputs/outputs 2 inputs 1 output 2 inputs / 1 output

Connection Removable screw terminal block

Inputs Range

0–10 V (non differential)

–

0–10 V (non differential)

Thermocouple, type K, J, T

4–20 mA (differential) 4–20 mA (differential)

Thermocouple, 3-wire Pt 100

Resolution 12 bits (4096 points) – 12 bits (4096 points)

Outputs Range – 0–10 V

4–20 mA

Resolution – 12 bits (4096 points)

Input error (accuracy at 25°C (77°F) ± 0.2% of full scale

Supply voltage 24 Vdc

Dimensions, W x D x H (mm / in.) 23.5 x 70 x 90 / 0.93 x 2.76 x 3.54

Catalog number TWDAMI2HT TWDAMO1HT TWDAMM3HT TWDALM3LT

Type of module Discrete

Number of Discrete inputs/outputs 8 4 Inputs / 4 Outputs 16 16 32

Connection Removable screw terminal block HE 10 connectors

Catalog number Inputs 24 Vdc (1) TWDDDI8DT TWDDMM8DRT TWDDDI16DT TWDDDI16DK TWDDDI32DK

Relay outputs 2 A TWDDRA8RT TWDDMM8DRT TWDDRA16RT ––

Transistor outputs, source 0.1 A TWDDDO8TT (2) ––TWDDDO16TK (2) TWDDDO32TK (2)

(1) All inputs are sink/source.

(2) Also available: SINK transistor output versions (TWDDDO8UT, TWDDDO16UK and TWDDDO32UK).

Communication modules

Type of module Twido AS-Interface Serial interface module Serial interface adaptor

Master

Communication type (non isolated) AS-Interface RS 232C RS 485 RS 232C RS 485

Connection Screw terminal Mini-DIN connector Screw terminals Mini-DIN connector

Screw terminals

Protocol AS-I, V2 Modbus Master/Slave, ASCII, remote I/Os

Twido base compatibility Modular base TWD LMDA Compact base TWD LCAA 16/24 DRF

Modular base via built-in display module TWDXCPODM

Catalog number TWDNOI10M3 TWDNOZ232D TWDNOZ485D TWDNOZ485T TWDNAC232D TWDNAC485D TWDNAC485T

Compact base

TWD LCAA 24 DRF

and all modular bases

TWD LMDA

For additional information, reference DIA3ED2031004EN.

3-12

MACHINE

CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com

Telefast

2 pre-wired system

Passive I/O sub-bases “Discrete”

Type of connection sub-base Optimum

Number of channels 16 16

Max. current per channel 0.5 A 0.5 A

Control voltage / output voltage 24 Vdc / 24 Vdc 24 Vdc / 24 Vdc

LED per channel –Yes

Number of terminals per channel/on row number 1/2 1/1 2/2 3/3

Dimensions, W x D x H (mm / in.)

55x59x67 / 2.17x2.32x2.64

106 x 60 x 49 / 4.17 x 2.36 x 1.93

Catalog number –ABE7H16C11 ABE7H16C21 ABE7H16C31

Cable L = 1 m (3.3') ABE7H20E100 (1) –––

Cable L = 2 m (6.6') ABE7H20E200 (1) –––

Cable L = 3 m (9.8') ABE7H20E300 (1) –––

Connection cable recommended for Modicon, TSX Micro and Premium PLCs, L = 1 m: (3.3') (2) ABFH20H100

(1) Connection cable supplied for PLCs.

(2) For a 2 m (6.6') length cable, replace the number 1 in the catalog number by 2, and for a 3 m (9.8') length, by 3. (Example: ABFH20H100 becomes ABFH20H200).

Type of connection sub-base Universal

Number of channels 16

Max. current per channel 0.5 A

Control voltage / output voltage 24 Vdc / 24 Vdc

LED per channel –Ye s ––Ye s Ye s

Number of terminals per channel/on row number 1/1 1/1 1/2 2/2 2/2 3/3

Dimensions, W x D x H (mm / in.) 125 x 58 x 70 / 4.92 x 2.28 x 2.76 125 x 58 x 70 / 4.92 x 2.28 x 2.76

Catalog number ABE7H16R10 ABE7H16R11 ABE7H16R50 ABE7H16R20 ABE7H16R21 ABE7H16R31

Connection cable recommended for Modicon, TSX Micro and Premium PLCs, L = 1 m: (3.3') ABFH20H100 (2)

(2) For a 2 m (6.6') length cable, replace the number 1 in the catalog number by 2, and for a 3 m (9.8') length, by 3. (Example: ABFH20H100 becomes ABFH20H200).

Type of connection sub-base For counter and Passive distribution Distribution and supply

analog channels with shielding continuity of analog channels

Number of channels 1 counter channel (3) 8 8

Max. current per channel 25 mA 25 mA 25 mA

Control voltage / output voltage 24 Vdc / 24 Vdc

Number of terminals per channel 22 or 4 2 or 4

Dimensions, W x D x H (mm / in.) 143 x 58 x 70 / 5.63 x 2.28 x 2.76 125 x 58 x 70 / 4.92 x 2.28 x 2.76 125 x 58 x 70 / 4.92 x 2.28 x 2.76

Catalog number ABE7CPA01 ABE7CPA02 ABE7CPA03

Connection cable recommended TSX Micro L = 2.5 m (8.2') TSXCCPS15 ––

for Modicon PLCs (4) Premium L = 3 m (9.8') TSXCAP030

(3) Or 8 inputs + 2 outputs, analog .

(4) Connection cables available for other PLCs, please refer to Catalog 8501CT9801.

Interfacing

84 x 58 x 70 /

3.31 x 2.28 x 2.76

3-13

MACHINE

CONTROL

Sockets with plug-in relays and terminals

Type of connection sub-base With soldered solid-state With soldered solid-state With soldered electro-

relay inputs relay outputs mechanical relay outputs

Number of channels 16 16 16

Max. current per channel 12 mA 0.5 A 2 A 5 A

Input voltage / output voltage 24 Vdc / - 110 Vac / - - / 24 Vdc - / 5–30 Vdc, 230 Vac

Number of contacts ––1 N.O.

Polarity distribution ––(1) Volt-free (4)

Number of terminals per channel 2

Dimensions, W x D x H (mm / in.) 206 x 58 x 77 / 8.11 x 2.28 x 3.03

Catalog number ABE7S16E2B1 ABE7S16E2F0

ABE7S16S2B0(2)

ABE7S16S1B2 ABE7R16S111 ABE7R16S210

Connection cable recommended for Modicon, TSX Micro and Premium PLCs, L = 1 m (3.3'): ABFH20H100 (3)

(1) Contact common per group of 8 channels.

(2) With fault detection signal (can only be used with modules with protected outputs).

(3) For a 2 m (6.6') length cable, replace the number 1 in the catalog number by 2, and for a 3 m (9.8') length, by 3. (Example: ABFH20H100 becomes ABFH20H200).

(4) No shared commons.

Type of connection sub-base With plug-in electromechanical relays

Number of channels 16

Max. current per channel 5 A 2.5 A 4 A 5 A

Control voltage / output voltage 24 Vdc / 5–24 Vdc, 230 Vac

Number of contacts 1 N.O. 1 N.C./1 N.O. 2 N.C./2 N.O.

Polarity distribution (5) (6) Volt-free (no shared commons)

Number of terminals per channel 22 or 3 2 to 6

Dimensions, W x D x H (mm / in.) 211 x 64 x 89 / 8.30 x 2.52 x 3.50

272 x 74 x 89 / 10.71 x 2.91 x 3.50

Catalog number ABE7R16T111 ABE7R16T212 ABE7R16T210 ABE7R16T230 ABE7R16T330 ABE7R16T370

Connection cable recommended for Modicon, TSX Micro and Premium PLCs, L = 1 m (3.3'): ABFH20H100 (7)

(5) Contact common per group of 4 channels.

(6) Common on both poles.

(7) For a 2 m (6.6') length cable, replace the number 1 in the catalog number by 2, and for a 3 m (9.8') length, by 3. (Example: ABFH20H100 becomes ABFH20H200).

Connection cables for PLCs

(8)

Input/Output functions Discrete Analog Analog Counter Axis control

and counter

Catalog number Cable L = 1 m (3.3') ABFH20H100 ––––

Cable L = 2 m (6.6') ABFH20H200 ABFY25S200 ––TSXCXP213

Cable L = 2.5 m (8.2') ––TSXCCPS15 TSXCCPH15 –

Cable L = 3 m (9.8') ABFH20H300 TSXCAP030 –––

Cable L = 6 m (19.7') ––––TSXCXP613

(8) Modicon, TSX Micro and Premium PLCs.

For other connection cables and accessories, please refer to Catalog 85019801.

110 x 54 x 89 /

4.33 x 2.13 x 3.50

3-14

MACHINE

CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com

Passive splitter boxes

IP67, Telefast ABE9

Type of connection To PLC using multicore cable

Number of channels 48

Type of female connector M12, 5-pin M12, 5-pin

Max. number of signals 816

Max. current per channel 4 A

Max. current per splitter box 16 A (1 mm

)

Product certification cULus

Dimensions, W x D x H (mm / in.) 50.2 x 42 x 92.2 / 1.98 x 1.65 x 3.63 50.2 x 42 x 149.2 / 1.98 x 1.65 x 5.87

Catalog number Without LEDs

Cable L = 5 m (16.4')

ABE9C1240L05 ABE9C1280L05

Cable L = 10 m ABE9C1240L10 ABE9C1280L10

With LEDs (1)

Cable L = 5 m (16.4')

ABE9C1241L05 ABE9C1281L05

Cable L = 10 m ABE9C1241L10 ABE9C1281L10

(1) Green LED: power supply status, yellow LED: channel status.

Type of connection To PLC using M23 connector

Number of channels 48

Type of female connector M12, 5-pin M12, 5-pin

Max. number of signals 816

Max. current per channel 4 A

Max. current per splitter box 16 A

Product certification cULus

Dimensions, W X D x H (mm / in.) 50.2 x 36.5 x 92.2 / 1.98 x 1.44 x 3.63 50.2 x 36.5 x 149.2 / 1.98 x 1.44 x 5.87

Catalog number Without LEDs ABE9C1240C23 ABE9C1280C23

With LEDs (1) ABE9C1241C23 ABE9C1281C23

(1) Green LED: power supply status, yellow LED: channel status.

Accessories

Type of accessory Splitter boxes w/o cable Terminal connectors Sealing plugs

Without LEDs With LEDs

Cable L = 5 m

Cable L = 10 m

(sold in lots of 10)

(16.4') (32.8')

Catalog number 4-channel ABE9C1240M ABE9C1241M ABE9XCA1405 ABE9XCA1410 –

8-channel ABE9C1280M ABE9C1281M ABE9XCA1805 ABE9XCA1810 –

for M12 connector ––––FTXCM12B

Interfacing

3-15

MACHINE

CONTROL

Cabling accessories

M12 / M12 jumper cables

Type Male / Female jumper cables

Type of male connector, interface side M12, 3-pin, straight, screw thread M12, 4-pin, straight, screw thread M12, 5-pin, straight, screw thread

Type of female connector, sensor side M12, 3-pin, straight, screw thread M12, 4-pin, straight, screw thread M12, 5-pin, straight, screw thread

Cable (1) PUR, black PUR, black PUR, black

Catalog number Cable L = 1 m (3.3') XZCR1511040A1 XZCR1511041C1 XZCR1511064D1

L = 2 m (6.6') XZCR1511040A2 XZCR1511041C2 XZCR1511064D2

M12 or DIN jumper cables

Type Male / Female jumper cables

Type of male connector, interface side M12, 3-pin M12, 3-pin M12, 3-pin

straight, screw thread straight, screw thread straight, screw thread

Type of female connector, sensor side M8, 3-pin M8, 3-pin DIN 43650A

straight, clip together straight, screw thread elbowed, screw thread

Cable (1) PUR, black PUR, black PUR, black

Catalog number Cable L = 1 m (3.3') XZCR1501040G1 XZCR1509040H1 XZCR1523062K1

L = 2 m (6.6') XZCR1501040G2 XZCR1509040H2 XZCR1523062K2

Connectors, splitter box

Type Connectors Pre-wired connectors Splitter box “Y”

Type of male connector, interface side M12, 4-pin M12, 5-pin, straight, screw thread 1 x M12 1 x M12

Type of female connector, sensor side – – 2 x M12 2 x M8

Cable (1) – PUR, black –

Catalog number Straight connector, screw thread

XZCC12MDM40B

–FTXCY1212 FTXCY1208

Elbowed connector, screw thread

XZCC12MCM40B

–––

Cable L = 0.5 m (1.6') –XZCP1564L05 ––

L = 2 m (6.6') –XZCP1564L2 ––

(1) PUR = polyurethane.

3-16

MACHINE

CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com

Splitter boxes for fieldbus

Plastic enclosure, IP67, Advantys FTB

Type of bus CANopen DeviceNet ProfiBus InterBus

Number of channels 8

Type of female connector M12, 5-pin

Max. voltage / current of inputs 24 Vdc / 200 mA

Max. voltage / current of outputs 24 Vdc / 1.6 A

Max. current per splitter box 8 A

Product certification cULus

Dimensions, W X D x H (mm / in.) 63 x 50.5 x 220 / 2.48 x 1.99 x 8.66

63x69x220 / 2.48x2.72x8.66

Diagnostics Splitter boxes By LED for: bus and I/O undervoltage + I/O short-circuit + I/O power supply

Channels By LED for: I/O short-circuit + wire breakage fault + I/O fault

Catalog number 16 inputs FTB1CN16EP0 FTB1DN16EP0 FTB1DP16EP0 FTB1IB16EP0

8 inputs/8 outputs FTB1CN08E08SP0 FTB1DN08E08SP0 FTB1DP08E08SP0 FTB1IB08E08SP0

12 inputs/4 outputs FTB1CN12E04SP0 FTB1DN12E04SP0 FTB1DP12E04SP0 FTB1IB12E04SP0

16 configurable inputs/outputs FTB1CN16CP0 FTB1DN16CP0 FTB1DP16CP0 FTB1IB16CP0

Metal enclosure, IP67, Advantys FTB

Type of bus DeviceNet ProfiBus

Number of channels 8

Type of female connector M12, 5-pin

Max. voltage / current of inputs 24 Vdc / 200 mA

Max. voltage / current of outputs 24 Vdc / 1.6 A

Max. current per splitter box 8 A

Product certification cULus

Dimensions, W x D x H (mm / in.) 62.7 x 38.9 x 224.7 / 2.47 x 1.53 x 8.85

Diagnostics Splitter boxes By LED for: bus and I/O undervoltage + I/O short-circuit + I/O power supply

Channels By LED for: I/O short-circuit + wire breakage fault + I/O fault

Catalog number 16 inputs FTB1DN16EM0 FTB1DP16EM0

8 inputs/8 outputs/configurable outputs FTB1DN08E08CM0 FTB1DP08E08CM0

16 configurable inputs/outputs FTB1DN16CM0 FTB1DP16CM0

Interfacing

For additional information, reference DIA6EC2030901EN.

3-17

MACHINE

CONTROL

Accessories for FTB splitter boxes

(1)

Bus connection cables

Type of bus CANopen DeviceNet ProfiBus InterBus

Type of female connector M12, 5-pin, at either end –

Connector coding A encoded B encoded –

Catalog number Cable L = 0.3 m (9.8') FTXCN3203 FTXDP3203 –

L = 0.6 m (19.7') FTXCN3206 FTXDP3206 FTXIB1206 (2)

L = 1 m (3.3') FTXCN3210 FTXDP3210 FTXIB1210 (2)

L = 2 m (6.6') FTXCN3220 FTXDP3220 FTXIB1220 (2)

L = 3 m (9.8') FTXCN3230 FTXDP3230 –

L = 5 m (16.4') FTXCN3250 FTXDP3250 FTXIB1250 (2)

(2) Catalog number includes the Bus connection cable + the power supply cable.

Power supply connection cables

Type of bus CANopen DeviceNet ProfiBus

Type of female connector Type 7/8, 5-pin, at either end

Catalog number Cable L = 0.6 m (19.7') FTXDP2206

L = 1 m (3.3') FTXDP2210

L = 2 m (6.6') FTXDP2220

L = 5 m (16.4') FTXDP2250

Type of female connector Type 7/8, 5-pin, at one end (other end free)

Catalog number Cable L = 1.5 m FTXDP2115

L = 3 m (9.8') FTXDP2130

L = 5 m (16.4') FTXDP2150

Accessories

Type of bus CANopen DeviceNet ProfiBus Interbus

Catalog number Configuration CD-ROM FTXES00

Diagnostics M12 adaptor FTXDG12

Power supply T-connector FTXCNCT1 –

Line terminator FTXCNTL12 FTXDPTL12 –

(1) For sensor and actuator cabling accessories:

see page 3-15

3-18

MACHINE

CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com

Ter minal blocks

Insulation displacement technology

Clip-on mounting on 35 mm rails Terminal blocks End barrier

2-pole jumper (1)

(sold in lots of 100) (sold in lots of 10) (sold in lots of 10)

#30–18 AWG Pass through blocks AB1AA135U2GR AB1AAAC122GR AB1RRAL22

Grounding blocks AB1AATP135U2 AB1AAAC122VE -

#18–14 AWG Pass through blocks AB1AA235U2GR AB1AAAC122GR AB1RRAL22

Grounding blocks AB1AATP235U2 AB1AAAC122VE -

(1) For a 3, 4, 5 or 10-pole jumper replace the last number of the catalog number (2) by 3, 4, 5 or 10 respectively. (Example: AB1RAL22 becomes AB1RAL23).

Spring clamp technology

Clip-on mounting on 35 mm rails Terminal blocks End barrier

2-pole jumper (1)

(sold in lots of 100) (sold in lots of 10) (sold in lots of 10)

#22–12 AWG Pass through blocks AB1RR235U2GR AB1RRAC242GR AB1RRAL22 (1)

Grounding blocks AB1RRTP235U2 AB1RRTPAC242 –

#22–10 AWG Pass through blocks AB1RR435U2GR AB1RRAC242GR AB1RRAL42 (1)

Grounding blocks AB1RRTP435U2 AB1RRTPAC242 –

#24–8 AWG Pass through blocks AB1RR635U2GR –AB1RRAL62

Grounding blocks AB1RRTP635U2 ––

#24–6 AWG Pass through blocks AB1RR1035U2GR (2) –AB1RRAL102

Grounding blocks AB1RRTP1035U2 (2) ––

#24–4 AWG Pass through blocks AB1RR1635U2GR (2) –AB1RRAL162

Grounding blocks AB1RRTP1635U2 (2) ––

(1) For a 3, 4, 5 or 10-pole jumper replace the last number of the catalog number (2) by 3, 4, 5 or 10 respectively. (Example: AB1RRAL22 becomes AB1RRAL23).

(2) Sold in lots of 50.

Screw clamp technology

Clip-on mounting on 35 mm rails Terminal blocks End barrier

2-pole jumper (1)

(sold in lots of 100) (sold in lots of 50) (sold in lots of 10)

#22–12 AWG Pass through blocks AB1VV235U AB1AC24 AB1ALN22 (1)

Grounding blocks –––

#22–10 AWG Pass through blocks AB1VV435U AB1AC24 AB1ALN42 (1)

Grounding blocks AB1TP435U ––

#22–8 AWG Pass through blocks AB1VV635U AB1AC6 AB1ALN62 (1)

Grounding blocks AB1TP635U ––

#16–6 AWG Pass through blocks AB1VVN1035U (2) AB1ACN10 AB1ALN102 (1)

Grounding blocks AB1TP1035U (2) ––

#12–4 AWG Pass through blocks AB1VVN1635U (2) AB1ACN16 AB1ALN162 (1)

Grounding blocks AB1TP1635U (2) ––

(1) For a 3, 4, 5 or 10-pole jumper replace the last number of the catalog number (2) by 3, 4, 5 or 10 respectively. (Example: AB1ALN22 becomes AB1ALN23).

(2) Sold in lots of 50.

Interfacing

For additional information, reference Catalog 9080CT9901R5/02.

3-19

MACHINE

CONTROL

Ter minal blocks—NEMA

Screw clamp technology

Mounting on 35mm 77

7 or Square D track Terminal block End barrier 2-pole jumper

(Sold in lots of 50) (Sold in lots of 10) (Sold in lots of 10)

#22–10 AWG 9080GM6 9080GM6B 9080GH700 (3)

#22–8 AWG 9080GR6 9080GM6B 9080GH72

#22–10 AWG 9080GK6 9080GK6B (1) 9080GH72

#18–4 AWG 9080GC6 9080GC6B 9080GH74

#12 AWG–1/0 9080GD6 (2) 9080GD6B 9080GH76

#6 AWG–250 kcmil 9080GE6 (2) ––

(1) Sold in lots of 50.

(2) Sold in lots of 10.

(3) Sold in lots of 20.

Thermal-magnetic circuit protectors

Mounting on 35mm 77

7 track. Thermal Single-pole (4) Single-pole 2-pole

Rating (Sold in lots of 6) (Sold in lots of 6)

Catalog Number 0.1 A 9080GCB01 ––

0.5 A 9080GCB05 GB2CB05 GB2CD05

0.8 A 9080GCB08 ––

1.0 A 9080GCB10 GB2CB06 GB2CD06

1.2 A 9080GCB12 ––

1.5 A 9080GCB15 ––

2.0 A 9080GCB20 GB2CB07 GB2CD07

2.5 A 9080GCB25 ––

3.0 A 9080GCB30 GB2CB08 GB2CD08

4.0 A 9080GCB40 GB2CB09 GB2CD09

5.0 A 9080GCB50 GB2CB10 GB2CD10

6.0 A –GB2CB12 GB2CD12

7.0 A 9080GCB70 ––

8.0 A –GB2CB14 GB2CD14

10 .0 A 9080GCB100 GB2CB16 GB2CD16

12.0 A –GB2CB20 GB2CD20

15.0 A 9080GCB150 ––

(4) Can also be mounted on Square D track.

For additional information, reference Catalog 9080CT9601.

3-20

MACHINE

CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com

Ter minal blocks—NEMA

Fuseholders

Fuse Type Type M Class CC Class H Class H Class R Class R

Maximum voltage rating 600 600 250 600 250 600

Maximum current rating 30 30 30 30 30 30

1-pole 9080FB1611M 9080FB1611CC 9080FB1211 9080FB1611 9080FB1211R 9080FB1611R

2-pole 9080FB2611M 9080FB2611CC 9080FB2211 9080FB2611 9080FB2211R 9080FB2611R

3-pole 9080FB3611M 9080FB3611CC 9080FB3211 9080FB3611 9080FB3211R 9080FB3611R

Power Distribution Blocks

Splitter Blocks Aluminum Lugs Copper Lugs

Main wire (Number of wires in)

(1) #14–2 AWG (1) #14–2/0 AWG (1) #6–350 kcmil (1) #6–600 kcmil (1) #18–1/0 AWG (1) #6–250 kcmil

Branch wire (Number of wires out)

(1) #14–2 AWG (1) #14–2/0 AWG (1) #6–350 kcmil (1) #6–600 kcmil (1) #18–1/0 AWG (1) #6–250 kcmil

Maximum voltage rating 600 600 600 600 600 600

Maximum current rating—Cu wire 115 175 310 420 150 255

1-pole

9080LBA161101 9080LBA162101 9080LBA163101 9080LBA164101 9080LBC162101 9080LBC163101

2-pole

–9080LBA262101 9080LBA263101 –––

3-pole

9080LBA361101 9080LBA362101 9080LBA363101 9080LBA364101 9080LBC362101 9080LBC363101

Distribution Blocks Aluminum Lugs

Main wire (Number of wires in)

(1) #14–2 AWG (1) #14–2/0 AWG (1) #6–400 kcmil (1) #6–400 kcmil (1) #6–400 kcmil (1) #4–500 kcmil

Branch wire (Number of wires out)

(4) #18–10 AWG (4) #14–4 AWG (4) #14–2 AWG (6) #14–2 AWG (8) #14–2 AWG (12) #14–2 AWG

Maximum voltage rating

600 600 600 600 600 600

Maximum current rating—Cu wire

115 175 335 335 335 380

1-pole 9080LBA161104 9080LBA162104 9080LBA163104 9080LBA163106 9080LBA164108 9080LBA165112

2-pole 9080LBA261104 9080LBA262104 9080LBA263104 9080LBA263106 9080LBA264108 9080LBA265112

3-pole 9080LBA361104 9080LBA362104 9080LBA363104 9080LBA363106 9080LBA364108 9080LBA365112

Interfacing

For additional information, reference Catalog 9080CT9603.

3-21

MACHINE

CONTROL

Insulated cable ends

Single cable ends Without Marking Flag With Marking Flag

(Sold in lots of 1000) (Sold in lots of 1000)

#22 AWG White DZ5CE005UL DZ5CA005UL

#20 AWG Blue DZ5CE007UL DZ5CA007UL

#18 AWG Red DZ5CE010UL DZ5CA010UL

#16 AWG Black DZ5CE015UL DZ5CA015UL

#14 AWG Grey DZ5CE025UL DZ5CA025UL

Dual cable ends Without Marking Flag

(Sold in lots of 500)

#22 AWG White AZ5DE005

#20 AWG Blue AZ5DE007

#18 AWG Red AZ5DE010

#16 AWG Black AZ5DE015

#14 AWG Grey AZ5DE025 (1)

(1) Sold in lots of 250.

Cabling accessories

Type Pliers/cutters

Functions Stripping Cutting/stripping Crimping Crimping

AWG 20–12 20–12 22–6 8–2

Catalog number AT1PA7 AT2PE1 AT1PA2 AT2PA4

For additional information, reference Catalog 9080CT9701.

3-22

MACHINE

CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com

Interfacing

General purpose relays

Plug-in relays

Plug-in relays Tube type termination Spade type termination

Resistive rating (@ 120 Vac) 10 A 10 A 15 A 15 A

Number of Form C contacts 2323

Contact material Silver Nickel Silver Nickel Silver Cadmium Oxide Silver Cadmium Oxide

Average consumption, inrush Vac coils 3.6 VA 3.6 VA 3.6 VA 3.6 VA

Vdc coils 1.5 W 1.5 W 1.5 W 1.5 W

Voltage range Vac coils +10 to -15% +10 to -15% +10 to -15% +10 to -15%

Vdc coils +10 to -25% +10 to -25% +10 to -25% +10 to -25%

Catalog number 24 Vac 8501KP12V14 8501KP13V14 8501KU12V14 8501KU13V14

120 Vac 8501KP12V20 8501KP13V20 8501KU12V20 8501KU13V20

240 Vac 8501KP12V24 8501KP13V24 8501KU12V24 8501KU13V24

12 Vdc 8501KPD12V51 8501KPD13V51 8501KUD12V51 8501KUD13V51

24Vdc 8501KPD12V53 8501KPD13V53 8501KUD12V53 8501KUD13V53

110 Vdc 8501KPD12V60 8501KPD13V60 8501KUD12V60 8501KUD13V60

Relay socket 8501NR51 8501NR61 8501NR82 8501NR82

Hold down clip 8501NH51 8501NH61 8501NH82 8501NH82

Miniature plug-in relays

Miniature plug-in relays Spade type termination

Resistive rating (@ 120 Vac) 15 A 10 A 10 A 10 A

Number of Form C contacts 1234

Contact material Silver Cadmium Oxide Silver Cadmium Oxide Silver Cadmium Oxide Silver Cadmium Oxide

Average consumption, inrush Vac coils 1.52 VA 2.2 VA 2.9 VA 3.7 VA

Vdc coils 0.7 W 0.9 W 1.0 W 1.0 W

Voltage range Vac coils +10 to -15% +10 to -15% +10 to -15% +10 to -15%

Vdc coils +10 to -20% +10 to -20% +10 to -20% +10 to -20%

Catalog number 24 Vac 8501RS41V14 8501RS42V14 8501RS43V14 8501RS44V14

120 Vac 8501RS41V20 8501RS42V20 8501RS43V20 8501RS44V20

12 Vdc 8501RSD41V51 8501RSD42V51 8501RSD43V51 8501RSD44V51

24 Vdc 8501RSD41V53 8501RSD42V53 8501RSD43V53 8501RSD44V53

Relay socket 8501NR41 8501NR42 8501NR43 8501NR34

Hold down clip –8501NH42 8501NH42 8501NH42

3-23

MACHINE

CONTROL

Miniature plug-in relays

For additional information, reference Catalog 8501CT0301.

Miniature plug-in relays Spade type termination

Resistive Rating (@ 120 Vac) 1 A 3 A 5 A

Number of Form C contacts 444

Contact material

Bifurcated Fine Silver Gold Flashed

Fine Silver Gold Flashed Silver Cadmium Oxide

Average consumption, inrush Vac coils 1.2 VA 1.2 VA 1.2 VA

Vdc coils 0.9 W 0.9 W 0.9 W

Voltage range Vac coils +10 to -15% +10 to -15% +10 to -15%

Vdc coils +10 to -20% +10 to -20% +10 to -20%

Catalog number 24 Vac 8501RS24V14 8501RS4V14 8501RS14V14

120 Vac 8501RS24V20 8501RS4V20 8501RS14V20

12 Vdc 8501RSD24V51 8501RSD4V51 8501RSD14V51

24 Vdc 8501RSD24V53 8501RSD4V53 8501RSD14V53

Relay socket 8501NR45 8501NR45 8501NR45

Hold down clip 8501NH45 8501NH45 8501NH45

Power relays

Power relays Vac rated contacts

Resistive rating (@ 300 Vac) 30 A 30 A 30A 30 A 30 A

Resistive rating (@ 600 Vac) 10 A 5 A 10 A 5 A 5 A

Single phase horsepower rating 21.5 2 1.5 1.5

Contact arrangement 1 N.O. 2 N.O. 1 N.C. 1 N.C. & 1 N.O. 2 N.C. & 2 N.O.

Contact material Silver Cadmium Oxide

Average consumption, inrush Vac coils 10 VA 10 VA 10 VA 10 VA 10 VA

Vdc coils 2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W 2 W

Voltage range Vac coils +10 to -15% +10 to -15% +10 to -15% +10 to -15% +10 to -15%

Vdc coils +10 to -20% +10 to -20% +10 to -20% +10 to -20% +10 to -20%

Catalog number 24 Vac 8501CO6V14 8501CO7V14 8501CO8V14 8501CO15V14 8501CO16V14

120 Vac 8501CO6V20 8501CO7V20 8501CO8V20 8501CO15V20 8501CO16V20

208 Vac 8501CO6V08 8501CO7V08 8501CO8V08 8501CO15V08 8501CO16V08

240 Vac 8501CO6V24 8501CO7V24 8501CO8V24 8501CO15V24 8501CO16V24

277 Vac 8501CO6V04 8501CO7V04 8501CO8V04 8501CO15V04 8501CO16V04

480 Vac 8501CO6V29 8501CO7V29 8501CO8V29 8501CO15V29 8501CO1V29

24 Vdc 8501CDO6V53 8501CDO7V53 8501CDO8V53 8501CDO15V53 8501CDO16V53

3-24

MACHINE

CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com

Zelio Logic™ Smart relays

Zelio Logic Compact SR2

Automation

Compact smart relays With display, dc power supply

Supply voltage 12 Vdc 24 Vdc

Number of inputs/outputs 12 20 10 12 20 20

Number of inputs discrete inputs 8 12 6 8 12 12

of which 0–10 V analog inputs 4 6 –426

Number of outputs 4 relay 8 relay 4 relay 48 relay 8

Dimensions, W x D x H mm

71.2x59.5x107.6 124.6x59.5x107.6 71.2x59.5x107.6 124.6x59.5x107.6

in. 2.80x2.34x4.24 4.90x2.34x4.24 2.80x2.34x4.24 4.90x2.34x4.24

Clock yes yes no yes no yes

References

SR2B121JD SR2B201JD SR2A101BD (1) SR2B12pp

pBD (2) SR2A201BD (1) SR2B20pp

pBD (2)

(1) Programming of this smart relay in LADDER language only. For other smart relay modules, programming options include LADDER language, Function Block Diagram (FBD) and

Sequential Function Chart (SFC) languages.

(2) Replace

by the number “1” to order a smart relay with relay outputs and by “2” for a smart relay with transistor outputs (Example: SR2B121BD)

Compact smart relays With display, ac power supply

Supply voltage 24 Vac 100/240 Vac

Number of inputs/outputs 12 20 10 12 20 20

Number of discrete inputs 812681212

Number of outputs 4 relay 8 relay 4 relay 4 relay 8 relay 8 relay

Dimensions, W x D x H mm

71.2x59.5x107.6 124.6x59.5x107.6 71.2x59.5x107.6 124.6x59.5x107.6

in. 2.80x2.34x4.24 4.90x2.34x4.24 2.80x2.34x4.24 4.90x2.34x4.24

Clock yes yes no no no no

References SR2B121B SR2B201B SR2A101FU (1) SR2B121FU SR2A201FU (1) SR2B201FU

(1) Programming of smart relay in LADDER language only

Compact smart relays Without display and without buttons

Supply voltage 24 Vdc 100/240 Vac

Number of inputs/outputs 10 12 20 10 12 20

Number of inputs discrete inputs 6 8 12 6 8 12

of which 0–10 V analog inputs -46–––

Number of outputs 4 relay 4 relay 8 relay 4 relay 4 relay 8 relay

Dimensions, W x D x H mm

71.2x59.5x107.6 124.6x59.5x107.6 71.2x59.5x107.6 124.6x59.5x107.6

in. 2.80x2.34x4.24 4.90x2.34x4.24 2.80x2.34x4.24 4.90x2.34x4.24

Clock no yes yes no yes yes

References SR2D101BD (1) SR2E121BD (2) SR2E201BD (2) SR2D101FU (1) SR2E121FU SR2E201FU

(1) Programming of smart relay in LADDER language only

(2) For version with 24 Vac supply (0 analog inputs), delete the letter D from the end of the reference (SR2E121B and SR2E201B)

3-25

MACHINE

CONTROL

Available 2nd quarter 2004

Zelio Logic Modular SR3

Modular smart relays* With display

Supply voltage 24 Vdc 24 Vac 100/240 Vac

Number of inputs/outputs 10 26 10 26 10 26

Number of inputs discrete inputs 6 16 6 16 6 16

of which 0–10 V analog inputs 4 6 – – – –

Number of outputs 4 10 4 relay 10 relay 4 relay 10 relay

Dimensions, W x D x H mm

71.2x59.5x107.6 124.6x59.5x107.6 71.2x59.5x107.6 124.6x59.5x107.6 71.2x59.5x107.6 124.6x59.5x107.6

in. 2.80x2.34x4.24 4.90x2.34x4.24 2.80x2.34x4.24 4.90x2.34x4.24 2.80x2.34x4.24 4.90x2.34x4.24

Clock yes yes yes yes yes yes

References SR3B10

BD (1) SR3B26

BD (1) SR3B101B SR3B261B SR3B101FU SR3B261FU

* Each modular base can be fitted with one communication module and one I/O expansion module.

(1) Replace

by the number “1” to order a smart relay with relay outputs and by “2” for a smart relay with transistor outputs (Example: SR3B101BD)

Expansion modules

(2)

Inputs / Outpus Communication

Usage For modular smart relays SR3Bppppp MODBUS network

Number of inputs/outputs 6 10 14 –

Number of discrete inputs 468–

Number of outputs 2 relay 4 relay 6 relay –

Dimensions, W x D x H mm 35.5x59.5x107.6 72x59.5x107.6 72x59.5x107.6 35.5x59.5x107.6

in. 1.40x2.34x4.24 2.83x2.34x4.24 2.83x2.34x4.24 1.40x2.34x4.24

References 24 Vdc SR3XT61BD SR3XT101BD SR3XT141BD SR3MBU01BD

24 Vac SR3XT61B SR3XT101B SR3XT141B –

100–240 Vac SR3XT61FU SR3XT101FU SR3XT141FU –

(2) The power supply for the expansion modules is provided via the Zelio Logic modular relays

Zelio Soft™ software and back-up memory

Software and back-up memory Multilingual programmming software Back-up memory

Description PC CD-ROM (Windows 95/98, NT, 2000, XP, ME) (3) EEPROM

References SR2SFT01 SR2MEM01

PC/Smart relay connecting cable SR2CBL01 –

Interface for USB port SR2CBL06 –

(3) CD-ROM containing “Zelio Soft” software, an application library, a self-training manual, installation instructions and a user’s manual.

Communication interface

Interface and software Communication interface Programming software

Supply voltage 12/24 Vdc –

Description –PC CD ROM (Windows 95/98, NT, 2000, XP, ME)

Dimensions, W x D x H (mm / in.) 72x59.5x107.6 / 2.83x2.34x4.24 –

References SR2COM01 SR2SFT03

For additional information, reference DIA3ED2031108 EN.

Welcome to the Simply Smart* world

compliments of Telemecanique

Telemecanique, the world leader for control and signaling components,

offers you its ranges of Push Buttons, Selector Switches, Pilot Lights,

Beacons and Indicating Banks (including audible units) and

components for Hoisting applications.

Unequalled and of the highest quality, it is the largest offer on the

market. It intelligently adapts to all types of applications and works

exceptionally well on new equipment in both industrial and commercial

environments, and is well suited for MRO use.

Openness:

in perfect synergy with other Telemecanique equipment,

this offer optimizes the design of your Operator Interface solutions.

Simplicity: clip together components insure simple, secure and fast

assembly.

Ingenuity: LED technology for all signaling functions: “Super

Bright” LED offer for applications requiring a high level of visibility.

Robustness: mechanical performance much higher than standard

requirements.

Flexibility: modular construction, the products evolve with the

automation system.

Compactness: the overall dimensions are the smallest on the

market.

* Simply Smart : using ingenuity and intelligence to continually improve ease of use.

Optimize the design of your

Operator Interface solutions

Control and signalling units

The essential guide

A selection of the

most popular selling

products enabling you

to quickly locate the

most appropriate

solution for your

application.

Contents

Control and Signaling Units

Beacons and indicating banks

Components for hoisting applications

Push Buttons, Selector Switches and Pilot Lights ........................... 4-2

with Plastic Bezels—16mm XB6

Push Buttons, Selector Switches and Pilot Lights ........................... 4-6

with Metal Bezels—22mm XB4

Push Buttons, Selector Switches and Pilot Lights ......................... 4-10

with Plastic Bezels—22mm XB5

Control Stations ............................................................................. 4-13

Pre-assembled with XB5 22mm units XAL

Push Buttons, Selector Switches and Pilot Lights ......................... 4-14

with Metal Ring Nuts—30mm 9001Type K

Push Buttons, Selector Switches and Pilot Lights ......................... 4-16

with Plastic Ring Nuts – 30mm 9001 Type SK

Enclosures .................................................................................... 4-18

XAL, XAP and KY for user assembly

Compact Pilot Lights 8, 12 and 17.5mm ....................................... 4-19

XVL and Type O

Pendant control stations ................................................................ 4-22

XAC and Type BW ready to use

Pendant control stations ................................................................ 4-23

XAC and Type SKYP for user assembly

Control stations ............................................................................. 4-25

Types B, KY and SKY, Standard and Heavy Duty

Beacons and indicating banks ...................................................... 4-20

XVB 70mm and XVP 50mm

OPERATOR

INTERFACE

4-2

OPERATOR

INTERFACE

www.telemecanique.com

=++

Illuminated push buttons

Type of head Flush push

Shape of head rectangular (2)

Degree of protection IP 65 / NEMA & UL Type 4, 4X, 13

Mounting (mm) panel cut-out 16.2

mounting centers 24 x 18 with rectangular head, 18 x 18 with square or circular head

Dimensions (mm) W x H x D (below head) 24 x 18 x 50 with rectangular head, 18 x 18 x 50 with square or circular head

Connection Tags for 2.8 x 0.5 Quick connectors or for soldering

Type of push Spring return

Complete products Products for user assembly

12–24 Vac/dc

Catalog number white N.O. XB6 DW1B1B ZB6 Ep1B (1) ZB6 Z1B ZB6 DW1 (2)

N.C. + N.O. XB6 DW1B5B ZB6 Ep1B (1) ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DW1 (2)

green N.O. XB6 DW3B1B ZB6 Ep3B (1) ZB6 Z1B ZB6 DW3 (2)

N.C. + N.O. XB6 DW3B5B ZB6 Ep3B (1) ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DW3 (2)

red N.C. XB6 DW4B2B ZB6 Ep4B (1) ZB6 Z2B ZB6 DW4 (2)

N.C. + N.O. XB6 DW4B5B ZB6 Ep4B (1) ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DW4 (2)

yellow N.O. XB6 DW5B1B ZB6 Ep5B (1) ZB6 Z1B ZB6 DW5 (2)

N.C. + N.O. XB6 DW5B5B ZB6 Ep5B (1) ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DW5 (2)

blue N.O. XB6 DW6B1B ZB6 Ep6B (1) ZB6 Z1B ZB6 DW6 (2)

N.C. + N.O. XB6 DW6B5B ZB6 Ep6B (1) ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DW6 (2)

Type of push Maintained

Catalog number white N.O. XB6 DF1B1B ZB6 Ep1B (1) ZB6 Z1B ZB6 DF1 (2)

N.C. + N.O. XB6 DF1B5B ZB6 Ep1B (1) ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DF1 (2)

green N.O. XB6 DF3B1B ZB6 Ep3B (1) ZB6 Z1B ZB6 DF3 (2)

N.C. + N.O. XB6 DF3B5B ZB6 Ep3B (1) ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DF3 (2)

red N.C. XB6 DF4B2B ZB6 Ep4B (1) ZB6 Z2B ZB6 DF4 (2)

N.C. + N.O. XB6 DF4B5B ZB6 Ep4B (1) ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DF4 (2)

yellow N.O. XB6 DF5B1B ZB6 Ep5B (1) ZB6 Z1B ZB6 DF5 (2)

N.C. + N.O. XB6 DF5B5B ZB6 Ep5B (1) ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DF5 (2)

blue N.O. XB6 DF6B1B ZB6 Ep6B (1) ZB6 Z1B ZB6 DF6 (2)

N.C. + N.O. XB6 DF6B5B ZB6 Ep6B (1) ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DF6 (2)

Pilot lights

Type of head Smooth lens cap

Shape of head rectangular (2)

Complete products Products for user assembly

12–24 Vac/dc

Catalog number white XB6 DV1BB ZB6 Ep1B (1) ZB6 DV1 (2)

green XB6 DV3BB ZB6 Ep3B (1) ZB6 DV3 (2)

red XB6 DV4BB ZB6 Ep4B (1) ZB6 DV4 (2)

yellow XB6 DV5BB ZB6 Ep5B (1) ZB6 DV5 (2)

blue XB6 DV6BB ZB6 Ep6B (1) ZB6 DV6 (2)

(1) Basic catalog number, to be completed by the letter B, G or M indicating the required voltage. See voltage table above.

(2) For products with a square head, replace the letter D in the catalog number by the letter C (XB6 DW1B1B becomes XB6 CW1B1B).

For products with a circular head, replace the letter D in the catalog number by the letter A (XB6 DW1B1B becomes XB6 AW1B1B).

Control and signalling units 16 mm

with plastic bezel

Complete operators

with integral LED

(1):

Voltage Letter (p)

12–24 Vac/dc (15 mA) B

48–120 Vac (25 mA) G

230–240 Vac (25 mA) M

+0.2

XB6

4-3

OPERATOR

INTERFACE

For other versions, consult your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office

Push buttons

Type of head Flush push

Shape of head rectangular (2)

Degree of protection IP 65 / NEMA & UL Type 4, 4X, 13

Mounting (mm) panel cut-out 16.2

mounting centers 24 x 18 with rectangular head, 18 x 18 with square or circular head

Dimensions (mm) W x H x D (below head) 24 x 18 x 50 with rectangular head, 18 x 18 x 50 with square or circular head

Connection Tags for 2.8 x 0.5 Quick connectors or for soldering

Type of push Spring return

Complete products Products for user assembly

Catalog number white N.O. XB6 DA11B ZB6 Z1B ZB6 DA1 (2)

N.C. + N.O. XB6 DA15B ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DA1 (2)

black N.O. XB6 DA21B ZB6 Z1B ZB6 DA2 (2)

N.C. XB6 DA22B ZB6 Z2B ZB6 DA2 (2)

N.C. + N.O. XB6 DA25B ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DA2 (2)

green N.O. XB6 DA31B ZB6 Z1B ZB6 DA3 (2)

N.C. + N.O. XB6 DA35B ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DA3 (2)

red N.O. XB6 DA41B ZB6 Z1B ZB6 DA4 (2)

N.C. XB6 DA42B ZB6 Z2B ZB6 DA4 (2)

N.C. + N.O. XB6 DA45B ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DA4 (2)

yellow N.O. XB6 DA51B ZB6 Z1B ZB6 DA5 (2)

N.C. + N.O. XB6 DA55B ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DA5 (2)

blue N.O. XB6 DA61B ZB6 Z1B ZB6 DA6 (2)

N.C. + N.O. XB6 DA65B ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DA6 (2)

30 mm mushroom head Emergency stop push buttons

Type of head Trigger action

Shape of head cylindrical

Type of push Turn to release

Complete products Products for user assembly

Catalog number red 1 N.C. + 1 N.O. XB6 AS8345B ZB6 Z5B ZB6 AS834

Type of push Key release, Ronis 200

Catalog number red 1 N.C. + 1 N.O. XB6 AS9345B ZB6 Z5B ZB6 AS934

(2) For products with a square head, replace the letter D in the catalog number by the letter C (XB6 DA11B becomes XB6 CA11B).

For products with a circular head, replace the letter D in the catalog number by the letter A (XB6 DA11B becomes XB6 AA11B).

+0.2

Non-illuminated complete operators

4-4

OPERATOR

INTERFACE

www.telemecanique.com

Selector switches and key switches

Type of head Black handle

Shape of head rectangular (1)

Degree of protection IP 65 / NEMA & UL Type 4, 4X, 13 (except key switches)

Mounting (mm) panel cut-out 16.2

mounting centers 24 x 18 with rectangular head, 18 x 18 with square or circular head

Dimensions (mm) W x H x D (below head) 24 x 18 x 50 with rectangular head, 18 x 18 x 50 with square or circular head

Connection Tags for 2.8 x 0.5 Quick connectors or for soldering

Type of operator Black handle

Complete products Products for user assembly

Number and type of positions 2 positions 2 positions 2 positions

maintained maintained spring return to center

Catalog number N.O. XB6 DD221B ZB6 Z1B ZB6 DD22 (1) ZB6 Z1B ZB6 DD24 (1)

N.C. + N.O. XB6 DD225B ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DD22 (1) ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DD24 (1)

Number and type of positions 3 positions 3 positions 3 positions

maintained maintained spring return to center

Catalog number N.C. + N.O. XB6 DD235B ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DD23 (1) ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DD25 (1)

Type of operator Ronis key, no. 200

Complete products Products for user assembly

Number and type of positions 2 positions 2 positions 2 positions

maintained maintained spring return to center

Catalog number N.C. + N.O. XB6 DGC5B ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DGC (1) ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DGB (1)

Number and type of positions 3 positions 3 positions 3 positions

maintained maintained spring return to center

Catalog number N.C. + N.O. XB6 DGH5B ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DGH (1) ZB6 Z5B ZB6 DGS (1)

(1) For products with a square head, replace the letter D in the catalog number by the letter C (XB6 DD221B becomes XB6 CD221B).

For products with a circular head, replace the letter D in the catalog number by the letter A (XB6 DD221B becomes XB6 AD221B).

+0.2

XB6

60°45°

60°

60°45°

60°60°45°

60°

70°45°70°

70°45°70°70°45°70°

Control and signalling units 16 mm

with plastic bezel

Complete operators, selector switches

4-5

OPERATOR

INTERFACE

For other versions, consult your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office

Sub-assemblies & accessories for 16 mm

plastic bezel control and signalling units

Sub-assemblies Bodies for push buttons and Bodies for pilot lights

selector switches

Rated operational characteristics, AC-15: Ue = 240 V and Ie = 1.5 A or Ue = 120 V and Ie = 3 A Consumption

Positive operation of contacts conforming to IEC/EN 60947-5-1: N.C. contacts with positive opening operation, 15 mA 12–24 Vac/dc

positive opening force 20 N 25 mA 48–120 Vac

25 mA 230–240 Vac

Type of Body Contacts Pilot light 12–24 V 48–120 V 230–240 V

contact + contacts bodies

Catalog number N.O. ZB6 Z1B ZB6 E1B White ZB6 EB1B ZB6 EG1B ZB6 EM1B

N.C. ZB6 Z2B ZB6 E2B Green ZB6 EB3B ZB6 EG3B ZB6 EM3B

2 N.O. ZB6 Z3B –Red ZB6 EB4B ZB6 EG4B ZB6 EM4B

2 N.C. ZB6 Z4B –Yellow ZB6 EB5B ZB6 EG5B ZB6 EM5B

N.O. + N.C. ZB6 Z5B –Blue ZB6 EB6B ZB6 EG6B ZB6 EM6B

Accessories

Body Bezel tightening tool Nut Anti-rotation plate

+ bulb extractor

Application Fitting contact blocks Fixing the switch and Fixing head to panel Selector switches,

changing bulbs Emergency Stops

Catalog number ZB6Y009 ZB6Y905 ZB6Y002 ZB6Y003

Protective cover for push buttons and switches Female Quick connector/ Blanking plug

Solder tab

Application

Circular and square head Rectangular head Sold in lots of 100 pieces

Plugging an unused knockout

Catalog number ZB6YA001 ZB6YD001 ZB6Y004 ZB6Y005

Legends Std. Plate (24 X 28 mm) Circular, 45 mm

for 8 X 21 mm Legend

With blank legend insert

Yellow

White or yellow Black or red Blank Emergency stop Arrêt d’urgence

Catalog number ZB6YD21 ZB6YD22 ZB6Y7001 ZB6Y7330 ZB6Y7130

4-6

OPERATOR

INTERFACE

www.telemecanique.com

Push buttons, spring return

Type of head Chromium plated circular bezel

Degree of protection IP 65 / NEMA & UL Type 4X, 13 (IP 66 for booted push buttons)

Mounting (mm) panel cut-out 22.5 (22.3 )

mounting centers 30 x 40

Depth (mm) below head 43

Connection Screw clamp terminals

Type of push Flush Flush, booted

Products Complete For user assembly Complete For user assembly

Catalog number black N.O. XB4 BA21 ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BA2 XB4 BP21 ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BP2

green N.O. XB4 BA31 ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BA3 XB4 BP31 ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BP3

red N.C. XB4 BA42 ZB4 BZ102 ZB4 BA4 XB4 BP42 ZB4 BZ102 ZB4 BP4

yellow N.O. XB4 BA51 ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BA5 XB4 BP51 ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BP5

blue N.O. XB4 BA61 ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BA6 XB4 BP61 ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BP6

Type of push Flush

With international marking Products Complete For user assembly

Catalog number green N.O. XB4 BA3311 ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BA331

red N.C. XB4 BA4322 ZB4 BZ102 ZB4 BA432

Type of push Projecting Mushroom head, 40 mm

Products Complete For user assembly Complete For user assembly

Catalog number black N.O. – – – XB4 BC21 ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BC2

red N.C. XB4 BL42 ZB4 BZ102 ZB4 BL4 –––

Type of push Double-headed push buttons Double-headed push buttons, booted

Degree of protection IP 40 IP 66

With international marking Products Complete For user assembly Complete For user assembly

Catalog number green / N.C. + N.O. XB4 BL845 ZB4 BZ105 ZB4 BL8434 XB4 BL945 ZB4 BZ105 ZB4 BL9434

red

40 mm mushroom head Emergency stop push buttons

Trigger action

Type of push Push-pull (N.C.) Push-pull (N.C. + N.O.)

Products Complete For user assembly Complete For user assembly

Catalog number red N.C. or N.C. + N.O. XB4 BT42 ZB4 BZ102 ZB4 BT4 XB4 BT845 ZB4 BZ105 ZB4 BT84

Type of push Turn to release (N.C.) Turn to release (N.C. + N.O.)

Catalog number red N.C. or N.C. + N.O. XB4 BS542 ZB4 BZ102 ZB4 BS54 XB4 BS8445 ZB4 BZ105 ZB4 BS844

Type of push Key release (N.C.) Key release (N.C. + N.O.)

Catalog number red N.C. or N.C. + N.O. XB4 BS142 ZB4 BZ102 ZB4 BS14 XB4 BS9445 ZB4 BZ105 ZB4 BS944

XB4

+0.4

Control and signalling units 22 mm

with metal bezel

Non-illuminated complete operators

4-7

OPERATOR

INTERFACE

For other versions, consult your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office

Selector switches and key switches

Type of head Chromium plated circular bezel

Degree of protection IP 65 / NEMA & UL Type 4X, 13

Mounting (mm) panel cut-out 22.5 (22.3 )

mounting centers 30 x 40

Depth (mm) below head 43

Connection Screw clamp terminals

Type of operator Handle

Products Complete For user assembly Complete For user assembly

Number and type of positions 2 positions 2 positions 2 positions 2 positions

maintained maintained spring return to left spring return to left

Catalog number black N.O. XB4 BD21 ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BD2 XB4 BD41 ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BD4

Number and type of positions 3 positions 3 positions 3 positions 3 positions

maintained maintained spring return to center spring return to center

Catalog number black N.O. + N.O. XB4 BD33 ZB4 BZ103 ZB4 BD3 XB4 BD53 ZB4 BZ103 ZB4 BD5

Type of operator Key, no. 455

Products Complete For user assembly Complete For user assembly

Number and type of positions (1) 2 positions 2 positions 2 positions 2 positions

maintained maintained maintained maintained

Catalog number key N.O. XB4 BG21 ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BG2 XB4 BG41 ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BG4

Number and type of positions 2 positions 2 positions 3 positions 3 positions

spring return to left spring return to left maintained maintained

Catalog number key N.O. XB4 BG61 ZB4 BZ101 ZB4 BG6 –––

key N.O. + N.O. – – – XB4 BG33 ZB4 BZ103 ZB4 BG3

Add-on contact blocks

Electrical blocks

Single contact blocks

Rated operational characteristics AC-15, 240 V - 3 A, NEMA A600, Q600, 10 A AC continuous carrying

Positive operation of contacts conforming to IEC/EN 60947-5-1 All functions incorporating a N.C. contact are positive opening operation

Catalog number N.O. ZBE 101

N.C. ZBE 102

(1) The symbol indicates key withdrawal position.

+0.4

Complete operators, selector switches

4-8

OPERATOR

INTERFACE

www.telemecanique.com

XB4

+0.4

Pilot lights

Type of head Circular bezel

Smooth lens cap

Degree of protection IP 65 / NEMA & UL Type 4X, 13

Mounting (mm) panel cut-out 22.5 (22.3 )

mounting centers 30 x 40

Depth below head 43

Connection Screw clamp terminals

Light source Integral LED Direct supply for BA 9s bulb (not included)

Products Complete Complete For user assembly

Supply voltage 24 Vac/dc 48–120 Vac

230–240 Vac

250 V max., 2.4 W max.

Catalog number white XB4 BVB1 XB4 BVG1 XB4 BVM1 XB4 BV61 ZB4 BV6 ZB4 BV01

green XB4 BVB3 XB4 BVG3 XB4 BVM3 XB4 BV63 ZB4 BV6 ZB4 BV03

red XB4 BVB4 XB4 BVG4 XB4 BVM4 XB4 BV64 ZB4 BV6 ZB4 BV04

yellow XB4 BVB5 XB4 BVG5 XB4 BVM5 XB4 BV65 ZB4 BV6 ZB4 BV05

blue XB4 BVB6 XB4 BVG6 XB4 BVM6 XB4 BV66 ZB4 BV6 ZB4 BV06

Illuminated push buttons and selector switches

Type Flush push, spring return, illuminated push buttons

Light source Integral LED Direct supply for BA 9s bulb (not included)

Products Complete Complete For user assembly

Supply voltage 24 Vac/dc 48–120 Vac

230–240 Vac

250 V max., 2.4 W max.

Catalog number white N.C. + N.O. XB4 BW31B5 XB4 BW31G5 XB4 BW31M5 XB4 BW3165 ZB4 BW065 ZB4 BW31

green N.C. + N.O. XB4 BW33B5 XB4 BW33G5 XB4 BW33M5 XB4 BW3365 ZB4 BW065 ZB4 BW33

red N.C. + N.O. XB4 BW34B5 XB4 BW34G5 XB4 BW34M5 XB4 BW3465 ZB4 BW065 ZB4 BW34

yellow N.C. + N.O. XB4 BW35B5 XB4 BW35G5 XB4 BW35M5 XB4 BW3565 ZB4 BW065 ZB4 BW35

blue N.C. + N.O. XB4 BW36B5 XB4 BW36G5 XB4 BW36M5 XB4 BW3665 ZB4 BW065 ZB4 BW36

Type Illuminated selector switches

(2 position maintained)

Degree of protection IP 65

Light source Integral LED

Products Complete

Supply voltage 24 Vac/dc 48–120 Vac 230–240 Vac

Catalog number green N.C. + N.O. XB4 BK123B5 XB4 BK123G5 XB4 BK123M5

red N.C. + N.O. XB4 BK124B5 XB4 BK124G5 XB4 BK124M5

yellow N.C. + N.O. XB4 BK125B5 XB4 BK125G5 XB4 BK125M5

Control and signalling units 22 mm

with metal bezel

Illuminated complete operators

4-9

OPERATOR

INTERFACE

For other versions, consult your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office

Electrical blocks

Single contact blocks Light blocks with integral LED Light block, direct supply

Rated operational characteristics AC-15, 240 V - 3 A Consumption

NEMA A600, Q600, 10 A 18 mA 24 Vac/dc

Positive operation of contacts N.C. contacts with positive 14 mA 120 Vac

conforming to IEC/EN 60947-5-1 opening operation 14 mA 240 Vac To combine with heads

To combine with heads for integral LED for BA 9s bulb (not included)

24 Vac/dc 48–120 Vac 230–240 Vac 250 V max., 2.4 W max.

Catalog number N.O. ZBE 101 white ZBV B1 ZBV G1 ZBV M1 ZBV 6

N.C. ZBE 102 green ZBV B3 ZBV G3 ZBV M3 Color provided by lens

red ZBV B4 ZBV G4 ZBV M4

yellow ZBV B5 ZBV G5 ZBV M5

blue ZBV B6 ZBV G6 ZBV M6

Accessories

Legend holders, 30 x 40 mm, for 8 x 27 mm legends

With blank legend (for engraving)

With English language marked legend

Background Black background/white text

Catalog number Black or red ZBY2101 CLOSE ZBY2314

EMERGENCY STOP

ZBY2330 OFF ZBY2312

White or yellow ZBY4101 DOWN ZBY2308

HAND-OFF-AUTO

ZBY2387 OFF-ON ZBY2367

ON ZBY2311 OPEN ZBY2313 POWER ON ZBY2326

RESET ZBY2322 RUN ZBY2334 START ZBY2303

STOP ZBY2304 STOP-START ZBY2366 UP ZBY2307

Circular legend for mushroom head Emergency Stop push button

Yellow with black text Blank EMERGENCY STOP

60 mm 90 mm 60 mm 90 mm

Catalog number ZBY9101 ZBY8101 ZBY9330 ZBY8330

Separate components and

legend plates 22 mm

4-10

OPERATOR

INTERFACE

www.telemecanique.com

Push buttons, spring return

Type of head Circular bezel

Degree of protection IP 65 / NEMA & UL Type 4X, 13 . (IP 66 for booted push buttons)

Mounting (mm) panel cut-out 22.5 (22.3 )

mounting centers 30 x 40

Depth (mm) below head 43

Connection Screw clamp terminals

Type of push Flush Flush, booted

Products Complete For user assembly Complete For user assembly

Catalog number black N.O. XB5 AA21 ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AA2 XB5 AP21 ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AP2

green N.O. XB5 AA31 ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AA3 XB5 AP31 ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AP3

red N.C. XB5 AA42 ZB5 AZ102 ZB5 AA4 XB5 AP42 ZB5 AZ102 ZB5 AP4

yellow N.O. XB5 AA51 ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AA5 XB5 AP51 ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AP5

blue N.O. XB5 AA61 ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AA6 XB5 AP61 ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AP6

Type of push Flush

With international marking Products Complete For user assembly

Catalog number green N.O. XB5 AA3311 ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AA331

red N.C. XB5 AA4322 ZB5 AZ102 ZB5 AA432

Type of push Projecting Mushroom head, 40 mm

Products Complete For user assembly Complete For user assembly

Catalog number black N.O. – – – XB5 AC21 ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AC2

red N.C. XB5 AL42 ZB5 AZ102 ZB5 AL4 –––

Type of push Double-headed push buttons Double-headed push buttons, booted

Degree of protection IP 40 IP 66

With international marking Products Complete For user assembly Complete For user assembly

Catalog number green / N.C. + N.O. XB5 AL845 ZB5 AZ105 ZB5 AL8434 XB5 AL945 ZB5 AZ105 ZB5 AL9434

red

40 mm mushroom head Emergency stop push buttons

Trigger action

Type of push Push-pull (N.C.) Push-pull (N.C. + N.O.)

Unmarked Products Complete For user assembly Complete For user assembly

Catalog number red N.C. or N.C. + N.O. XB5 AT42 ZB5 AZ102 ZB5 AT4 XB5 AT845 ZB5 AZ105 ZB5 AT84

Type of push Turn to release (N.C.) Turn to release (N.C. + N.O.)

Catalog number red N.C. or N.C. + N.O. XB5 AS542 ZB5 AZ102 ZB5 AS54 XB5 AS8445 ZB5 AZ105 ZB5 AS844

Type of push Key release (N.C.) Key release (N.C. + N.O.)

Catalog number red N.C. or N.C. + N.O. XB5 AS142 ZB5 AZ102 ZB5 AS14 XB5 AS9445 ZB5 AZ105 ZB5 AS944

+0.4

XB5

Control and signalling units 22 mm

with plastic bezel

Non-illuminated complete operators

4-11

OPERATOR

INTERFACE

For other versions, consult your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office

Selector switches and key switches

Type of head Circular bezel

Degree of protection IP 65 / NEMA & UL Type 4X, 13

Mounting (mm) panel cut-out 22.5 (22.3 )

mounting centers 30 x 40

Depth (mm) below head 43

Connection Screw clamp terminals

Type of operator Handle

Products Complete For user assembly Complete For user assembly

Number and type of positions 2 positions 2 positions 2 positions 2 positions

maintained maintained spring return to left spring return to left

Catalog number black N.O. XB5 AD21 ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AD2 XB5 AD41 ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AD4

Number and type of positions 3 positions 3 positions 3 positions 3 positions

maintained maintained spring return to center spring return to center

Catalog number black N.O. + N.O. XB5 AD33 ZB5 AZ103 ZB5 AD3 XB5 AD53 ZB5 AZ103 ZB5 AD5

Type of operator Key, no. 455

Products Complete For user assembly Complete For user assembly

Number and type of positions (1) 2 positions 2 positions 2 positions 2 positions

maintained maintained maintained maintained

Catalog number key N.O. XB5 AG21 ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AG2 XB5 AG41 ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AG4

Number and type of positions 2 positions 2 positions 3 positions 3 positions

spring return to left spring return to left maintained maintained

Catalog number key N.O. XB5 AG61 ZB5 AZ101 ZB5 AG6 –––

key N.O. + N.O. – – – XB5 AG33 ZB5 AZ103 ZB5 AG3

Add-on contact blocks

Electrical blocks

Single contact blocks

Rated operational characteristics AC-15, 240 V - 3 A, NEMA A600, Q600, 10 A AC continuous carrying

Positive operation of contacts conforming to IEC/EN 60947-5-1 All functions incorporating a N.C. contact are positive opening operation

Catalog number N.O. ZBE 101

N.C. ZBE 102

(1) The symbol indicates key withdrawal position.

+0.4

Complete operators, selector switches

4-12

OPERATOR

INTERFACE

www.telemecanique.com

XB5

Pilot lights

Type of head Circular bezel

Smooth lens cap

Degree of protection IP 65 / NEMA & UL Type 4X, 13

Mounting (mm) panel cut-out 22.5 (22.3 )

mounting centers 30 x 40

Depth below head 43

Connection Screw clamp terminals

Light source Integral LED Direct supply for BA 9s bulb (not included)

Products Complete Complete For user assembly

Supply voltage 24 Vac/dc 48–120 Vac

230–240 Vac

250 V max., 2.4 W max.

Catalog number white XB5 AVB1 XB5 AVG1 XB5 AVM1 XB5 AV61 ZB5 AV6 ZB5 AV01

green XB5 AVB3 XB5 AVG3 XB5 AVM3 XB5 AV63 ZB5 AV6 ZB5 AV03

red XB5 AVB4 XB5 AVG4 XB5 AVM4 XB5 AV64 ZB5 AV6 ZB5 AV04

yellow XB5 AVB5 XB5 AVG5 XB5 AVM5 XB5 AV65 ZB5 AV6 ZB5 AV05

blue XB5 AVB6 XB5 AVG6 XB5 AVM6 XB5 AV66 ZB5 AV6 ZB5 AV06

Illuminated push buttons and selector switches

Type Flush push, spring return, illuminated push buttons

Light source Integral LED Direct supply for BA 9s bulb (not included)

Products Complete Complete For user assembly

Supply voltage 24 Vac/dc 48–20 Vac

230–240 Vac

250 V max., 2.4 W max.

Catalog number white N.C. + N.O. XB5 AW31B5 XB5 AW31G5 XB5 AW31M5 XB5 AW3165 ZB5 AW065 ZB5 AW31

green N.C. + N.O. XB5 AW33B5 XB5 AW33G5 XB5 AW33M5 XB5 AW3365 ZB5 AW065 ZB5 AW33

red N.C. + N.O. XB5 AW34B5 XB5 AW34G5 XB5 AW34M5 XB5 AW3465 ZB5 AW065 ZB5 AW34

yellow N.C. + N.O. XB5 AW35B5 XB5 AW35G5 XB5 AW35M5 XB5 AW3565 ZB5 AW065 ZB5 AW35

blue N.C. + N.O. XB5 AW36B5 XB5 AW36G5 XB5 AW36M5 XB5 AW3665 ZB5 AW065 ZB5 AW36

Type Illuminated selector switches

(2 position maintained)

Degree of protection IP 65 / NEMA & UL Type 4X, 13

Light source Integral LED

Products Complete

Supply voltage 24 Vac/dc 48–120 Vac 230–240 Vac

Catalog number green N.C. + N.O. XB5 AK123B5 XB5 AK123G5 XB5 AK123M5

red N.C. + N.O. XB5 AK124B5 XB5 AK124G5 XB5 AK124M5

yellow N.C. + N.O. XB5 AK125B5 XB5 AK125G5 XB5 AK125M5

+0.4

Control and signalling units 22 mm

with plastic bezel

Illuminated complete operators

4-13

OPERATOR

INTERFACE

For other versions, consult your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office

Control stations

For XB5 control and signalling units 22 mm

with plastic bezel

Complete stations with 1 push button

(light gray RAL 7035 base with dark gray RAL 7016 cover)

Degree of protection IP 65 / NEMA & UL Type 4X and 13

Dimensions (mm) W x H x D 68 x 68 x 113 max. (with key release 40 mm mushroom head push button)

1 momentary push button

1 mushroom head push button 40 mm, momentary

Type of push Flush black Flush red Red

Type of Contact 1 N.O. 1 N.C. 1 N.C.

Text on legend holder Start Stop Emergency stop on red legend

Catalog number XALD101 XALD111 XALD164

Complete stations

Emergency stop (light gray RAL 7035 base with yellow RAL 1012 cover)

1 mushroom head push button 40 mm, red Tur n-to-release Key release (Key no. 455) Push-pull

Type Standard Trigger action Standard Trigger action Standard

Type of contact 1 N.C. 1 N.C. 1 N.C. 1 N.C. 1 N.C.

Catalog number XALK174 XALK178 XALK184 XALK188 XALK194

Complete stations with 2 and 3 push buttons

(light gray RAL 7035 base with dark gray RAL 7016 cover)

Dimensions (mm) W x H x D 2-way control stations: 68 x 106 x 62; 3-way control stations: 68 x 136 x 62

2 Function 3 Function

2 momentary push buttons 3 momentary push buttons

Type of Push (Flush)

1 black/1 red 1 black/1 black

1 black/1 red/1 black

Type of Contact 1 N.O./1 N.C. 2 N.O. 1 N.O./1 N.C./1 N.O.

Text on legend Start/Stop Forward/Reverse Open/Stop/Close

Forward/Stop/Reverse

Up/Stop/Down

Catalog Number XALD211 XALD221 XALD341 XALD311 XALD321

Accessories Standard contact blocks

Description N.O. contact N.C. contact

Catalog number ZEN L1111 ZEN L1121

XAL

4-14

OPERATOR

INTERFACE

www.telemecanique.com

Push buttons, spring return

Type of push Full guard No guard Extended guard

Color of push Multi-color (set of 7 clip-in colored caps)

Degree of protection IP 66 / NEMA & UL Type 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 6, 12 and 13

Mounting panel cut-out 1-7/32" (30.5 mm)

Depth below head (mm) 42

Connection Screw clamp terminals

Catalog number N.O. + N.C. 9001KR1UH13 9001KR3UH13 9001KR2UH13

N.O. 9001KR1UH5 9001KR3UH5 9001KR2UH5

Mushroom head Emergency stop push buttons

Type of push Spring return, red Push-pull, red

35 mm mushroom head 57 mm mushroom head 40 mm mushroom head 35 mm mushroom head

Degree of protection IP 66 / NEMA & UL Type 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 6, 12 and 13

Mounting panel cut-out 1-7/32" (30.5 mm)

Depth below head (mm) 42

Connection Screw clamp terminals

Catalog number N.O. + N.C. 9001KR24RH13 9001KR25RH13 9001KR9R94H13 9001KR9R20H13

N.C. 9001KR24RH6 9001KR25RH6 9001KR9R94H6 9001KR9R20H6

Selector switches and key switches

Type of operator Long black handle Key, no. E10

positions (1) 3 - spring return 2 - maintained 2 - spring return 3 - maintained 2 - maintained

Number and type

of positions

Degree of protection IP 66 / NEMA & UL Type 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 6, 12 and 13

Mounting panel cut-out 1-7/32" (30.5 mm)

Depth below head (mm) 42

Connection Screw clamp terminals

Catalog number N.O. – 9001KS11FBH5 9001KS34FBH5 ––

N.O. + N.C. 9001KS53FBH1 ––9001KS43FBH1 9001KS11K1H1

(1) The symbol indicates key withdrawal position.

9001K

Control and signalling units 30 mm

with metal ring nut

Non-illuminated complete operators

Universal 7 color—black, red, green,

yellow, orange, blue & white

4-15

OPERATOR

INTERFACE

For other versions, consult your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office

Pilot lights

Type of head Smooth lens cap

Degree of protection IP 66 / NEMA & UL Type 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 6, 12 and 13

Mounting panel cut-out 1-7/32" (30.5 mm)

Depth below head (mm) 46

Connection Screw clamp terminals

Type of light block With high luminosity LED (included) Incandescent BA 9s bulb

Transformer type

24 Vac/dc 120 Vac/dc 120 Vac

Catalog number green 9001KP35LGG9 9001KP38LGG9 9001KP1G9

red 9001KP35LRR9 001KP38LRR9 9001KP1R9

yellow 9001KP35LYA9 9001KP38LYA9 9001KP1A9

Illuminated push buttons, spring return

Type of head Spring return full guard No guard

Degree of protection IP 66 / NEMA & UL Type 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 6, 12 and 13

Mounting panel cut-out 1-7/32" (30.5 mm)

Depth below head (mm) 71

Connection Screw clamp terminals

Type of light block With high luminosity LED (included) Incandescent BA 9s bulb

Transformer type

24 Vac/dc 120 Vac/dc 120 Vac

Catalog number green N.O. + N.C. 9001K3L35LGGH13 9001K3L38LGGH13 9001K2L1RH13

red N.O. + N.C. 9001K3L35LRRH13 9001K3L38LRRH13 9001K2L1GH13

yellow N.O. + N.C. 9001K3L35LYAH13 9001K3L38LYAH13 9001K2L1AH13

Illuminated 41 mm mushroom head push buttons, high luminosity LED

Degree of protection IP 66 / NEMA & UL Type 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 6, 12 and 13

Mounting (mm) panel cut-out 1-7/32" (30.5 mm)

Depth below head (mm) 71

Connection Screw clamp terminals

Type of light block With high luminosity LED (included) Incandescent BA 9s bulb

Transformer type

24 Vac/dc 120 Vac/dc 120 Vac

Type of head 2 position, push-pull

Catalog number red N.O. + N.C. 9001KR9P35LRRH13 9001KR9P38LRRH13 9001KR9P1RH13

Type of head 3 position, push-pull (pull: spring return, center: maintained, push: spring return)

Catalog number red N.O. + N.C. 9001KR8P35LRRH25 9001KR8P38LRRH25 9001KR8P1RH25

late break

Illuminated complete operators

4-16

OPERATOR

INTERFACE

www.telemecanique.com

Push buttons, spring return

Type of push Full guard No guard Extended guard

Color of push Multi-color (set of 7 clip-in colored caps)

Degree of protection IP 66 / NEMA & UL Type 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 and 13

Mounting panel cut-out 1-7/32" (30.5 mm)

Depth below head (mm) 42

Connection Screw clamp terminals

Catalog number N.O. + N.C. 9001SKR1UH13 9001SKR3UH13 9001SKR2UH13

N.O. 9001SKR1UH5 9001SKR3UH5 9001SKR2UH5

Selector switches

Type of operator Long black handle

positions 3 - spring return 2 - maintained 2 - spring return 3 - maintained

Number and type

of positions

Degree of protection IP 66 / NEMA & UL Type 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 and 13

Mounting panel cut-out 1-7/32" (30.5 mm)

Depth below head (mm) 42

Connection Screw clamp terminals

Catalog number N.O. – 9001SKS11FBH5 9001SKS34FBH5 –

N.O. + N.C. 9001SKS53FBH1 ––9001SKS43FBH1

Pilot lights

Type of head Smooth lens cap

Degree of protection IP 66 / NEMA & UL Type 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12 and 13

Mounting panel cut-out 1-7/32" (30.5 mm)

Depth below head (mm) 46

Connection Screw clamp terminals

Type of light block With high luminosity LED (included) Incandescent BA 9s bulb

Transformer type

24 Vac/dc 120 Vac/dc 230 Vac

Catalog number green 9001SKP35LGG9 9001SKP38LGG9 9001SKP1G9

red 9001SKP35LRR9 9001SKP38LRR9 9001SKP1R9

yellow 9001SKP35LYA9 9001SKP38LYA9 9001SKP1A9

9001SK

Control and signalling units 30 mm

with plastic ring nut

Complete operators and pilot lights

Universal 7 color—black, red, green,

yellow, orange, blue & white

4-17

OPERATOR

INTERFACE

For other versions, consult your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office

OFF ON

Contact blocks with protected terminals

Type of contact Single and dual contact blocks

Contact rating NEMA & UL Type A600/Q600, AC continuous carrying—10 A

Connection Screw clamp terminals

Catalog number N.O. + N.C. 9001KA1

N.O. 9001KA2

N.C. 9001KA3

N.O. (early close) + N.C. 9001KA4

N.C., late break 9001KA5

N.O., early close 9001KA6

Legends

Type Aluminum, size 44 x 43 mm Plastic, size 57 x 57 mm

Color of legend black background white background

Marking Blank 9001KN200 9001KN100WP

START 9001KN201 9001KN101WP

STOP (red background) 9001KN202 9001KN102RP

ON 9001KN203 9001KN103WP

FORWARD 9001KN206 9001KN106WP

REVERSE 9001KN207 9001KN107WP

CLOSE 9001KN208 9001KN108WP

OPEN 9001KN209 9001KN109WP

DOWN 9001KN210 9001KN110WP

UP 9001KN211 9001KN111WP

HIGH 9001KN214 9001KN114WP

LOW 9001KN215 9001KN115WP

RESET 9001KN223 9001KN123WP

OFF-ON 9001KN244 9001KN144WP

ON-OFF 9001KN245 9001KN145WP

HAND-OFF-AUTO 9001KN260 9001KN160WP

Accessories

Type Ring nut wrench Blanking plug Emergency stop round yellow legend

for 9001K/SK Chrome plated

for 30 mm knockout 60 mm 90 mm

Catalog number 9001K95 9001K52 9001KN9330 9001KN8330

Accessories for plastic and metal

30 mm control and signalling units

9001K/SK

4-18

OPERATOR

INTERFACE

www.telemecanique.com

XAL 22 mm (plastic, for use with XB5 devices)

Empty Enclosures (1) IP 66 / NEMA & UL Type 4, 12 and 13

Type Number of Holes Dimensions (H x W x D) Catalog number

Light gray base “RAL 7035” 1 68 x 68 x 53 XALD01

Dark gray lid “RAL 7016” 2 106 x 68 x 53 XALD02

3136 x 68 x 53 XALD03

4166 x 68 x 53 XALD04

5196 x 68 x 53 XALD05

Light gray base “RAL 7035”

Yellow lid “RAL 1012” 1 68 x 68 x 53 XALK01

(1) For customer assembly using XB5 operators, 22 mm starting on page 4-10.

XAP 22 mm (metallic, for use with XB4 devices)

Empty enclosures (2) IP65 / NEMA & UL Type 4, 13

Mounting 1.58 in (40 mm) centerline spacing of holes

Type Usable Depth Dimensions (H x W) # of 22 mm knock-outs Catalog number

Die Cast 1.93 in (49 mm) 80 x 80 1 XAPG19201

Zinc 130 x 80 2 XAPG29202

Gray RAL 7032 175 x 80 3 XAPG39203

2.93 (74.5 mm) 80 x 80 1 XAPG19501

130 x 80 2 XAPG29502

175 x 80 3 XAPG39503

220 x 80 4 XAPG49504

Aluminum 2.93 (74.5 mm) 310 x 85 5 XAPG59505

(2) For customer assembly using XB4 operators, 22 mm starting on page 4-6.

KY 30 mm (metallic, for use with Type K and SK devices) (3)

Type Number of 30 mm cut-outs NEMA ratings Catalog number

Aluminum 11, 3, 4, 6, 12, 13 9001KY1

21, 3, 4, 6, 12, 13 9001KY2

31, 3, 4, 6, 12, 13 9001KY3

41, 3, 4, 6, 12, 13 9001KY4

Stainless steel 11, 3, 4, 4X, 13 9001KYSS1

21, 3, 4, 4X, 13 9001KYSS2

31, 3, 4, 4X, 13 9001KYSS3

(3) For customer assembly using Type K and SK devices, 30 mm starting on page 4-14.

XAL

XAP

Empty enclosures, 22 mm & 30 mm

for user assembly

4-19

OPERATOR

INTERFACE

For other versions, consult your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office

LED pilot lights With black bezel With integral lens cap

Type of head Protruding LED, 8 mm Covered LED, 8 mm Covered LED, 12 mm

Degree of protection IP 40

Mounting (mm) panel cut-out 8.2 mm 8.2 mm 12.2 mm

mounting centers 12.5 x 12.5 mm 10.5 x 10.5 mm 16.5 x 16.5 mm

Dimensions (mm) Depth (below head) 32 34 45

Connection Tags 2.8 x 0.5 Tags 2.8 x 0.5 Screw clamp connectors

Catalog number (1) green XVL A1p3 (1) XVL A2p3 (1) XVL A3p3 (1)

red XVL A1p4 (1) XVL A2p4 (1) XVL A3p4 (1)

yellow XVL A1p5 (1) XVL A2p5 (1) XVL A3p5 (1)

Tightening key For 8 mm pilot lights For 12 mm pilot lights

Catalog number XVL X08 XVL X12

(1) Basic catalog number, to be completed by replacing p with the number 1, 2, 3 or 4 indicating the required voltage. See voltage table above.

9001 Type O Incandescent pilot lights

Degree of protection NEMA & UL Type 13

Mounting (mm) panel cut-out 17.5 mm

Overall dimensions (mm) 21 x 47

Connection 5 x 0.5 mm Quick connect

Voltage AC/DC Color Catalog Number

12 Vac/dc 170 mA Red 9001OR12

Green 9001OG12

Amber 9001OA12

Clear 9001OC12

Ye llow 9001OY12

White 9001OW12

Blue (Fluted) 9001FB12

24 Vac/dc 73 mA Red 9001OR24

Green 9001OG24

Amber 9001OA24

Clear 9001OC24

Ye llow 9001OY24

White 9001OW24

Blue (Fluted) 9001FB24

120 Vac/dc 25 mA Red 9001OR120

Green 9001OG120

Amber 9001OA120

Clear 9001OC120

Ye llow 9001OY120

White 9001OW120

Blue (Fluted) 9001FB120

Compact pilot lights

8, 12 and 17.5 mm

(1):

Voltage

Number (p)

5 Vdc (25 mA) 1

12 Vdc (18 mA) 2

24 Vdc (18 mA) 3

XVL

Type O

4-20

OPERATOR

INTERFACE

www.telemecanique.com

Beacons and indicator banks

70 mm

Illuminated beacons XVB L, 70 mm Steady incandescent Flashing light signalling

Steady or flashing LED

Light source

Incandescent BA 15d bulb, 10 W max.

BA 15d Incandescent

“Flash” strobe unit

LED BA 15d (not included) (not included) 10 Joule

Degree of protection IP 65 / NEMA Type 4X (indoor)

Rated insulation voltage 250 V

Beacon catalog number (1) 12–230 Vac/dc XVB L3pp

p––

24 Vac/dc – XVB L4Bpp

pXVB L8Bpp

120 Vac – XVB L4Mpp

pXVB L8Gpp

230 Vac – XVB L4Mpp

pXVB L8Mpp

Indicator banks XVB C, 70 mm Base units Steady incandescent Flashing light signalling Audible

2 to 5 units

(3)

Steady or flashing LED units

(90 db at 1 m)

Light source –

Incandescent BA 15d bulb, 10 W max.

BA 15d

“Flash” –

LED BA 15d (not included)

Incandescent

strobe unit,

(not included) 10 Joule

Degree of protection IP 65 / NEMA Type 4X (indoor)

Rated insulation voltage 250 V

Base unit catalog number with cover XVB C21 ––––

Lens unit catalog number (1) 12– 230 Vac/dc – XVB C3pp

p–––

24 Vac/dc – – XVB C4Bpp

pXVB C8Bpp

p–

120 Vac – – XVB C4Mpp

pXVB C8Gpp

p–

230 Vac – – XVB C4Mpp

pXVB C8Mpp

p–

Audible unit catalog number 12 to 48 Vac/dc – – – – XVB C9B

unidirectional 120 to 230 Vac – – – – XVB C9M

(1) To obtain the complete catalog number, replace the pp

p by the number designating the color as follows: 1 = white, 3 = green, 4 = red, 6 = blue, 8 = orange.

XVB

Accessories

Bulbs and LEDs Indicator banks

XVB

Light source Incandescent Incandescent LED, Flashing LED,

bulb, BA 15d bulb, BA 15d BA 15d BA 15d

base fitting base fitting base fitting base fitting

Catalog number (1) 12 V DL1 BEJ (7 W) DL1 BLJ (10 W) – –

24 V DL1 BEB (6.5 W) DL1 BLB (10 W) DL1 BDBpp

pDL1 BKBpp

120 V DL1 BEG (7 W) DL1 BLG (10 W) DL1 BDGpp

pDL1 BKGpp

230 V DL1 BEM (7 W) DL1 BLM (10 W) DL1 BDMpp

pDL1 BKMpp

(1) To obtain the complete catalog number, replace the pp

p by the number designating the color as follows: 1 = white, 3 = green, 4 = red, 6 = blue, 8 = orange.

Mounting accessories For beacons and indicator banks

type XVB

Length 100 mm 400 mm 800 mm

Black aluminum support tube XVB C02 XVB C03 XVB C04

Black mounting plates

mounting tulip for use w/support tube

XVB C11

right angle mounting bracket XVB C12

1/2" NPT conduit adapter XVBC00

4-21

OPERATOR

INTERFACE

For other versions, consult your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office

Miniature beacons

45 & 50 mm

Miniature illuminated beacons XVD LS Steady incandescent “Flash” signalling

45 mm Steady or flashing LED

Light source Incandescent BA 15d bulb, 5 W max. “Flash” strobe unit, 0.5 J

LED BA 15d (not included)

Degree of protection IP 40

Rated insulation voltage 250 V

Beacon catalog number (1) 24–230 Vac/dc XVD LS3pp

p–

24 Vac/dc – XVD LS6Bpp

120 Vac – XVD LS6Gpp

230 Vac – XVD LS6Mpp

(1) To obtain the complete catalog number, replace the pp

p by the number designating the color as follows: 3 = green, 4 = red, 5 = orange, 6 = blue, 7 = clear, 8 = yellow.

Indicator banks XVP, 50 mm Base unit Steady or “Flash” signalling Audible units

1 to 5 units

(2)

, black clamping ring

(3)

flashing light (55–85 dB

signalling at 1 m)

Light source –Incandescent, LED “Flash” strobe “Flash” strobe –

BA 15d bulb , 7 W unit, 0.3 Joule unit, 0.6 Joule

max. (not included)

Degree of protection IP 65 / NEMA & UL Type 1, 12, 13

Rated insulation voltage 250 V

Base unit with cover XVP C21 ––––

Catalog number (1) 250 V max. XVP C3pp

p–––

24 Vdc – XVP C6Bpp

p–XVP C09B

120 Vac – – XVP C6Gpp

pXVP C09G

230 Vac – – XVP C6Mpp

pXVP C09M

(1) To obtain the complete catalog number, replace the pp

p by the number designating the color as follows: 3 = green, 4 = red, 5 = orange, 6 = blue, 7 = clear, 8 = yellow.

(2) An indicator bank comprises: 1 base unit + 1 to 5 illuminated units or 1 audible unit max.

(3) To order products with an off-white ring, add the letter W to the end of the catalog number (example: base unit + green lens unit: XVP C21W + XVP C33W, etc.).

Accessories

Bulbs and LEDs Indicator banks Beacons

XVP XVP or XVDLS XVD LS

Light source Incandescent LED, Flashing LED, Incandescent

bulb, BA 15d BA 15d BA 15d bulb, BA 15d

base fitting base fitting base fitting base fitting

Catalog number (1) 12 V DL1 BEJ (7 W) – – –

24 V DL1 BEB (6.5 W) DL1 BDBpp

pDL1 BKBpp

pDL1 BEBS (4 W)

120 V DL1 BEG (7 W) DL1 BDGpp

pDL1 BKGpp

pDL1 BEGS (5 W)

230 V DL1 BEM (7 W) DL1 BDMpp

pDL1 BKMpp

pDL1 BEMS (5 W)

(1) To obtain the complete catalog number, replace the pp

p by the number designating the color as follows: 1 = white, 3 = green, 4 = red, 6 = blue, 8 = orange.

Mounting accessories For beacons and indicator banks

type XVP

Length 112 mm 260 mm 410 mm

Chrome plated support tube (4) XVP C02 XVP C03 XVP C04

Black mounting plate (4) right angle XVP C12

(4) Aluminum support tube with tulip mounting base. To order an off-white XVP unit, add the letter W to the end of the catalog number (example: XVP C03W).

XVD-LS

XVP

4-22

OPERATOR

INTERFACE

www.telemecanique.com

XAC/

Type XAC A “Pistol grip”

Degree of protection IP 65 / NEMA & UL Type 4, 4X

Rated operational characteristics AC 15 (240 V 3 A), DC 13, NEMA A600/Q600

Conventional thermal current 10 A

Connection Screw clamp terminals

For control of single-speed motors 2-speed motors

Dimensions (mm) W x H x D 52 x 295 x 71 52 x 295 x 71

Number of operators mechanically interlocked 22

Catalog number XAC A201 XAC A207

Type BW pendant station

Degree of protection IP 65 / NEMA & UL Type 4, 4X

Rated operational characteristics NEMA B600/P600

Conventional thermal current 5 A

Connection Screw clamp terminals

For control of single-speed motors 2-speed motors

Dimensions (mm) W x H x D 56 x 119 x 75 56 x 119 x 75

Number of operators mechanically interlocked 22

Catalog number UP-DOWN 9001BW72Y 9001BW82Y

FOR-REV 9001BW73Y –

ON-OFF (1) 9001BW74Y –

START-STOP (1) 9001BW76Y –

(1) Maintained contact.

Type BW pendant station accessories

Hanger bracket and sealing kit 9001B350

Pendant control stations

for control circuits

Ready to use

4-23

OPERATOR

INTERFACE

For other versions, consult your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office

XAC-A941

●

ZA2-BS834

ZA2-BS54

ZA2-BS

●●

ZA2-BS14

ZB2-SZ3

ZA2-BD

●

XAC-B961

XAC-A009

XAC-S

● ● ●

ZB2-BE

● ● ●

XAC-A982

ZB2-BV00

●

XEN-G1

●

ZB2-BY

● ● ● ●

ZB2-BY

● ● ● ●

ZA2-BG

●

ZA2-BD

●

ZA2-BV0

●

START

STOP

Empty enclosures type XAC A

Number of holes 2 3 4 5 6 8 12

Catalog number XAC A02 XAC A03 XAC A04 XAC A05 XAC A06 XAC A08 XAC A12

Separate components (for mounting in enclosures XAC A)

Booted operators

white XAC A9411

black XAC A9412

Mushroom head, latching

turn to release 30 mm ZA2 BS44

40 mm ZA2 BS54

Mushroom head, latching, trigger action

turn to release 30 mm ZA2 BS834

40 mm ZA2 BS844

Mushroom head, latching

key release 30 mm ZA2 BS74

40 mm ZA2 BS14

Selector switch

2 pos. maintained ZA2 BD2

3 pos. maintained ZA2 BD3

Key switch

Contact blocks key no. 455 2 pos. maintained ZA2 BG4

Single-speed N.O. ZB2 BE101 3 pos. maintained ZA2 BG5

Single-speed N.C. ZB2 BE102

Blanking plug

Contacts blocks for XAC A941pwith seal and ZB2 SZ3

Single-speed N.C. + N.O. + N.O. (1)

XEN G1491 mounting nut

2-speed N.C. + N.O. + N.O. (2) XEN G1191

(1) simultaneous (2) staggered Pilot light heads

white ZA2 BV01

green ZA2 BV03

red ZA2 BV04

yellow ZA2 BV05

Contact blocks (for mounting in enclosure base)

Protective guard (for base mounted units) Pilot light bodies 250 V max.

N.O. XAC S101 For selector switch or XAC A982 direct supply ZB2 BV006

N.C. + N.O. XAC S105 mushroom head push button direct supply, through resistor ZB2 BV007

Legends, 30 x 40 mm With symbols conforming to NF E 52-124 With text

Catalog number ZB2 BY4901 ZB2 BY4903 ZB2 BY4907 ZB2 BY4909 ZB2 BY4913 ZB2 BY4915 ZB2 BY4930 ZB2 BY2303 ZB2 BY2304

blank

white or yellow

background

Catalog number ZB2 BY2904 ZB2 BY2906 ZB2 BY2910 ZB2 BY2912 ZB2 BY2916 ZB2 BY2918 ZB2 BY2931 ZB2 BY4101

Stations for user assembly

Interlock

For use with XACA941pXACA009

for mechanical interlock between opposing functions

XAC

4-24

OPERATOR

INTERFACE

www.telemecanique.com

Heavy duty pendant control stations

Stations for user assembly

Type SKYP heavy duty pendant stations

Material

Polymeric

Degree of protection NEMA & UL Type 1, 3, 4, 4X and 13

For outdoor use UV protected

Size Conduit Entrance Size Catalog number

2 Button 3/4"–14NPT 9001SKYP2

4 Button 3/4"–14 NPT 9001SKYP4

6 Button 1"–11-1/2 NPT 9001SKYP6

8 Button 1-1/4"–11-1/2 NPT 9001SKYP8

10 Button 1-1/4"–11-1/2 NPT 9001SKYP10

Push button units—2button

Contact rating

NEMA & UL Type A600/P600 10 A thermal Single Speed—Momentary Interlocked 9001SKRU1

NEMA & UL Type B600 5 A thermal Two Speed—Momentary Interlocked 9001SKRU2

Three Speed—Momentary Interlocked 9001SKRU3

Four Speed—Momentary Interlocked 9001SKRU4

Five Speed—Momentary Interlocked 9001SKRU5

Double legend plates for opposing functions

For SKRU1 through SKRU05 Blank-Blank 9001SKN200

Hoist: Up-Down 9001SKN201

Trolley: East-West 9001SKN202

Trolley: Fwd.-Rev. 9001SKN203

Trolley: North-South 9001SKN204

Bridge: Fwd.-Rev. 9001SKN205

Bridge: East-West 9001SKN206

Bridge: North-South 9001SKN207

Start-Stop 9001SKN208

Reset-Stop 9001SKN209

Type SKYP

4-25

OPERATOR

INTERFACE

For other versions, consult your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office

Type B standard duty control stations

Number of Operators

Nameplate Markings and Features

Surface Mounting Watertight and Dusttight

NEMA & UL Type 1 NEMA & UL Type 4

1Stop (Mushroom Button) 9001BG103 9001BW151

Stop (Lockout) 9001BG104 9001BW148

Hand-Off-Auto (Selector Switch) 9001BG112 –

2Start-Stop 9001BG201 9001BW240

Start-Stop (Lockout on Stop) 9001BG204 9001BW241

Up-Down 9001BG208 9001BW243

Start-Stop (Maintained Contact) 9001BG215 9001BW255

3Forward - Reverse - Stop 9001BG302 –

Open - Close - Stop 9001BG303 –

Up - Down - Stop 9001BG305 –

Type KY and SKY 30 mm control stations

Number of Operators

Nameplate Markings and Features

Die Cast Aluminum Type K Operators Polymeric Type SK Operators

NEMA & UL Type 1, 3 & 13 NEMA & UL Type 4x & 13

1Start 9001KYK11 9001SKY101

Stop (Mushroom) 9001KYK13 9001SKY103

To Stop - Break Glass (Red Enclosure)

9001KYK117 –

Off - On (Selector Switch) 9001KYK110 9001SKY110

Hand - Off - Auto (Selector Switch) 9001KYK111 9001SKY111

2Start - Stop 9001KYK21 9001SKY201

Up - Down 9001KYK25 9001SKY205

Open - Close 9001KYK26 9001SKY206

3Forward - Reverse - Stop 9001KYK31 9001SKY301

Up - Down - Stop 9001KYK32 9001SKY302

Open - Close - Stop 9001KYK33 9001SKY303

Control stations

Standard and heavy duty

Type B

Type KY/SKY

Select from Telemecanique’s major innovations:

A worldwide detection first for improving productivity.

A complete offer for resolving your most commonly encountered detection

problems:

■ product selection simplified ■ maintenance simplified

■ product availability simplified ■ detection simplified

■ installation and setting-up simplified using a single supplier.

Improved simplicity for improved productivity.

OEMs

Distributors

Users

with

Osiconcept

Improve performance by

making your machines

less complicated and more

intelligent.

with

Osiconcept

Improve customer exper-

tise with an efficient prod-

uct line offering simplified

selection and improved

selling potential.

with

Osiconcept

Improve performance by

reducing maintenance

time with products that are

simpler and unequalled in

flexibility.

Osiconcept series:

Multi-purpose

products providing

multiple functions.

This series also

includes Osiconcept

products.

Osi-Standard series:

Designed for essential

and repetitive functions.

Application-specific series:

Offers functions specifically

for specialist needs, thus

providing the ideal solution

for your more complex

applications.

Select the sensor according to your specific requirements

Welcome to the Simply Smart* world,

compliments of Telemecanique

* Simply Smart : using ingenuity and intelligence to

continually improve ease of use.

The essential guide to Machine Sensing solutions

A selection of the top selling sensor

products for simplicity in selection.

A complete range

of innovative and

simple to use sensors

Capacitive proximity sensors

Ultrasonic proximity sensors

A single product

that automatically

adapts to all

modes of sensing

More than 5,000

interchangeable

configurations

within 24 hours

Osiswitch

Limit switches

Osiris

Photo-electric sensors

A user friendly

product at last;

easy to program

prior to installation

and to modify

during operation

A simple press of the teach button

automatically configures the sensor

for optimal performance in any

condition.

One type of metal operating head

for 5 different bodies.

Modularity

also in connections and contacts.

Detects any target regardless of material or shape

■ Detection from a few millimeters to several tens of meters

■ Accessories

■ Products for specific applications

Detection by contact with rigid objects

■ N.C. contacts with positive opening operation

■ Object speed y 1.5 m/s

■ Specific products for particular applications

A single product

that automatically

adapts to all

mounting

environments

Osiprox

Inductive proximity sensors

A simple press of the teach button

automatically configures the

sensor for optimal performance

whether mounted in or out of metal.

Detection of metal objects—in or out of metal

surroundings

■ Sensing distance/object y 60 mm

■ Cylindrical and rectangular body styles

■ Specific products for particular applications

Osiprox (other technologies)

Detection of any object or material

■ Sensing distance/object y 20 mm

Detection using sound waves

■ Sensing distance/object y 1 m

Nautilus

Sensors for pressure control

Ergonomic, tactile feedback keys

plus scrolling menu on large 4 digit

display.

Page 5-2

Page 5-22

Page 5-27

Detection by contact with fluid

■ Electronic pressure and vacuum switches

■ Analog pressure sensors

■ Electromechanical pressure and vacuum switches

Page 5-12

Page 5-20

9007C Limit switches

Page 5-32

MACHINE

SENSING

5-2

MACHINE

SENSING

www.telemecanique.com

▲ Tr ansmitter and receiver sold separately

XUB XUB

Osiris

Photo-electric sensors

Multi-Mode

A single product that automatically

adapts to all environments.

Programmable N.O. / N.C.

N.O.: object present = output ON

N.C.: no object present = output ON

Background

Reflector

Thru-beam accessory

18mm tubular plastic 18mm tubular metal

Max / usable sensing distance diffuse

/ 11.8

in.

/ 11.8

in.

diffuse, with background supp.

/ 4.7

in.

/ 4.7

in.

polarized retro

/ 6.5

ft.

/ 6.5

ft.

thru-beam ▲

/ 49.2

ft.

/ 49.2

ft.

Mounting (mm) M18 x 1 M18 x 1

Enclosure M (metal) P (plastic) / Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or W x H x L P / M18 x 64 M / M18 x 64

Common characteristics Adjustment of sensing distance: teach mode / Alignment LEDs: yes /

Sensors for dc applications c

(solid-state output: transistor)

Connection: pre-cabled, PvR (2 m)

T / R 3-wire PNP programmable N.O. / N.C. XUB0APSNL2 XUB0BPSNL2

NPN programmable N.O. / N.C. XUB0ANSNL2 XUB0BNSNL2

PNP / NPN programmable N.O. / N.C. – –

Connection: M12 connector (M8 for XUM)

T / R 3-wire PNP programmable N.O. / N.C. XUB0APSNM12 XUB0BPSNM12

NPN programmable N.O. / N.C. XUB0ANSNM12 XUB0BNSNM12

PNP / NPN programmable N.O. / N.C. – –

Connection: screw clamp terminals

T / R 3-wire PNP / NPN programmable N.O. / N.C. – –

Switching capacity (mA) main output / alarm output 100 / – 100 / –

Common characteristics Supply voltage limits, min/max (V) including ripple: 10 to 36

Thru-beam accessory pre-cabled (2 m) XUB0AKSNL2T XUB0BKSNL2T

connector XUB0AKSNM12T XUB0BKSNM12T

screw terminals, M12 cable gland – –

Sensors for ac or dc applications a / c

10 to 36 Vdc / 20 to 264 Vac including ripple on dc

Connection: pre-cabled, PvR (2 m)

T / R

programmable N.O. / N.C. with time delay

––

Connection: screw clamp terminals

T / R

programmable N.O. / N.C. with time delay

––

LED output state indicator / power on LED – –

Switching frequency (Hz) – –

Time delay(s) – –

Thru-beam accessory pre-cabled, PvR (2 m) – –

screw terminals, M12 cable gland – –

Snap-C

compatible

on M12 only

Accessories (sold separately)

Reflectors

XUZC24 XUZC80 XUZC50

3D mountings with ball joint

Bracket with ball joint

for sensors and

reflector

XUZC50

for

XUM… XUZM2004

XUK… XUZK2004

XUX… XUZX2004

for

XUB… XUZB2003

XUM… XUZM2003

XUK… XUZK2003

XUX… XUZX2003 XUZ2001

Protective housing

with ball joint

M12 rod for ball

joint

Reflectors (mm)

Ø 16 XUZC16

Ø 21 XUZC21

24 x 21 XUZC24

Ø 31 XUZC31

Ø 39 XUZC39

Ø 80 XUZC80

50 x 50 XUZC50

90° head

All the above Osiris 18mm sensors are available with an integral 90° head.

Replace the "N" with a "W".

Example: For pre-cabled versions: XUB0APSNL2 becomes XUB0APSWL2.

For connector versions: XUB0APSNM12 becomes XUB0APSWM12.

Also available in an 18mm,

2-wire ac/dc classic version.

Please see the Sensors

Specification Guide 9006CT0101.

5-3

MACHINE

SENSING

For additional information, reference catalog 9006CT0101

Snap-C

compatible

XUM XUK XUX

Miniature rectangular Compact rectangular 50 x 50 Compact rectangular

/ 1.3

ft.

/ 3.28

ft.

/ 6.5

ft.

/ 4

in.

/ 11.8

in.

1.3

/ 4.2

ft.

/ 9.8

ft.

/ 13

ft.

/ 36

ft.

/ 45.8

ft.

/ 98.2

ft.

/ 131

ft.

direct: (mounting holes 25.5), M3 screws direct: (mounting holes 40 x 40), M4 screws direct: (mounting holes 30 / 38 to 40 / 50 / 74), M5 screws

P / 12 x 34 x 20 P / 18 x 50 x 50 P / 30 x 92 x 71

Temperature range: - 25 to + 55 °C (-13 to +131 °F) / Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529): IP67 (XUK: IP65)

XUM0APSAL2 ––

XUM0ANSAL2 ––

–XUK0AKSAL2 –

XUM0APSAM8 (1) – –

XUM0ANSAM8 (1) – –

–XUK0AKSAM12 XUX0AKSAM12

––XUX0AKSAT16

100 / 50 100 / 50 100 / 100

Switching frequency (Hz): 250 / Overload and short-circuit protection: yes / LED output state indicator: yes / power on LED: yes

XUM0AKSAL2T XUK0AKSAL2T –

XUM0AKSAM8T (1) XUK0AKSAM12T XUX0AKSAM12T

––XUX0AKSAT16T

relay output, 3 A

–XUK0ARCTL2 –

––XUX0ARCTT16

– yes / yes yes / yes

–2020

–Adjustment from 0 to 15 s, on energization, on de-energization or monostable

–XUK0ARCTL2T –

––XUX0ARCTT16T

Mounting brackets

Connector innovation

New, innovative connector that is universal, simple and fast.

For all Telemecanique brand sensors with Snap-C compatible M12 connectors (pointed pins):

– cabling to the required length without using a screwdriver or a soldering iron,

– ready in just a few seconds, no wire stripping required.

XUZ2003

Mounting

support for

M12 rod

Single bracket

for standard with ball joint

XUB...

XUZA118 (stnls. steel)

XUZA218 (plastic)

XUM... XUZA50 –

XUK... XUZA51 –

XUX... XUZX2000 –

(1) M8 not Snap-C® compatible.

length 2 m 90°straight Snap-C

w/o LED

M8 XSZCS111 XSZCS101 –

M12 XSZCD111Y XSZCD101Y XZCC12FDM40V

U20 XSZCK111Y XSZCK101Y –

Plug-in female connectors, including pre-wired versions

5-4

MACHINE

SENSING

www.telemecanique.com

▲ Tr ansmitter and receiver sold separately

XUB XUB XUM

Osiris

Photo-electric sensors

Standard

Object present detection N.O. Output ON / object present

Thru-beam Reflex Diffuse

(T) (R) (T/R) (T/R)

No object present detection N.C.Output ON / no object present

Thru-beam Reflex Diffuse

(T) (R) (T/R) (T/R)

18mm tubular plastic 18mm tubular metal Miniature rectangular

Max / usable sensing distance Diffuse

/ 2

ft.

/ 2

ft.

/ 1.3

ft.

Polarized retro

/ 6.5

ft.

/ 6.5

ft.

/ 6.5

ft.

Retro

/ 13

ft.

/ 13

ft.

/ 13

ft.

Thru-beam ▲

/ 49

ft.

/ 49

ft.

/ 26

ft.

Mounting (mm) M18 x 1 M18 x 1 direct: (mting holes 25.5), M3 screws

Enclosure M (metal) P (plastic) / Dim. (mm) Ø x L or W x H x L P / M18 x 46 M / M18 x 46 P / 12 x 34 x 27

Alignment LEDs – – yes

Common characteristics Temperature range: - 25 to + 55 °C (-13 to +131 °F) / Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529): IP67 (XUK: IP65)

Sensors for dc applications c

(solid-state output: transistor)

Connection 2 m cable M12 connector 2 m cable M12 connector 2 m cable M8 connector

Transmitter XUB2AKSNL2T XUB2AKSNM12T XUB2BKSNL2T XUB2BKSNM12T XUM2AKSNL2T XUM2AKSNM8T

Receiver or T/R, 3-wire PNP (1) Diffuse, adjustable N.O. XUB5APANL2 XUB5APANM12 XUB5BPANL2 XUB5BPANM12 XUM5APANL2 XUM5APANM8

N.C. XUB5APBNL2 XUB5APBNM12 XUB5BPBNL2 XUB5BPBNM12 XUM5APBNL2 XUM5APBNM8

Polarized retro N.O. XUB9APANL2 XUB9APANM12 XUB9BPANL2 XUB9BPANM12 XUM9APANL2 XUM9APANM8

N.C. XUB9APBNL2 XUB9APBNM12 XUB9BPBNL2 XUB9BPBNM12 XUM9APBNL2 XUM9APBNM8

Retro N.O. XUB1APANL2 XUB1APANM12 XUB1BPANL2 XUB1BPANM12 XUM1APANL2 XUM1APANM8

N.C. XUB1APBNL2 XUB1APBNM12 XUB1BPBNL2 XUB1BPBNM12 XUM1APBNL2 XUM1APBNM8

Thru-beam N.O. XUB2APANL2R XUB2APANM12R XUB2BPANL2R XUB2BPANM12R XUM2APANL2R XUM2APANM8R

N.C. XUB2APBNL2R XUB2APBNM12R XUB2BPBNL2R XUB2BPBNM12R XUM2APBNL2R XUM2APBNM8R

Supply voltage limits, min/max (V) including ripple 10–36 10–36 10–36 10–36 10–30 10–30

Switching frequency (Hz) 500 500 500 500 500 500

Common characteristics for dc versions Switching capacity, max (mA): 100 / Overload and short-circuit protection: yes /

(1) For versions with NPN output, replace "P" with an "N". Example: XUB1APANL2 becomes XUB1ANANL2.

Sensors for ac or dc applications a / c

10 to 36 Vdc / 20 to 264 Vac including ripple on dc relay output, 3A

Connection – – – – – –

Transmitter ––––––

Receiver or T/R Diffuse N.O. + N.C. – – – – – –

Polarized retro N.O. + N.C. – – – – – –

Retro N.O. + N.C. – – – – – –

Thru-beam N.O. + N.C. – – – – – –

Switching frequency (Hz) – – – – – –

LED output state indicator / power on LED – – – – – –

90° head

All the above Osiris 18mm sensors are available with an integral 90° head.

Replace the "N" with a "W".

Example: For pre-cabled versions: XUB0APSNL2 becomes XUB0APSWL2.

For connector versions: XUB0APSNM12 becomes XUB0APSWM12.

Accessories (sold separately)

Reflectors

XUZC24 XUZC80 XUZC50

3D mountings with ball joint

Bracket with ball joint

for sensors and

reflector

XUZC50

for

XUM… XUZM2004

XUK… XUZK2004

XUX… XUZX2004

for

XUB… XUZB2003

XUM… XUZM2003

XUK… XUZK2003

XUX… XUZX2003 XUZ2001

Protective housing

with ball joint

M12 rod for ball

joint

Reflectors (mm)

Ø 16 XUZC16

Ø 21 XUZC21

24 x 21 XUZC24

Ø 31 XUZC31

Ø 39 XUZC39

Ø 80 XUZC80

50 x 50 XUZC50

5-5

MACHINE

SENSING

For additional information, reference catalog 9006CT0101

Snap-C

compatible

XUK XUXXUC

Compact rectangular Subcompact rectangular 50 x 50 Compact rectangular

dc ac

1.2

/ 3.9

ft. (adjustable)

/ 3.28

ft.

/ 3.28

ft.

2.1

/ 6.8

ft.

/ 29

ft.

/ 16

ft.

/ 13

ft.

/ 36.1

ft.

–9

/ 29

ft.

/ 23

ft.

/ 46

ft.

/ 196

ft.

/ 98

ft.

/ 65

ft.

/ 131

ft.

direct: (mounting holes 30 / 38 / 40 / 50 / 74), M5 screws direct: (mounting holes 40 x 40), M4 screws direct: (mounting holes 30 / 38 to 40 / 50 / 74), M5 screws

P / 95 x 45 x 44 P / 18 x 50 x 50 P / 30 x 92 x 71

yes yes yes

/ LED output state indicator and power on LED: yes

2 m cable M12 connector 2 m cable M12 connector

screw terms, M12 gland

M12 connector

––XUK2AKSNL2T XUK2AKSNM12T XUX0AKSAT16T XUX0AKSAM12T

XUC8AKSNL2 XUC8AKSAM12 XUK5APANL2 XUK5APANM12 XUX5APANT16 XUX5APANM12

XUC8AKSNL2 XUC8AKSAM12 XUK5APBNL2 XUK5APBNM12 XUX5APBNT16 XUX5APBNM12

XUC9AKSAL2 XUC9AKSAM12 XUK9APANL2 XUK9APANM12 XUX9APANT16 XUX9APANM12

XUC9AKSAL2 XUC9AKSAM12 XUK9APBNL2 XUK9APBNM12 XUX9APBNT16 XUX9APBNM12

––XUK1APANL2 XUK1APANM12 XUX1APANT16 XUX1APANM12

––XUK1APBNL2 XUK1APBNM12 XUX1APBNT16 XUX1APBNM12

XUC2AKSAL2 XUCZAKSAM12 XUK2APANL2R XUK2APANM12R XUX2APANT16R XUX2APANM12R

XUC2AKSAL2 XUCZAKSAM12 XUK2APBNL2R XUK2APBNM12R XUX2APBNT16R XUX2APBNM12R

10–38 10–38 10–30 10–30 10–36 10–36

500 500 500 500 500 500

LED output state indicator : yes / power on LED: yes

––pre-cabled, L = 2 m –

screw terms, ISO16 cbl. gland

–

––XUK2ARCNL2T –XUX0ARCTT16T –

XUC8ARCTL2 XUC8ARCTU78 XUK5ARCNL2 –XUX5ARCNT16 –

XUC9ARCTL2 XUC9ARCTU78 XUK9ARCNL2 –XUX9ARCNT16 –

––XUK1ARCNL2 –XUX1ARCNT16 –

XUC2ARCTL2 XUCZARCTU78 XUK2ARCNL2R –XUX2ARCNT16R –

20 – 20 – 20 –

yes / yes – yes / yes – yes / yes –

Connector innovation

New, innovative connector that is universal, simple and fast.

For all Telemecanique brand sensors with Snap-C compatible M12 connectors (pointed pins):

– cabling to the required length without using a screwdriver or a soldering iron,

– ready in just a few seconds, no wire stripping required.

Mounting brackets

XUZ2003

Mounting

support for

M12 rod

Single bracket

for standard with ball joint

XUB...

XUZA118 (stnls. steel)

XUZA218 (plastic)

XUM... XUZA50 –

XUK... XUZA51 –

XUX... XUZX2000 –

length 2 m 90°straight Snap-C

w/o LED

M8 XSZCS111 XSZCS101 –

M12 XSZCD111Y XSZCD101Y XZCC12FDM40V

U20 XSZCK111Y XSZCK101Y –

Plug-in female connectors, including pre-wired versions

5-6

MACHINE

SENSING

www.telemecanique.com

Teach

XUD XUD

Osiris

Photo-electric sensors

Fiber optics

Amplifier

Standard Multi-Modes

System For plastic cables

Max / usable sensing distance See cables

Mounting (mm) DIN rail or direct on 25mm mounting holes, M3 screws

Dimensions (mm) H x W x L 40 x 10 x 65

Case: P (plastic) P

Sensitivity adjustment via teach mode

Alignment LEDs yes yes and 4-digit display

Temperature range °C (°F) - 10 to + 55 (- 14 to + 131) - 10 to + 55 (- 14 to + 131)

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) IP65 with 1mm Ø cable / IP64 with 0.5mm Ø cable

Sensors for dc applications c

(solid-state output: transistor)

Connection: pre-cabled, PVC (2 m)

Amplifier 3-wire PNP programmable N.O. / N.C. XUDA1PSML2 XUDA2PSML2

references 3-wire NPN programmable N.O. / N.C. XUDA1NSML2 XUDA2NSML2

Connection: M8 connector

Amplifier 3-wire PNP programmable N.O. / N.C. XUDA1PSMM8 XUDA2PSMM8

references 3-wire NPN programmable N.O. / N.C. XUDA1NSMM8 XUDA2NSMM8

Supply voltage limits, min/max (V) including ripple 10 to 30

Switching capacity (mA) main output 100

Alarm output (switching capacity, mA) – 50

Overload and short-circuit protection yes yes

LED output state indicator yes yes

Switching frequency (Hz) 1000 1000 (standard mode)

5000 (fast mode). Sensing distance

reduced by half

Programmable timer – 40 ms on beam break

Accessories

Object present detection N.O. Output ON / object present

No object present detection N.C.Output ON / no object present

(1) Models suitable for use with

XUFZ01 and XUFZ02

System

Sensing distance (mm)

Cable cross-section

Cable Ø (mm)

Sheath Ø

Temperature range °C (°F)

References

Mounting

(2) With XUF-Z04 mounting

bracket with lens.

(3) Depending on length

and lens mounting brackets.

(1) Models suitable for use with

XUFZ01 and XUFZ02

System

Sensing distance (mm)

Cable cross-section

Cable Ø (mm)

Sheath Ø

Temperature range °C (°F)

References

Mounting

(1) Models suitable for use with

XUFZ01 and XUFZ02

System

Sensing distance (mm)

Cable cross-section

Cable Ø (mm)

Sheath Ø

Temperature range °C (°F)

References

Mounting

For thru-beam system plastic fiber optics

Lenses For increasing sensing

distance (pair) XUFZ01

With 90° mirror (pair) XUFZ02

Mounting brackets with lens (set of 2)

Front screw mounting for

fiber optics XUF-Z920 XUFZ04

For all fiber optic cables (all systems)

Cable trimmer

For trimming cable to length

(included with all plastic

cables) XUFZ11

Protective sheath, metallic

Length 1 m, for plastic cables

with threaded tips

For M4 thread XUFZ210

For M6 thread XUFZ310

length 5 m

90°, without LED, fig. 1 XSZCS152

Straight, without LED, fig. 2 XSZCS142

Pre-wired plug-in female connectors suitable for use with amplifier XUD-pppM8

Fig. 1 Fig. 2

5-7

MACHINE

SENSING

For additional information, reference catalog 9006CT0101

M4 / M2.6 (1) M4/L = 90 mm M6 M4 / M6 M6/L = 90 mm M4 / M2.6 M4/L = 90 mm

Thru-beam (pairs) Diffuse

250 to 900

(3)

200 or 1500

(1)

180 70 60 60 15 18

Ø 1 Ø 1 Ø 1 Ø 1 Ø 1 + 16 Ø 0.265 Ø 1 Ø 0.5 + 4 Ø 0.23 Ø 0.5

Ø 2.2 Ø 2.2 Ø 2.2 Ø 2.2 x 2 Ø 2.2 x 2 Ø 2.2 x 2 Ø 1 x 2 Ø 1 x 2

-25 to +60 (-13 to +140) -25 to +60 (-13 to +140) -25 to +60 (-13 to +140) -25 to +60 (-13 to +140) -25 to +60 (-13 to +140) -25 to +60 (-13 to +140) -25 to +60 (-13 to +140) -25 to +60 (-13 to +140)

XUFZ920 XUFN12301 XUFN12311 XUFN05321 XUFN05323 XUFN05331 XUFN02323 XUFN01331

(2) M4 x 0.7 M4 x 0.7 M6 x 0.75 M6 x 0.75 / M4 x 0.7 M6 x 0.75 M4 x 0.7 M4 x 0.7

Teflon cables for

Long distance cables Flexible cables for food processing or

with integral lens Long distance cables reciprocal movement chemical industries

M3 / M2.6 (1) M3/L = 90 mm M8/L = 20 mm M4 / M2.6 M3/L = 15 mm M6/L = 15 mm M6/L = 17 mm Ø 6 / L = 16mm

Thru-beam (pairs) Diffuse

50 or 1000

(1)

30 2500 18 6 95 55 70

Ø 0.5 Ø 0.5 Ø 1 Ø 0.5 Ø 0.265 Ø 1.5 Ø 1 Ø 1

Ø 1 Ø 1 Ø 2.2 Ø 1 x 2 Ø 1 x 2 Ø 2.2 x 2 Ø 2.2 x 2 Ø 2.2 x 2

-25 to +60 (-13 to +140) -25 to +60 (-13 to +140) -25 to +60 (-13 to +140) -25 to +60 (-13 to +140) -25 to +60 (-13 to +140) -25 to +60 (-13 to +140) -25 to +60 (-13 to +140) -25 to +60 (-13 to +140)

XUFN35301 XUFN35311 XUFN2L01L2 XUFN01321 XUFN04331 XUFN5P01L2 XUFN5S01L2 XUFN5T01L2

M3 x 0.5 M3 x 0.5 M8 x 1.25 M4 x 0.7 M3 x 0.5 M6 x 0.75 M6 x 0.75 by supplied clip

Long distance cables Flexible cables Teflon cables

M4 / M2.6 (1) M4 / M2.6 (1) Ø 5/L = 20 mm

Thru-beam (pairs) Focused diffuse for full color sensor XURC4

300 or 2000

(1)

100 or 750

(1)

1000 10 20 30

Ø 1.5 Ø 1 Ø 1 Transmitter Ø 1 Receiver Ø 1.5 Transmitter Ø 1.5 Receiver Ø 1.5 Transmitter and Receiver Ø 1.5

Ø 2.2 Ø 2.2 Ø 2.2 Ø 2.2 x 2 Ø 2.2 x 2 Ø 2.2 x 2

-25 to +60 (-13 to +140) -25 to +60 (-13 to +140) -25 to +60 (-13 to +140)

- 10 to + 55 (- 14 to + 131) - 10 to + 55 (- 14 to + 131) - 10 to + 55 (- 14 to + 131)

XUFN2P01L2 XUFN2S01L2 XUFN2T01L2 XUFN5L01L2 XUFN5L02L2 XUFN5L03L2

M2.6 x 0.45 / M4 x 0.7 M2.6 x 0.45 / M4 x 0.7 by clip (included) 2 elongated holes Ø 3.2 x 6.7 for M3 screws / mounting holes = 9.8 mm

Plastic fiber optic cables (length 2 m)

5-8

MACHINE

SENSING

www.telemecanique.com

Osiris

Photo-electric sensors

Application Specific

Packaging series

(1) With 50 x 50 mm reflector;

0.6 m with 24 x 21 reflector.

(2) 0.007 m with XURZ02

0.018 m with XURZ01.

Lenses for color mark or UV detection

XURZ01

Accessories

Lens for doubling sensing distance

Transparent materials detection Color mark reader

Retroreflective Retroreflective Diffuse Diffuse

(reflector not included) (with teach mode and (manual) (with teach mode)

50 x 50 reflector)

Max sensing distance

/ 2.6

ft. (1)

1.5

/ 4.9

ft.

/ .35

in. (2)

/ .35

in.

(2)

Mounting (mm) M18 x 1 direct: holes 40 x 40

direct: 21 x 28, M5 screws

Enclosure M (metal) P (plastic) P P M M

Sensitivity adjustment potentiometer with teach mode button with teach mode button

Alignment LEDs – yes yes yes

Temperature range °C (°F) -10 to +55 (+14 to +131) -25 to +55 (-13 to +131) -10 to +55 (+14 to +131) -10 to +55 (+14 to +131)

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) IP67 IP65 IP67 IP67

Sensors for dc applications c

(solid-state output: transistor)

Connection: pre-cabled, PVC (2 m)

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or H x W x L M18 x 55 50 x 18 x 50 – –

Transmitter/Receiver 3-wire PNP light switching ––––

dark switching ––––

3-wire NPN light switching ––––

dark switching ––––

Transmitter/Receiver 3-wire PNP light/dark prog. switching XUBH01353 –––

3-wire NPN light/dark prog. switching XUBJ01353 –––

Transmitter/Receiver 3-wire PNP/NPN

light/dark prog. switching – XUKT1KSML2 ––

Connection: M12 connector

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or H x W x L M18 x 68 50 x 18 x 80 100 x 30 x 62.5 96 x 31 x 64

Transmitter/Receiver 3-wire PNP light switching ––––

dark switching ––––

3-wire NPN light switching ––––

dark switching ––––

Transmitter/Receiver 3-wire PNP light/dark prog. switching XUBH01353D –––

3-wire NPN light/dark prog. switching XUBJ01353D –––

Transmitter/Receiver 3-wire PNP/NPN

light/dark prog. switching – XUKT1KSMM12 XURK0955D XURK1KSMM12

Supply voltage limits, min/max (V) including ripple 10 to 30 10 to 30 10 to 30 10 to 30

Switching capacity, max (mA) 100 100 200 200

Overload and short-circuit protection / LED output state indicator

yes / yes yes / yes yes / yes yes / yes

Switching frequency (Hz) 500 1500 10,000 10,000

Reflectors

XUZC24

XUZC80

XUZC50

(mm)

Ø 16 XUZC16

Ø 21 XUZC21

24 x 21 XUZC24

Ø 31 XUZC31

Ø 39 XUZC39

Ø 80 XUZC80

50 x 50 XUZC50

length 2 m 90°straight Snap-C

w/o LED

M8 XSZCS111 XSZCS101 –

M12 XSZCD111Y XSZCD101Y XZCC12FDM40V

U20 XSZCK111Y XSZCK101Y –

Plug-in female connectors, including pre-wired versions

5-9

MACHINE

SENSING

For additional information, reference catalog 9006CT0101

(4) Nominal sensing

distance 10 m.

Use between 10 and

20 cm for optimum

liquid detection.

(3) Depending on fiber optic

cable selected, see table

below.

Guide type System Reference Sensing dist.

Focused Diffuse XUFN5L01L2 10 mm

XUFN5L02L2 20 mm

XUFN5L03L2 30 mm

Standard Diffuse XUFN05321 5 mm

Thru-beam (color detection XUFN12301 + XUFZ01 250 mm

by transparency)

XURZ02

Ring for fixed focusing

Fiber optic guides for use with full color sensor XURC4...

UV sensor Full color sensor Diffuse Opaque and transparent Liquid detection

label detection

Diffuse Diffuse Diffuse

Thru-beam or Diffuse (3) Diffuse with adjustable

Thru-beam Thru-beam

(manual) (with teach mode) (with integral amplifier) (with integral amplifier)

b/ground suppression

infra-red infra-red

/ .79

in.

/ .35

in. (2)

40–60

/ 1.6–2.3

in.

5–25

/ 0.2–1

in.

(3)

/ 3.3

ft.

/ .07

in.

/ 7.8

in.

(4)

M18 x 1

direct: holes 28, M5 screws direct: holes 68x42, M5 screws

on rail, holes 16

direct: holes 40 x 40

direct: holes 18 direct: holes 20

MMMMP MP

with teach mode button with teach mode button with teach mode button with teach mode button

yes yes yes yes yes yes yes

-25 to +55 (-13 to +131) -10 to +55 (+14 to +131) -10 to +55 (+14 to +131) -10 to +55 (+14 to +131) -25 to +55 (-13 to +131) 0 to +55 (+32 to +131) 0 to + 40 (+32 to +104)

IP67 IP67 IP67 IP65 IP65 IP65 IP65

––80 x 30 x 57 82 x 25 x 44 50 x 18 x 50 – 47 x 13 x 33

––XURC3PPML2 XURC4PPML2 –––

–––––––

––XURC3NPML2 XURC4NPML2 –––

––––––

–––––––

––––XUK8AKSNL2 –XUMW1KSNL2

M 18 x 95 96 x 31 x 64 – – 50 x 18 x 80 97 x 20 x 26 –

XU5M18U1D ––––––

–––––––

–XURU1KSMM12 ––XUK8AKSNM12 XUVK0252VS (M8) –

10 to 30 10 to 30 10 to 30 10 to 30 10 to 30 10 to 30 10 to 30

100 200 100 100 100 100 100

yes / yes yes / yes yes / yes yes / yes yes / yes yes / yes yes / yes

1000 2000 1200 1200 250 10,000 1000

5-10

MACHINE

SENSING

www.telemecanique.com

Osiris

Photo-electric sensors

Application Specific

Assembly, Material Handling

Sturdy and compact Window frames for Fork design with integral

dynamic detection amplifier for indexing

Diffuse

(1)

Thru-beam

(2)

Thru-beam

Max sensing distance

0.07

/ 2.7

in.

0.12 / 0.18 / 0.25

/ 1.18

in.

Mounting (mm) M8 x 1

irect: 222.5, M5 screws centers 47

Enclosure M (metal) P (plastic) M M P

Sensitivity adjustment potentiometer – –

Alignment LEDs – yes –

Temperature range °C (°F) - 25 to + 55 (- 13 to + 131) 0 to + 60 (+ 32 to + 140) - 5 to + 55 (+ 23 to + 131)

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) IP67 IP65 IP54

Sensors for dc applications c

(solid-state output: transistor)

Connection: pre-cabled (2 m)

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or H x W x L M8 x 40 – 58 x 14 x 68

Transmitter/Receiver 3-wire PNP N.O. XUAH0515 –XUVH0312

N.C. XUAH0525 ––

3-wire NPN N.O. XUAJ0515 –XUVJ0312

N.C. XUAJ0525 ––

Transmitter/Receiver 3-wire PNP N.O. / N.C. programmable – – –

3-wire NPN N.O. / N.C. programmable – – –

Connection: connector

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or H x W x L M8 x 46 205 / 265 / 335 x 25 x 230 –

Transmitter/Receiver 3-wire PNP N.O. XUAH0515S ––

N.C. XUAH0525S ––

3-wire NPN N.O. XUAJ0515S ––

N.C. XUAJ0525S ––

Transmitter/Receiver 3-wire PNP N.O. / N.C. programmable – – –

3-wire NPN N.O. / N.C. programmable – – –

Transmitter/Receiver 3-wire internal size 200 x 120 mm – XUVF120M12 –

PNP/NPN programmable internal size 200 x 180 mm – XUVF180M12 –

output ON or OFF

internal size 200 x 250 mm – XUVF250M12 –

Connection: screw clamp terminals

Dimensions (mm) H x W x L – – –

Receiver or T/R 3-wire PNP –– –

Supply voltage limits, min/max (V) including ripple 10 to 30 18 to 30 19 to 38

Switching capacity, max (mA) 100 400 150

Overload and short-circuit protection / LED output state indicator

yes / yes yes / yes yes / yes

Switching frequency (Hz) 700 500 1000

(1) Thru-beam also available.

(2) Dynamic fork models available.

(3) With 4 to 20 mA analog output.

5-11

MACHINE

SENSING

For additional information, reference catalog 9006CT0101

Analog output Very long sensing distance High excess gain to resist Stainless steel version for

for position control or accurate sensing accumulation of dirt resistance to harsh agents

Diffuse Thru-beam laser Thru-beam Polarized retro Diffuse

0.20 to 0.80

/ 7.8

in.

to 2.6

ft.

100

/ 328

ft.

/ 230

ft.

/ 9.8

ft.

0.15

/ 5.9

in.

centers 30 - 1/2 in. NPT cable gland

M18 x 1 M18 x 1 M18 x 1 M18 x 1

PPMM (stainless steel) M (stainless steel)

–––

yes yes yes – –

- 25 to + 60 (- 13 to + 140) - 10 to + 45 (+ 14 to + 113) - 25 to + 55 (- 13 to + 131) - 25 to + 55 (- 13 to + 131) - 25 to + 55 (- 13 to + 131)

IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67 IP67

–––M18 x 62 M18 x 62

–––––

–––XU9N18PP341 XU5N18PP341

–––XU9N18NP341 XU5N18NP341

–M18 x 76 M18 x 95 M18 x 72 M18 x 72

––XU2M18AP20D (3) – –

–––––

–XU2P18PP340DL –XU9N18PP341D XU5N18PP341D

–XU2P18NP340DL –XU9N18NP341D XU5N18NP341D

–––––

86 x 27 x 83 – – – –

XUJK803538 ––––

20 to 30 10 to 30 10 to 30 10 to 30 10 to 30

max: 20, min: 4 100 100 100 100

yes / yes yes / yes yes / yes yes / yes yes / yes

10,000 500 30 500 500

Food Processing

Laser

class II

5-12

MACHINE

SENSING

www.telemecanique.com

Snap-C

compatible

Osiprox

Inductive proximity sensors

Multi-Mode

A single product that automatically

adapts to all installation environ-

ments.

Accurate position detection using

teach mode.

Non shielded in metal

Shielded in metal

Type E Type C Type D Ø 12

26 x 26 40 x 40 80 x 80

Nominal sensing distance Sn

Usable sensing distance S (mm) shielded / non-shielded 0 to 10 / 0 to 15 0 to 15 / 0 to 25 0 to 40 / 0 to 60 0 to 3.4 / 0 to 5

Precision adjustment zone (mm) shielded / non-shielded 5 to 10 / 5 to 15 8 to 15 / 8 to 25 20 to 40 / 20 to 60 1.7 to 3.4 / 1.7 to 5

Mounting in metal shielded or non-shielded via Osiconcept teach mode

Enclosure M (metal) P (plastic) PPPP

Temperature range °C (°F) - 25 to + 70 (- 13 to +158) - 25 to + 70 (- 13 to +158) - 25 to + 70 (- 13 to +158) - 25 to + 70 (- 13 to +158)

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) pre-cabled: IP68 (with connector: IP67) IP67

Sensors for dc applications c (3-wire)

Connection: pre-cabled, PvR (2 m)

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or W x H x L 26 x 26 x 13 40 x 40 x 15 80 x 80 x 26 M12 x 54

3-wire PNP N.O. XS8E1A1PAL2 XS8C1A1PAL2 XS8D1A1PAL2 –

N.C. XS8E1A1PBL2 XS8C1A1PBL2 XS8D1A1PBL2 –

NPN N.O. XS8E1A1NAL2 XS8C1A1NAL2 XS8D1A1NAL2 –

N.C. XS8E1A1NBL2 XS8C1A1NBL2 XS8D1A1NBL2 –

Connection: M8 or M12 connector

3-wire PNP N.O. XS8E1A1PAM8 XS8C1A1PAM8 XS8D1A1PAM12 XS612B2PAL01M12 (2)

N.C. XS8E1A1PBM8 XS8C1A1PBM8 XS8D1A1PBM12 XS612B2PBL01M12 (2)

NPN N.O. XS8E1A1NAM8 XS8C1A1NAM8 XS8D1A1NAM12 XS612B2NAL01M12 (2

N.C. XS8E1A1NBM8 XS8C1A1NBM8 XS8D1A1NBM12 XS612B2NBL01M12 (2)

Supply voltage limits, min/max (V) including ripple 10 to 36 10 to 36 10 to 36 10 to 36

Switching capacity, max (mA) 100 200 200 100

Overload and short-circuit protection yes yes yes yes

LED output state indicator and power on LED yes / yes yes / yes yes / yes yes / yes

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal 2222

Switching frequency (Hz) 2000 1000 150 1000

Sensors for ac or dc applications a / c (2-wire)

Connection: pre-cabled, PvR (2 m)

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or W x H x L 26 x 26 x 13 40x 40x 15 80 x 80 x 26 –

2-wire ac / dc without N.O. XS8E1A1MAL2 XS8C1A1MAL2 XS8D1A1MAL2 –

short-circuit protection (1) N.C. XS8E1A1MBL2 XS8C1A1MBL2 XS8D1A1MBL2 –

Connection: 1/2" 20 UNF connector

2-wire ac / dc without N.O. XS8E1A1MAL01U20 XS8C1A1MAL01U20 XS8D1A1MAU20 –

short-circuit protection (1) N.C. XS8E1A1MBL01U20 XS8C1A1MBL01U20 XS8D1A1MBU20 –

Supply voltage limits, min/max (V) including ripple on dc 20 to 264 20 to 264 20 to 264 –

Switching capacity, max (mA) 200 a or c300 a / 200 c300 a / 200 c–

LED output state indicator / power on LED yes / yes yes / yes yes / yes –

Residual current, open state (mA) 1.5 1.5 1.5 –

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal 5.5 5.5 5.5 –

Switching frequency (Hz) ac / dc 50 / 1000 50 / 1000 50 / 1000 –

(1) It is necessary to place a 0.8 A quick-blow fuse in series with the load.

Accessories

Mounting brackets

Mounting bracket with indexing pin

for cylindrical sensors

M8 XSZB108

M12 XSZB112

M18 XSZB118

M30 XSZB130

adaptor plate

for block type

straight 90°sensors

XSE / XSC / XSD

Type E XSZBE00 XSZBE90 XSZBE10

Type C XSZBC00 XSZBC90 XSZBC10

Type D – – XSZBD10

For flat sensors, forms E, C and D

on M12 only

flat

90°

5-13

MACHINE

SENSING

For additional information, reference catalog 9006CT0101

Ø 18 Ø 30 Ø 8 Ø 12 Ø 18 Ø 30

2.5

0 to 7 / 0 to 10 0 to 12 / 0 to 18 0 to 2 0 to 3.2 0 to 6.4 0 to 12

3.5 to 7 / 3.5 to 10 6 to 12 / 6 to 18 ––––

shielded or non-shielded via Osiconcept teach mode shielded shielded shielded shielded

MMMMMM

- 25 to + 70 (- 13 to +158) - 25 to + 70 (- 13 to +158) - 25 to + 70 (- 13 to +158) - 25 to + 70 (- 13 to +158) - 25 to + 70 (- 13 to +158) - 25 to + 70 (- 13 to +158)

IP67 IP67 pre-cabled: IP68 (with connector: IP67)

M18 x 67 M30 x 71 M8 x 50 M12 x 50 M18 x 60 M30 x 60

––XS608B1PAL2 XS612B1PAL2 XS618B1PAL2 XS630B1PAL2

––XS608B1PBL2 XS612B1PBL2 XS618B1PBL2 XS630B1PBL2

––XS608B1NAL2 XS612B1NAL2 XS618B1NAL2 XS630B1NAL2

––XS608B1NBL2 XS612B1NBL2 XS618B1NBL2 XS630B1NBL2

XS618B2PAL01M12 (2) XS630B2PAL01M12 (2) XS608B1PAM12 XS612B1PAM12 XS618B1PAM12 XS630B1PAM12

XS618B2PBL01M12 (2) XS630B2PBL01M12 (2) XS608B1PBM12 XS612B1PBM12 XS618B1PBM12 XS630B1PBM12

XS618B2NAL01M12 (2) XS630B2NAL01M12 (2) XS608B1NAM12 XS612B1NAM12 XS618B1NAM12 XS630B1NAM12

XS618B2NBL01M12 (2) XS630B2NBL01M12 (2) XS608B1NBM12 XS612B1NBM12 XS618B1NBM12 XS630B1NBM12

10 to 36 10 to 36 10 to 58 10 to 58 10 to 58 10 to 58

100 100 200 200 200 200

yes yes yes yes yes yes

yes / yes yes / yes yes / – yes / – yes / – yes / –

222222

1000 1000 2500 2500 1000 500

–––M12 x 50 M18 x 60 M30 x 60

–––XS612B1MAL2 XS618B1MAL2 XS630B1MAL2

–––XS612B1MBL2 XS618B1MBL2 XS630B1MBL2

–––XS612B1MAU20 XS618B1MAU20 XS630B1MAU20

–––XS612B1MBU20 XS618B1MBU20 XS630B1MBU20

–––20 to 264 20 to 264 20 to 264

–––200 300 a / 200 c300 a / 200 c

–––yes / – yes / – yes / –

–––1.51.5 1.5

–––5.55.5 5.5

–––25

/ 1000

/ 500

(2) Pigtail cable (L = 0.15 m) with end mounted remote control and M12 connector.

XS6 remote control mounting bracket

XSZBPM12

Plug-in female connectors, including pre-wired versions

length 2 m 90°straight Snap-C

w/o LED

M8 XSZCS111 XSZCS101 –

M12 XSZCD111Y XSZCD101Y XZCC12FDM40V

U20 XSZCK111Y XSZCK101Y –

5-14

MACHINE

SENSING

www.telemecanique.com

Snap-C

compatible

Snap-C

compatible

Osiprox

Inductive proximity sensors

Standard

Shielded in

metal

Accessories

Type J Type F Type E Type C

8 x 22 15 x 32 26 x 26 40 x 40

Nominal sensing distance Sn

2.5

Usable sensing distance (mm) 0 to 2 0 to 4 0 to 8 0 to 12

Flush mounting in metal shielded shielded shielded shielded

Enclosure M (metal) P (plastic) PPPP

Temperature range °C (°F) - 25 to + 70 (- 13 to +158) - 25 to + 70 (- 13 to +158) - 25 to + 70 (- 13 to +158) - 25 to + 70 (- 13 to +158)

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) pre-cabled: IP68 (with connector: IP67)

Sensors for dc applications c (3-wire)

Connection: pre-cabled, PvR (2 m)

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or W x H x L 8 x 22 x 8 15 x 32 x 8 26 x 26 x 13 40 x 40 x 15

3-wire PNP N.O. XS7J1A1PAL2 XS7F1A1PAL2 XS7E1A1PAL2 XS7C1A1PAL2

N.C. XS7J1A1PBL2 XS7F1A1PBL2 XS7E1A1PBL2 XS7C1A1PBL2

NPN N.O. XS7J1A1NAL2 XS7F1A1NAL2 XS7E1A1NAL2 XS7C1A1NAL2

N.C. XS7J1A1NBL2 XS7F1A1NBL2 XS7E1A1NBL2 XS7C1A1NBL2

Connection: M8 or M12 connector

3-wire PNP N.O. XS7J1A1PAL01M8 (1) XS7F1A1PAL01M8 (1) XS7E1A1PAM8 XS7C1A1PAM8

N.C. XS7J1A1PBL01M8 (1) XS7F1A1PBL01M8 (1) XS7E1A1PBM8 XS7C1A1PBM8

NPN N.O. XS7J1A1NAL01M8 (1) XS7F1A1NAL01M8 (1) XS7E1A1NAM8 XS7C1A1NAM8

N.C. XS7J1A1NBL01M8 (1) XS7F1A1NBL01M8 (1) XS7E1A1NBM8 XS7C1A1NBM8

Supply voltage limits, min/max (V) including ripple 10 to 36 10 to 36 10 to 36 10 to 36

Switching capacity, max (mA) 100 100 100 100

Overload and short-circuit protection / LED output state indicator yes / yes yes / yes yes / yes yes / yes

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal 2222

Switching frequency (Hz) 2000 2000 1000 1000

Sensors for ac or dc applications a / c (2-wire)

Connection: pre-cabled, PvR (2 m)

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or W x H x L 8 x 22 x 8 15 x 32 x 8 26 x 26 x 13 40 x 40 x 15

2-wire non N.O. XS7J1A1DAL2 XS7F1A1DAL2 XS7E1A1DAL2 XS7C1A1DAL2

polarized N.C. XS7J1A1DBL2 XS7F1A1DBL2 XS7E1A1DBL2 XS7C1A1DBL2

Connection: M8 or M12 connector

2-wire non N.O. XS7J1A1DAL01M8 (1) XS7F1A1DAL01M8 (1) XS7E1A1DAM8 XS7C1A1DAM8

polarized N.C. XS7J1A1DBL01M8 (1) XS7F1A1DBL01M8 (1) XS7E1A1DBM8 XS7C1A1DBM8

Supply voltage limits, min/max (V) including ripple 10 to 36 10 to 36 10 to 36 10 to 36

Switching capacity, max (mA) 100 100 100 100

Overload and short-circuit protection / LED output state indicator yes / yes yes / yes yes / yes yes / yes

Residual current, open state (mA) 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal 4444

Switching frequency (Hz) ac / dc 4000 5000 1000 1000

(1) Pigtail cable (L = 0.15 m) with M8 connector.

Mounting brackets

Mounting clamp with indexing pin for

cylindrical sensors

M8 XSZB108

M12 XSZB112

M18 XSZB118

M30 XSZB130

For flat sensors, forms E, C and D

adaptor plate for

block type sensors

flat 90°XSE / XSC / XSD

Type J XSZBJ00 XSZBJ90 –

Type F XSZBF00 XSZBF90 –

Type E XSZBE00 XSZBE90 XSZBE10

Type C XSZBC00 XSZBC90 XSZBC10

Type D XSZBD00 –XSZBD10

on M12 only

flat

90°

5-15

MACHINE

SENSING

For additional information, reference catalog 9006CT0101

Type D Ø 8 Ø 12 Ø 18 Ø 30

80 x 80

1.5

0 to 32 0 to 1.2 0 to 1.6 0 to 4 0 to 8

shielded shielded shielded shielded shielded

PMMMM

- 25 to + 70 (- 13 to +158) - 25 to + 70 (- 13 to +158) - 25 to + 70 (- 13 to +158) - 25 to + 70 (- 13 to +158) - 25 to + 70 (- 13 to +158)

pre-cabled: IP68 (with connector: IP67) IP67 pre-cabled: IP68 (with connector: IP67)

80 x 80 x 26 M8 x 33 M12 x 33 M18 x 36.5 M30 x 40.6

XS7D1A1PAL2 XS508B1PAL2 XS512B1PAL2 XS518B1PAL2 XS530B1PAL2

XS7D1A1PBL2 XS508B1PBL2 XS512B1PBL2 XS518B1PBL2 XS530B1PBL2

XS7D1A1NAL2 XS508B1NAL2 XS512B1NAL2 XS518B1NAL2 XS530B1NAL2

XS7D1A1NBL2 XS508B1NBL2 XS512B1NBL2 XS518B1NBL2 XS530B1NBL2

XS7D1A1PAM12 XS508B1PAM8 XS512B1PAM12 XS518B1PAM12 XS530B1PAM12

XS7D1A1PBM12 XS508B1PBM8 XS512B1PBM12 XS518B1PBM12 XS530B1PBM12

XS7D1A1NAM12 XS508B1NAM8 XS512B1NAM12 XS518B1NAM12 XS530B1NAM12

XS7D1A1NBM12 XS508B1NBM8 XS512B1NBM12 XS518B1NBM12 XS530B1NBM12

10 to 36 10 to 36 10 to 36 10 to 36 10 to 36

100 200 200 200 200

yes / yes yes / yes yes / yes yes / yes yes / yes

22222

100 5000 5000 2000 1000

80 x 80 x 26 M8 x 50 M12 x 50 M18 x 52.5 M30 x 50

XS7D1A1DAL2 XS508B1DAL2 XS512B1DAL2 XS518B1DAL2 XS530B1DAL2

XS7D1A1DBL2 XS508B1DBL2 XS512B1DBL2 XS518B1DBL2 XS530B1DBL2

XS7D1A1DAM12 XS508B1DAM12 XS512B1DAM12 XS518B1DAM12 XS530B1DAM12

XS7D1A1DBM12 XS508B1DBM12 XS512B1DBM12 XS518B1DBM12 XS530B1DBM12

10 to 36 10 to 58 10 to 58 10 to 58 10 to 58

100 100 100 100 100

yes / yes yes / yes yes / yes yes / yes yes / yes

0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5

44444

100 4000 4000 3000 2000

Plug-in female connectors, including pre-wired versions

length 2 m 90°straight Snap-C

w/o LED

M8 XSZCS111 XSZCS101 –

M12 XSZCD111Y XSZCD101Y XZCC12FDM40V

U20 XSZCK111Y XSZCK101Y –

5-16

MACHINE

SENSING

www.telemecanique.com

Osiprox

Inductive proximity sensors

Application Specific

Plastic cylindrical (Food processing)

Non shielded

in metal

Shielded

in metal

Ø 8 Ø 12 Ø 18 Ø 30

Nominal sensing distance Sn

2.5

Usable sensing distance (mm) 0 to 2 0 to 3.2 0 to 6.4 0 to 12

Flush mounting in metal non-shielded non-shielded non-shielded non-shielded

Enclosure M (metal) P (plastic) PPPP

Temperature range °C (°F) - 25 to + 80 (- 13 to +176) - 25 to + 80 (- 13 to +176) - 25 to + 80 (- 13 to +176) - 25 to + 80 (- 13 to +176)

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) pre-cabled: IP68 (with connector: IP67)

Sensors for dc applications c (3-wire)

Connection: pre-cabled, PvR (2 m)

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or W x H x L M8 x 33 M12 x 33 M18 x 33.5 M30 x 40.5

3-wire PNP N.O. XS4P08PA340 XS4P12PA340 XS4P18PA340 XS4P30PA340

N.C. XS4P08PB340 XS4P12PB340 XS4P18PB340 XS4P30PB340

NPN N.O. XS4P08NA340 XS4P12NA340 XS4P18NA340 XS4P30NA340

N.C. XS4P08NB340 XS4P12NB340 XS4P18NB340 XS4P30NB340

0 to 10 V output plastic ––––

4 to 20 mA output metal shielded ––––

plastic shielded ––––

plastic non-shielded ––––

Connection: M8 or M12 connector

3-wire PNP N.O. XS4P08PA340S XS4P12PA340D XS4P18PA340D XS4P30PA340D

N.C. XS4P08PB340S XS4P12PB340D XS4P18PB340D XS4P30PB340D

NPN N.O. XS4P08NA340S XS4P12NA340D XS4P18NA340D XS4P30NA340D

N.C. XS4P08NB340S XS4P12NB340D XS4P18NB340D XS4P30NB340D

0 to 10 V output ––––

4 to 20 mA output ––––

Supply voltage limits, min/max (V) including ripple 10 to 38 10 to 38 10 to 38 10 to 38

Switching capacity, max (mA) 200 200 200 200

Short-circuit protection / LED output state indicator yes / yes yes / yes yes / yes yes / yes

Linearity error ––––

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal 2222

Operating frequency (Hz) 5000 5000 2000 1000

Sensors for ac or dc applications a / c (2-wire)

Connection: pre-cabled, PvR (2 m)

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L M8 x 50 M12 x 50 M18 x 60 M30 x 60

2-wire without short- N.O. XS4P08MA230 XS4P12MA230 XS4P18MA230 XS4P30MA230

circuit protection (1) N.C. XS4P08MB230 XS4P12MB230 XS4P18MB230 XS4P30MB230

Connection: U20 connector

2-wire without short- N.O. XS4P08MA230K XS4P12MA230K XS4P18MA230K XS4P30MA230K

circuit protection (1) N.C. XS4P08MB230K XS4P12MB230K XS4P18MB230K XS4P30MB230K

Supply voltage limits, min/max (V) including ripple on dc 20 to 264 20 to 264 20 to 264 20 to 264

Switching capacity, max (mA) 100 200 300 a / 200 c300 a / 200 c

LED output state indicator yes yes yes yes

Residual current, open state (mA) 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal 5.5 5.5 5.5 5.5

Switching frequency (Hz) ac / dc 25 a / 3000 c25 a / 3000 c25 a / 2000 c25 a / 1000 c

(1) It is necessary to place a 0.4 A quick-blow fuse in series with the load.

For accessories, see page 5-14.

5-17

MACHINE

SENSING

For additional information, reference catalog 9006CT0101

Type F Type E Type C Type D Ø 12 Ø 18 Ø 30

8 x 32 26 x 26 40 x 40 80 x 80

mm M:

mm / P:

mm M:

mm / P:

mm M:

mm / P:

1 to 4 1 to 10 2 to 15 5 to 40 M: 0.2 to 2 / P: 0.4 to 4 M: 0.5 to 5 / P: 0.8 to 8 M: 1 to 10 / P: 1.5 to 15

shielded shielded shielded shielded

shielded/non-shielded shielded/non-shielded

shielded/non-shielded

PPPPM or PM or P M or P

- 25 to + 70 (- 13 to +158) - 25 to + 70 (- 13 to +158) - 25 to + 70 (- 13 to +158) - 25 to + 70 (- 13 to +158) - 25 to + 70 (- 13 to +158) - 25 to + 70 (- 13 to +158) - 25 to + 70 (- 13 to +158)

pre-cabled: IP68 (with connector: IP67)

15 x 32 x 8 26 x 26 x 13 40 x 40 x 15 80 x 80 x 26 Ø 12 x 50 Ø 18 x 50 Ø 30 x 52.5

–––––––

XS9F111A1L2 XS9E111A1L2 XS9C111A1L2 XS9D111A1L2 XS4P12AB110 XS4P18AB110 XS4P30AB110

––––XS1M12AB120 XS1M18AB120 XS1M30AB120

XS9F111A2L2 XS9E111A2L2 XS9C111A2L2 XS9D111A2L2 –––

––––XS4P12AB120 XS4P18AB120 XS4P30AB120

–––––––

XS9F111A1L01M8 (2) XS9E111A1L01M12 (2) XS9C111A1L01M12 (2) XS9D111A1M12 –––

XS9F111A2L01M8 (2) XS9E111A2L01M12 (2) XS9C111A2L01M12 (2) XS9D111A2M12 –––

10–36 10–36 10–36 10–36 10–38 10–38 10–38

–––––––

5 % 5 %5 %5 %4 %4 %4 %

–––––––

2000 1000 1000 100 1500 500 300

–––––––

(2) Pigtail cable (L = 0.15 m) with end connector.

Analog (Position control)

For connection accessories, see page 5-15.

5-18

MACHINE

SENSING

www.telemecanique.com

Osiprox

Inductive proximity sensors

Application Specific

Miniature cylindrical

(Assembly)

Shielded in

metal

Ø 4 Ø 5 Ø 6.5

Nominal sensing distance Sn

1.5

Usable sensing distance (mm) 0 to 0.8 0 to 0.8 0 to 1.2

Flush mounting in metal shielded

Enclosure M (metal) P (plastic) M

Adjustment means –

Temperature range °C (°F) - 25 to + 70 (- 13 to + 158)

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) IP67

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or W x H x L Ø 4 x 29 M5 x 29 M6.5 x 33

Maximum speed of passing target (impulses/min) – – –

Sensing range (impulses/min) – – –

Sensors for dc applications c (3-wire)

Connection: pre-cabled, PvR (2 m)

4-wire PNP / NPN N.O. / N.C. programmable – – –

3-wire PNP N.O. XS1L04PA310 XS1N05PA310 XS1L06PA340

N.C. slow version – – –

fast version – – –

N.O. XS1L04NA310 XS1N05NA310 XS1L06NA340

Connection: M8 or M12 connector

3-wire PNP N.O. XS1L04PA310S XS1N05PA311S (2) XS1L06PA340S

N.C. – – –

NPN N.O. XS1L04NA310S XS1N05NA311S (2) XS1L06NA340S

N.C. – – –

Connection: M12 connector

4-wire PNP / NPN N.O. / N.C. programmable – – –

Supply voltage limits, min/max (V) including ripple 5–30 5–30 10–38

Switching capacity, max (mA) 100 100 200

Short-circuit protection / LED output state indicator / Power on LED

yes / yes / – yes / yes / – yes / yes / –

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal 2 2 2

Switching frequency (Hz) 5000 5000 2500

Sensors for ac or dc applications a / c (2-wire)

(2) Stainless steel nominal sensors,Sn = 0.8 mm.

Connection: pre-cabled, PvR (2 m)

2-wire ac/dc without short- N.O. – – –

circuit protection (4) N.C. – – –

N.C. slow version – – –

fast version – – –

Supply voltage limits, min/max (V), 50-60 Hz – – –

Switching capacity, max (mA) – – –

LED output state indicator / Power on LED – – –

Residual current, open state (mA) – – –

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal – – –

Switching frequency (Hz) – – –

Accessories

Mounting brackets

Mounting bracket with indexing

pin for cylindrical sensors M4 XSZB104

M5 XSZB105

M6.5 XSZB165

M8 XSZB108

For flat sensors, forms E and C

M12 XSZB112

M18 XSZB118

M30 XSZB130

straight 90°

Type E XSZBE00 XSZBE90

Type C XSZBC00 XSZBC90

flat

90°

5-19

MACHINE

SENSING

For additional information, reference catalog 9006CT0101

Speed control Ferrous / non-ferrous

materials

Type E Type C Ø 30 Ø 18 Ø 30

26 x 26 40 x 40

0 to 8 0 to 12 0 to 8 0 to 4 0 to 8

shielded shielded

PPMMM

teach mode teach mode – –

- 25 to + 70 (- 13 to + 158) 0 to + 50 (+ 32 to + 122)

IP67 pre-cabled: IP68 (with connector: IP67)

26 x 26 x 13 40 x 40 x 15 M30 x 81 M18 x 70 M30 x 60

48000 48000 6000–48000 (1) – –

6–6000 6–6000 6–150 / 120–3000 (1) – –

(1) 6–150 and 6000 impulses/min for XSAV11373 and XSAV11801 (slow version); 120–3000 and 48000 impulses/min for XSAV12373 and XSAV12801 (fast version).

–––XS1M18KPM40 XS1M30KPM40

–––––

––XSAV11373 ––

––XSAV12373 ––

–––––

XS9E11RPBL01M12 (3) XS9C11RPBL01M12 (3) – – –

–––––

Pigtail with M12 con., L = 0.8 m

–––XS1M18KPM40D XS1M30KPM40LD

10 to 36 10 to 36 10 to 58 10 to 38

100 200 200 200

yes / yes / yes yes / yes / yes yes / yes / – yes / yes / –

2222.6

–––1000

(3) Pigtail cable (L = 0.15 m) with end mounted remote control and M12 connector.

–––––

XS9E11RMBL01U20 (4) XS9C11RMBL01U20 (4) – – –

––XSAV11801 (5) – –

––XSAV12801 (5) – –

20 to 264 20 to 264 20 to 264 – –

100 300 a / 200 c350 a / 200 c––

yes / yes yes / yes yes / – – –

1.5 1.5 1.5 – –

5.5 5.5 5.7 – –

–––––

(4) Pigtail cable (L = 0.15 m) with end mounted remote control and1/2-20UNF connector. (5) It is necessary to place a quick-blow fuse in series with the load.

XS9 remote control

mounting bracket

XSZBPM12

Plug-in female connectors, including pre-wired versionsPlug-in female connectors, including pre-wired versions

For connection accessories, see page 5-15.

5-20

MACHINE

SENSING

www.telemecanique.com

Capacitive

Detection of all materials

Non

shielded in

metal

Shielded in

metal

Ø 12 Ø 18 Ø 30 Ø 32

Nominal sensing distance Sn

Usable sensing distance (mm) 0–1.44 0–3.6 0–7.2 0–10.8

Flush mounting in metal shielded

Enclosure M (metal) P (plastic) MMMM

Temperature range °C (°F) 0 to + 50 (+ 32 to +122) - 25 to + 70 (- 13 to + 158) - 25 to + 70 (- 13 to + 158) - 25 to + 70 (- 13 to + 158)

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) IP67 IP67 IP67 IP63

Sensors for dc applications c

Connection: pre-cabled, PVC (2 m)

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or W x D x H M12 x 50 M18 x 60 M30 x 60 –

3-wire PNP N.O. XT1M12PA372 XT1M18PA372 XT1M30PA372 –

N.C. XT1M12PB372 XT1M18PB372 XT1M30PB372 –

NPN N.O. XT1M12NA372 XT1M18NA372 XT1M30NA372 –

Connection: screw clamp terminals

3-wire PNP N.O. + N.C. complementary functions ––––

NPN N.O. + N.C. complementary functions ––––

Connection: M12 connector (M8 for XX512...)

4-wire PNP / NPN N.O. ––––

Supply voltage limits, min/max (V) including ripple 10 to 38 –

Switching capacity, max (mA) 300 –

Short-circuit protection / LED output state indicator yes / yes –

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal 2 –

Switching frequency (Hz) 100 –

Ultrasound frequency (kHz) – –

Sensors for ac or dc applications a / c (2-wire)

Connection: pre-cabled, PVC (2 m)

Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or W x D x H – M18 x 60 M30 x 60 32 x 80

2-wire ac N.O. – XT1M18FA262 XT1M30FA262 XT1L32FA262

N.C. – XT1M18FB262 XT1M30FB262 XT1L32FB262

Connection: screw clamp terminals

2-wire ac programmable N.O. or N.C. ––––

Supply voltage limits, min/max (V) including ripple on dc – 20 to 264 20 to 264 90 to 250

Switching capacity, max (mA) – 300 300 250

LED output state indicator – yes yes yes

Residual current, open state (mA) – 1.5 / 120 V 1.5 / 120 V 7

Voltage drop, closed state (V) at I nominal – 5.5 5.5 9

Switching frequency (Hz) – 25 25 10

Mounting brackets

Mounting bracket with indexing pin for cylindrical

sensors

M12 XSZB112

M18 XSZB118

M30 XSZB130

Ø32 XUZB32

Accessories

Plug-in female connectors, including pre-wired versions

Osiprox

Other technologies

length 2 m 90 °straight Snap-C

w/o LED

M8 XSZCS111 XSZCS101 –

M12 XSZCD111Y XSZCD101Y XZCC12FDM40V

U20 XSZCK111Y XSZCK101Y –

5-21

MACHINE

SENSING

For additional information, reference catalog 9006CT0101

40 x 40 Ø 18 Ø 30 Ø 32 Ø 12 Ø 18 Ø 30

152

0 to 10.8 0–5.8 0–10.8 0–14.4 6.4–51 25.4–152 51–991

non-shielded non-shielded – – –

PPPPPPP

- 25 to + 70 (- 13 to + 158) - 25 to + 70 (- 13 to + 158) - 25 to + 70 (- 13 to + 158) - 25 to + 70 (- 13 to + 158) - 20 to + 65 (- 4 to + 149)0 to + 60 (+ 32 to + 122) 0 to + 60 (+ 32 to + 122)

IP67 IP67 IP67 IP63 IP67 IP67 IP67

40 x 40 x 117 M18 x 60 M30 x 60 – M12 x 50 M18 x 65 M30 x 85

–XT4P18PA372 XT4P30PA372 ––––

–––––––

–XT4P18NA372 XT4P30NA372 ––––

XT7C40PC440 ––––––

XT7C40NC440 ––––––

––––XX512A1KAM8 XX518A1KAM12 XX630A1KAM12

10 to 58 10 to 38 – 10 to 28 10 to 28 10 to 28

200 300 – 100 100 100

yes / yes yes / yes – yes / yes yes / – yes / yes

22 –111

100 100 – – – –

–– –500500 200

40 x 40 x 117 M18 x 60 M30 x 60 Ø 32 x 80

–XT4P18FA262 XT4P30FA262 XT4L32FA262

––XT4P30FB262 XT4L32FB262

XT7C40FP262 – – –

20 to 264 20 to 264 90 to 250

350 300 250

yes yes yes

1.5 1.5 / 120V 7

5.5 5.5 9

25 25 10

Detection of conductive materials

Ultrasonic

Detection of any material

5-22

MACHINE

SENSING

www.telemecanique.com

22 21

GN-YE

22 21

1314

22 21

Osiswitch

Limit switches

Complete switches

(adaptable sub-assemblies, see pages 5-24–5-25)

XCMD / XCMN

2-pole contact

N.C. + N.O.

snap action

2-pole contact

N.C. + N.O.

slow break

XCKT

2-pole contact

N.C. + N.O.

snap action

Miniature type XCMD metal, pre-cabled

Type of operator Metal Steel Plastic Variable length M12 head

end plunger roller plunger roller lever plastic metal

roller lever end plunger

Actuation speed (in m/s) 0.5 0.5 1.5 1.5 0.5

Switches conforming to standard IEC 60947-5-1 section 3

Degree of protection conforming to IEC 60529 IP66 and IP67

Rated operational characteristics a ac 15; B 300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A) / c dc 13; R 300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)

Cable entry Pre-cabled, adjustable direction, length = 1 m (other lengths available on request)

Mounting holes (mm) 20 M12

Body dimensions (mm) W x D x H 30 x 16 x 50

Complete switch (2-pole N.C. + N.O. snap action) XCMD2110L1 XCMD2102L1 XCMD2115L1 XCMD2145L1 XCMD21F0L1

(2-pole N.C. + N.O. break before make, slow break) XCMD2510L1 XCMD2502L1 XCMD2515L1 XCMD2545L1 XCMD25F0L1

Positive opening operation

Compact type XCKD metal and XCKP plastic conforming to standard EN 50047

Type of operator Metal Steel Plastic roller lever, M18 head M18 head

end plunger roller plunger horizontal actuation metal steel

end plunger roller plunger

Actuation speed (in m/s) 0.5 0.5 1 0.5 0.5

Switches conforming to standard IEC 60947-5-1 section 3

Degree of protection conforming to IEC 60529 IP66 and IP67

Rated operational characteristics a ac 15; A 300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A) / c dc 13; Q 300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A)

Cable entry 1 tapped entry for 1/2 in. NPT cable gland

Mounting holes (mm) 20 20 20 M18 x 1 M18 x 1

Body dimensions (mm) W x D x H 31 x 30 x 65

Metal switches

Complete switch (2-pole N.C. + N.O. snap action) XCKD2110N12 XCKD2102N12 XCKD2121N12 XCKD21H0N12 XCKD21H2N12

(2-pole N.C. + N.O. break before make, slow break) XCKD2510N12 XCKD2502N12 XCKD2521N12 XCKD25H0N12 XCKD25H2N12

Plastic, double insulated switches

Complete switch (2-pole N.C. + N.O. snap action) XCKP2110N12 XCKP2102N12 XCKP2121N12 XCKP21H0N12 XCKP21H2N12

(2-pole N.C. + N.O. break before make, slow break) XCKP2510N12 XCKP2502N12 XCKP2521N12 XCKP25H0N12 XCKP25H2N12

Positive opening operation

XCKP

2-pole contact

N.C. + N.O.

snap action

2-pole contact

N.C. + N.O.

slow break

5-23

MACHINE

SENSING

Compact type XCKT, plastic, 2 cable entries

M12 head Cat End Metal Metal Plastic Plastic roller Cat

steel whisker plunger end plunger roller plunger roller lever lever, horizontal whisker

roller plunger actuation

0.1 1 0.5 0.5 0.5 1.5 1 1

– –

IP65 IP66 and IP67

a ac 15; A 300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A) / c dc 13; Q 300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A)

pre-cabled, length = 1m 2 tapped entries for 1/2 in. NPT cable gland

M12 20 20 20 or 40

30 x 16 x 59 58 x 30 x 51

XCMD21F2L1 XCMD2106L1 XCMN2110L1 XCKT2110N12 XCKT2102N12 XCKT2118N12 XCKT2121N12 XCKT2106N12

XCMD25F2L1 XCMD2506L1 ––––––

With reset facility XCPR and XCDR

Plastic Variable length Rubber Cat Metal Steel Plastic roller Plastic roller Plastic

roller lever plastic roller lever whisker end plunger roller lever lever,

horizontal

lever, vertical roller lever

roller lever Ø 50 mm

actuation

1.5 1.5 1.5 1 0.5 0.5 1 1 1.5

–

IP66 and IP67

a ac 15; A 300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A) / c dc 13; Q 300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A)

1 tapped entry for 1/2 in. NPT cable gland

20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20

31 x 30 x 95

XCKD2118N12 XCKD2145N12 XCKD2139N12 XCKD2106N12 XCDR2110N12 XCDR2102N12 XCDR2121N12 XCDR2127N12 XCDR2118N12

XCKD2518N12 XCKD2545N12 XCKD2539N12 XCKD2506N12 XCDR2510N12 XCDR2502N12 XCDR2521N12 XCDR2527N12 XCDR2518N12

XCKP2118N12 XCKP2145N12 XCKP2139N12 XCKP2106N12 XCPR2110N12 XCPR2102N12 XCPR2121N12 XCPR2127N12 XCPR2118N12

XCKP2518N12 XCKP2545N12 XCKP2539N12 XCKP2506N12 XCPR2510N12 XCPR2502N12 XCPR2521N12 XCPR2527N12 XCPR2518N12

For additional information, reference catalog 9006CT0101

5-24

MACHINE

SENSING

www.telemecanique.com

GN-YE

Osiswitch

Limit switches

Adaptable sub-assemblies for miniature

Plastic roller

lever, horizontal

actuation

Metal

end plunger

Steel

roller plunger

Retractable steel

roller lever plunger

Metal end plunger

with elastomer boot

Metal plunger and multi-directional heads

Heads - common to miniature and compact bodies

Description

Bodies / contact assemblies

Connection of miniature bodies

ZCE10 ZCE11 ZCE02 ZCE24 (2) ZCE21

Rotary head

without lever,

spring return, for

actuation from

LH or RH side

Steel roller lever,

track:

24/31 mm (ZCMD)

29/36 mm (ZCD/P/T)

Plastic roller lever,

track:

16/39 mm (ZCMD)

21/44 mm (ZCD/P/T)

Steel roller lever,

track:

16/39 mm (ZCMD)

21/44 mm (ZCD/P/T)

Plastic roller lever,

track:

24/31 mm (ZCMD)

29/36 mm (ZCD/P/T)

Description

Type of contact

Metal body

Plastic body

ZCMD21 ZCMD39 ZCMD25 ZCMD37 ZCMD21C12 ZCMD21M12

––––––

Miniature

Specific pre-cabled

connection components

L = 1 m

L = 2 m

L = 5 m

Option: pre-wired M12 connector, L = 2 m

5-pin 4-pin

for ZCMD21 for ZCMD39 for ZCMD25 for ZCMD37

ZCMC21L1 ZCMC39L1 ZCMC25L1 ZCMC37L1

ZCMC21L2 ZCMC39L2 ZCMC25L2 ZCMC37L2

ZCMC21L5 ZCMC39L5 ZCMC25L5 ZCMC37L5 XSZCD1501Y XSZCD101Y

2-pole N.C. + N.O. 1 single-pole

2-pole N.C. + N.O.

3-pole N.C.+N.C.+N.O.

2-pole N.C. + N.O.

3-pole N.C.+N.C.+N.O.

Snap action Snap action

Snap action Snap action Slow break Slow break M12 5-pin connector M12 4-pin connector

ZCE01 ZCY15 (2) ZCY16 (2) ZCY25 (2) ZCY26 (2)

Metal rotary heads and levers

(1) Recommended for use with body: ZCD... / ZCP... / ZCT... (2) Recommended for use with body: ZCMD...

5-25

MACHINE

SENSING

1314

22 21

32 31

22 21

1314

22 21

1314

22 21

1314

22 21

32 31

22 21

1314

and compact switches

Plastic roller

lever, vertical

actuation

M12 head

metal

plunger

M18 head

metal

plunger

M12 head

steel

roller plunger

M18 head

steel

roller plunger

Spring lever Spring lever

with plastic end

Cat whisker

Plastic roller lever,

track:

20/36 mm (ZCMD)

24/40 mm (ZCD/P/T)

Steel roller lever,

track:

20/36 mm (ZCMD)

24/40 mm (ZCD/P/T)

Ceramic

roller lever

Variable length

plastic roller lever

Round,

glass fiber

rod lever

Ø 3 mm

L = 125 mm

Metal

spring

lever

Plastic

roller lever

Ø 50 mm

Adjustable plastic

roller lever

Ø 50 mm

ZCE27 ZCEF0 (2) ZCEH0 (1) ZCEF2 (2) ZCEH2 (1) ZCE08 ZCE07 ZCE06

ZCY18 (1) ZCY19 (1) ZCY22 ZCY45 ZCY55 ZCY91 ZCY39 ZCY49

Removable cable

gland (3)

Description

Metal

Plastic

Option: pre-wired M12 connector,

L = 2 m

5-pin 4-pin

XSZCD1501Y XSZCD101Y

ZCT Pg 11 cable gland

versions:

replace the suffix P16 by G11.

Example:

ZCT21P16 becomes ZCT21G11

ZCT 1/2 NPT versions:

replace the suffix P16 by

N12 (adaptor).

Example:

ZCT21P16 becomes ZCT21N12

For ISO M16 For ISO M20 For Pg 11 For Pg 13.5 For 1/2” NPT

For PF 1/2 (G12

)

cable gland cable gland cable gland cable gland cable gland cable gland

ZCDEP16 ZCDEP20 ZCDEG11 ZCDEG13 ZCDEN12 ZCDEF12

ZCPEP16 ZCPEP20 ZCPEG11 ZCPEG13 ZCPEN12 ZCPEF12

2-pole N.C. + N.O. - Snap action

2-pole N.C. + N.O. 3-pole N.C. + N.C. + N.O. 2-pole N.C. + N.O. 3-pole N.C. + N.C. + N.O. 5-pin connector 4-pin connector (3)

2-pole N.C. + N.O. 2-pole N.C.+N.O.

Snap action Snap action Slow break Slow break Snap action

Slow break

ZCD21 ZCD39 ZCD25 ZCD37 ZCD21M12 –––

ZCP21 ZCP39 ZCP25 ZCP37 –ZCP21M12 ZCT21P16 ZCT25P16

Compact

Type of contact

Metal body

Plastic body

Connection of compact bodies

(3) Plastic and metal cable glands are not interchangeable.

For additional information, reference catalog 9006CT0101

5-26

MACHINE

SENSING

www.telemecanique.com

14 13

Osiswitch

Limit switches

Standard

XCKJ, XCKS, XCKM

2-pole contact

N.C. + N.O.

snap action

2-pole contact

N.C. + N.O.

slow break

3-pole contact

N.C. + N.C. +

N.O.

snap action

Type XCKJ metal, fixed body, conforming to standard EN 50041

Type of operator Metal Steel Plastic Variable length Polyamide, Ø 6 mm

end plunger roller plunger roller lever plastic rod lever

roller lever L = 200 mm

Actuation speed (in m/s) 0.5 1 1.5 1.5 1.5

Degree of protection conforming to IEC 60529 IP66

Rated operational characteristics a ac 15; A 300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A) / c dc 13; Q 300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A)

Cable entry (1) 1 tapped entry for 1/2 in. NPT cable gland

Mounting holes (mm) 30 x 60

Body dimensions (mm) W x D x H 40 x 44 x 77

Complete switch (2-pole N.C. + N.O. snap action) XCKJ161 XCKJ167 XCKJ10511 XCKJ10541 XCKJ10559

(2-pole N.C. + N.O. break before make, slow break) XCKJ561 XCKJ567 XCKJ50511 XCKJ50541 XCKJ50559

Body (2-pole N.C. + N.O. snap action) ZCKJ1 ZCKJ1 ZCKJ1 ZCKJ1 ZCKJ1

(2-pole N.C. + N.O. break before make, slow break) ZCKJ5 ZCKJ5 ZCKJ5 ZCKJ5 ZCKJ5

(3-pole N.C. + N.C. + N.O. snap action) ZCKJD39 ZCKJD39 ZCKJD39 ZCKJD39 ZCKJD39

Associated head (including operator) ZCKE61 ZCKE67 ZCKE05 ZCKE05 ZCKE05

Operating lever for rotary head – – ZCKY11 ZCKY41 ZCKY59

Positive opening operation

For additional information, reference catalog 9006CT0101

5-27

MACHINE

SENSING

Snap-C

compatible

Snap-C

compatible

Nautilus

Sensors for pressure control

Electronic pressure switches

XMLF

Setting range lower limit (PB) : vacuum switches -1.16 to -14.5 1.16 to 14.5 2.90 to 36 11.6 to 145 46 to 580

(psi) (1) upper limit (PH): pressure switches

Ambient air temperature (°C / °F) -25 to +80 / -13 to +176

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) IP67

Voltage limits (V) 24 c (c 17 to 33)

Dimensions (mm / in.) H x W x D 113 x 46 x 58 / 4.45 x 1.81 x 2.28

Fluid connection 1/4" NPT female (2)

Electrical connection M12 connector

Configurable with digital display, connection by M12 connector (3)

Analog and 4 to 20 mA XMLFM01D2026 XMLF001D2026 XMLF002D2026 XMLF010D2026 XMLF040D2026

solid-state output 200 mA 0 to 10 V XMLFM01D2126 XMLF001D2126 XMLF002D2126 XMLF010D2126 XMLF040D2126

Dual stage pressure switches, solid-state output 200 mA XMLFM01D2036 XMLF001D2036 XMLF002D2036 XMLF010D2036 XMLF040D2036

Analog sensors 4 to 20 mA XMLFM01D2016 XMLF001D2016 XMLF002D2016 XMLF010D2016 XMLF040D2016

0 to 10 V XMLFM01D2116 XMLF001D2116 XMLF002D2116 XMLF010D2116 XMLF040D2116

Permissible differential (psi) Min at low setting 0.44 0.44 1.09 4.4 17.4

(pressure switches) Min at high setting 0.44 0.44 1.09 4.4 17.4

Max at high setting 13.8 13.8 34.5 138 551

Setting range upper limit (PH): pressure switches 116 to 1450 186 to 2320 290 to 3625 464 to 5800 696 to 8700

(psi)

(1)

Ambient air temperature (°C / °F) -25 to +80 / -13 to +176

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529) IP67

Voltage limits (V) 24 c (c 17 to 33)

Dimensions (mm / in.) H x W x D 113 x 46 x 58 / 4.45 x 1.81 x 2.28

Fluid connection 1/4" NPT female (2)

Electrical connection M12 connector

Configurable with digital display, connection by M12 connector (3)

Analog and 4 to 20 mA XMLF100D2026 XMLF160D2026 XMLF250D2026 XMLF400D2026 XMLF600D2026

solid-state output 200 mA 0 to 10 V XMLF100D2126 XMLF160D2126 XMLF250D2126 XMLF400D2126 XMLF600D2126

Dual stage pressure switches, solid-state output 200 mA XMLF100D2036 XMLF160D2036 XMLF250D2036 XMLF400D2036 XMLF600D2036

Analog sensors 4 to 20 mA XMLF100D2016 XMLF160D2016 XMLF250D2016 XMLF400D2016 XMLF600D2016

0 to 10 V XMLF100D2116 XMLF160D2116 XMLF250D2116 XMLF400D2116 XMLF600D2116

Permissible differential (psi) Min at low setting 44 70 109 174 261

(pressure switches) Min at high setting 44 70 109 174 261

Max at high setting 1378 2204 3444 5510 8265

(1) Fluids controlled: hydraulic oils, air, fresh water, sea water, corrosive fluids from -15 to +80°C / -13 to +176°F.

(2) Available with other fluid connections: 1/4"BD female and SAE 7/16-20 UNF.

(3) Also available in ac 120 V version with 2.5 A relay output and SAE 7/8-16 UN connector.

Straight—M12, 2 meter cable, catalog no. XZCP1164L2

90°—M12, 2 meter cable, catalog no. XZCP1234L2

For additional information, reference Catalog 9014CT0201.

5-28

MACHINE

SENSING

www.telemecanique.com

12 11

22 21

12 11

22 21

Nautilus

Sensors for pressure control

Electromechanical pressure and

XMLA and B

Size (psi) Max. PH Rising -14.5 73 14.5 36

Environmental characteristics Ambient air temperature (°C / °F): -25 to +70 / -13 to +158

Rated operational characteristics a AC-15; B300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A - Ue = 120 V, Ie = 3 A) / c DC-13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)

Fluid connection 1/4" NPT female (other connections possible, please contact us)

Electrical connection Screw terminals, tapped entry 1/2" NPT

Type XMLA fixed differential (1), single threshold detection

Setting range (psi) of upper limit (PH): pressure switches -4.06 to -14.5 (5) – 0.44 to 14.5 2.18 to 36

Dimensions ( in.) H x W x D 4.45 x 1.38 x 2.95 4.45 x 1.38 x 2.95 6.38 x 4.33 x 4.33 6.22 x 2.17 x 3.05

With setting scale, screw terminal connections (2)

1 N.C./1 N.O. single-pole, snap action contact XMLAM01V2S13 – XMLA001R2S13 XMLA002A2S13

Without setting scale, screw terminal connections (2)

1 N.C./1 N.O. single-pole, snap action contact XMLAM01V1S13 – XMLA001R1S13 XMLA002A1S13

Natural differential (psi) at low setting 3.48 (3) – 0.29 1.89

subtract from PH to give PB at high setting 3.48 (3) – 0.58 1.89

Type XMLB adjustable differential (1), regulation between 2 thresholds

Setting range (psi) of upper limit (PH): pressure switches -2.03 to -14.5 (5) -7.3 to 73 0.72 to 14.5 4.35 to 36

With setting scale, screw terminal connections (2)

1 N.C./1 N.O. single-pole, snap action contact XMLBM02V2S13 XMLBM05A2S13 XMLB001R2S13 XMLB002A2S13

Possible differential (psi) Min at low setting 1.88 (4) 7.3 0.58 2.32

subtract from PH to give PB Min at high setting 1.88 (4) 7.3 0.87 3.04

Max at high setting 11.6 (4) 87 10.9 25

XMLC and D

Type XMLC adjustable differential (1), regulation between 2 thresholds

Setting range (psi) of upper limit (PH): pressure switches -2.03 to -14.5 (5) -8 to 73 0.73 to 14.5 4.35 to 36

Dimensions (in.) H x W x D 4.45 x 1.81 x 3.35 4.45 x 1.81 x 3.35 6.89 x 4.33 x 4.33 6.22 x 2.17 x 3.54

With setting scale, screw terminal connections

2 N.C./2 N.O. single-pole simultaneous snap action contacts XMLCM02V2S13 XMLCM05A2S13 XMLC001R2S13 XMLC002B2S13

Possible differential (psi) Min at low setting 1.89 (4) 6.5 0.43 1.89

subtract from PH to give PB Min at high setting 2.03 (4) 6.5 0.58 2.47

Max at high setting 11.6 (4) 87 11.6 29

Type XMLD fixed differential (1), dual stage, for detection at each threshold

Setting range 2

stage switching point (PB2) -1.74 to -14.5 (5) – 1.74 to 14.5 4.93 to 36

(psi) 1

stage switching point (PB1) -1.45 to -14.2 – 0.58 to 13.3 2.90 to 34

Spread between 2 stages (PB2 – PB1) 0.29 to 12.8 – 1.16 to 10.6 2.03 to 21.8

Without setting scale, screw terminal connections

2 N.C./2 N.O. single-pole snap action contacts (1 per stage) XMLDM02V1S13 –XMLD001R1S13 XMLD002B1S13

Natural differential (psi) at low setting 1.45 (3) – 0.44 2.03

subtract from PH 1/2 to give PB 1/2 at high setting 1.45 (3) – 1.02 2.76

1 N.C./1 N.O.

single-pole

contact,

snap action

2 N.C./2 N.O.

single-pole contacts,

snap action

(1 per stage)

2 N.C./2 N.O.

single-pole contacts,

simultaneous,

snap action

XMLD

XMLC

(all devices shown are with setting scale)

5-29

MACHINE

SENSING

vacuum switches

58 145 290 508 1015 2320 4350 7250

Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529): IP66

conforming to IEC 60947-5-1 Appendix A, EN 60947-5-1

5.8 to 58 8.7 to 145 10.2 to 290 22 to 508 73 to 1015 145 to 2320 290 to 4350 435 to 7250

4.45 x 1.38 x 2.95 4.45 x 1.38 x 2.95 4.45 x 1.38 x 2.95 4.45 x 1.38 x 2.95 4.45 x 1.38 x 2.95 4.45 x 1.38 x 2.95 4.45 x 1.38 x 2.95 4.45 x 1.38 x 2.95

XMLA004A2S13 XMLA010A2S13 XMLA020A2S13 XMLA035A2S13 XMLA070D2S13 XMLA160D2S13 XMLA300D2S13 XMLA500D2S13

XMLA004A1S13 XMLA010A1S13 XMLA020A1S13 XMLA035A1S13 XML-A070D1S13 XMLA160D1S13 XMLA300D1S13 XMLA500D1S13

5.1 7.3 5.8 18.1 44 80 239 290

5.1 7.3 14.5 18.1 109 261 508 653

3.62 to 58 10.2 to 145 18.9 to 290 51 to 508 102 to 1015 145 to 2320 319 to 4350 435 to 7250

XMLB004A2S13 XMLB010A2S13 XMLB020A2S13 XMLB035A2S13 XMLB070D2S13 XMLB160D2S13 XMLB300D2S13 XMLB500D2S13

2.9 8.3 14.5 25 68 135 281 334

3.62 12.3 23 37 128 302 537 763

35 109 160 290 725 1450 2900 4350

(1) Fluids controlled: hydraulic oils, air, fresh water, sea water, corrosive fluids, ≤508 psi: up to 70°C (158°F), from 1015 to 7250 psi: up to 160°C (320°F).

(2) For connection by DIN 43650A connector (IP65), replace the letter "S" in the reference by "C". Example: XMLB010A2S13 becomes XMLB010A2C13.

(3) For vacuum switch: natural differential to be added to PB to give PH.

(4) For vacuum switch: possible differential to be added to PB to give PH.

(5) Setting range (psi) of lower limit (PB): vacuum switch.

4.35 to 58 10.2 to 145 18.9 to 290 51 to 508 102 to 1015 174 to 2320 319 to 4350 435 to 7250

4.45 x 1.81 x 3.35 4.45 x 1.81 x 3.35 4.45 x 1.81 x 3.35 4.45 x 1.81 x 3.35 4.45 x 1.81 x 3.35 4.45 x 1.81 x 3.35 4.45 x 1.81 x 3.35 4.45 x 1.81 x 3.35

XMLC004B2S13 XMLC010B2S13 XMLC020B2S13 XMLC035B2S13 XMLC070D2S13 XMLC160D2S13 XMLC300D2S13 XMLC500D2S13

2.18 6.5 10.2 14.5 65 131 232 276

2.47 10.2 14.5 22 129 305 508 754

36 116 160 319 870 1590 3480 4930

5.8 to 58 17.4 to 145 31 to 290 64 to 508 136 to 1015 239 to 2320 522 to 4350 595 to 7250

2.76 to 55 7.5 to 135 13.0 to 272 28 to 471 96 to 974 152 to 2233 363 to 4191 363 to 7018

3.05 to 32 9.9 to 84 18.0 to 138 36 to 296 41 to 667 87 to 1204 160 to 2741 232 to 3538

XMLD004B1S13 XMLD010B1S13 XMLD020B1S13 XMLD035B1S13 XMLD070D1S13 XMLD160D1S13 XMLD300D1S13 XMLD500D1S13

2.18 6.5 10.2 22 73 128 247 305

2.76 8.7 18.9 38 138 290 609 943

For additional information, reference Catalog 9012CT9701.

5-30

MACHINE

SENSING

www.telemecanique.com

SAME

POLARITY

SAME

POLARITY

SAME

POLARITY

Electromechanical pressure

9012G Machine Tool

Size (psi) PB falling 3 to 150 5 to 250

Environmental characteristics Ambient air temperature (°C / °F): -23 to +85 / -9 to +185

Rated operational characteristics B600

Fluid connection 1/4" NPT female

Electrical connection Screw terminals

Type GDW fixed differential, single threshold detection

Setting range (psi) of upper limit (PH): pressure switches 9 to 156 15 to 260

Dimensions ( in.) H x W x D 5.93 x 3.50 x 2.63 5.93 x 3.50 x 2.63

With setting scale, screw terminal connections

1 N.C./1 N.O. single-pole, snap action contact GDW5 GDW6

Without setting scale, screw terminal connections

2 N.C./2 N.O. double-pole, snap action contact GDW25 GDW26

Natural differential (psi) at mid-range 6 ± 0.8 10 ± 1.5

subtract from PH to give PB

Type GAW adjustable differential, regulation between 2 thresholds

Setting range (psi) of upper limit (PH): pressure switches 9 to 180 15 to 299

Screw terminal connections

1 N.C./1 N.O. single-pole, snap action contact GAW5 GAW6

Possible differential (psi) at mid-range 6–30 psi 10–49 psi

subtract from PH to give PB

9012G Industrial

Size (psi) PH falling 3 to 150 3 to 150

Type GNG, GNO adjustable differential, regulation between 2 thresholds

Setting range (psi) of upper limit (PH): pressure switches 3 to 150 3 to 150

Dimensions (in.) H x W x D 6.94 x 2.06 x 2.75 5.41 x 2.06 x 2.46

With setting scale, screw terminal connections

1 N.C./1 N.O. single-pole, single throw GNG5 GNO5

Possible differential (psi) at mid-range 4.2–22 4.2–22

subtract from PH to give PB

Type GRG, GRD fixed differential, dual stage, for detection at each threshold

Screw terminal connections

1 N.C./1 N.O. single-pole, single throw GRG5 GRO5

Natural differential (psi) at mid-range 4.2 ± 1 4.2 ± 1

subtract from PH 1/2 to give PB 1/2

1 N.O./1 N.C.

single-pole,

double throw

contact,

snap action

2 N.O./2 N.C.

double-pole,

double throw

contact,

snap action

Type G Machine

Tool

1 N.O./1 N.C.

single-pole,

double throw

contact

Type G Industrial

Open Type

NEMA Type 1

For additional information, reference Catalog 9012CT9701.

5-31

MACHINE

SENSING

Electromechanical Float Switches

9036

General duty Heavy duty

Environmental characteristics Ambient air temperature (°C / °F): -30 to +105 / -22 to +220

Rated operational characteristics A600; for hp rating, see Catalog

Float operated –

Electrical connection Screw terminals

Type 9036D and 9036G

Dimensions (mm / in.) H x W x D 100 x 66 x 100 / 3.97 x 2.53 x 3.93 132 x 87 x 98 / 5.20 x 3.43 x 3.87

Screw terminal connections

Double-pole, single throw DG2 GG2

9038A

Type 9038A

Dimensions (mm / in.) H x W x D 175 x 119 x 114 / 6.88 x 4.69 x 4.50

Screw terminal connections

2 double-pole, single throw mechanisms 9038AG1

For additional information, reference Catalog 9034CT9701.

These switches will not work without a float switch kit. See Catalog for float switch kit selection.

5-32

MACHINE

SENSING

www.telemecanique.com

For additional information, reference Catalog 9006CT0101.

9007C

Heavy Duty Industrial Limit switches

Standard plug-in body metal type

Complete standard type

Type of operator Side roller plunger Side push rod

Side push rod plunger

Top roller plunger Top push rod

spring return plunger spring adjustable (2) spring return plunger spring

vertical roller (1) return spring return return

Conforming to standards (Products)

UL 508, EN 60947-1, EN 60947-5-1, IEC 60947, C22-2-14-95, CE conformity documentation

Degree of protection conforming to IEC 60529 IP 67,

NEMA Type 6P

Rated operational characteristics hard contacts

(top half of body) Single pole AC Voltage : NEMA A600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 1,2 A); Ithe = 10 A

DC Voltage : NEMA Q600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 0,1 A); Ithe = 2.5 A

Two poles AC Voltage : NEMA A600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 1,2 A); Ithe = 10 A

DC Voltage : NEMA R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0,11 A); Ithe = 1 A

Cable entry 1/2-14 NPT standard, optional M20 x 1,5 mm for ISO cable gland

Mounting Holes (inches/mm) 1.17x2.35 / 30 x 60

Body dimensions (inches/mm) W x D x H 1.55x1.79x4.02 / 39 x 45 x 102

1 N.O. 1 N.C. snap action 9007C54F 9007C54G 9007C54GD 9007C54D 9007C54E

2 N.O. 2 N.C. snap action 9007C62F 9007C62G 9007C62GD 9007C62D 9007C62E

Compact plug-in body metal type

Complete compact type

Type of operator Side roller plunger Side push rod

Side push rod plunger

Top roller plunger Top push rod

spring return plunger spring adjustable (2) spring return plunger spring

vertical roller (1) return spring return return

Conforming to standards (Products)

UL 508, EN 60947-1, EN 60947-5-1, IEC 60947, C22-2-14-95, CE conformity documentation

Degree of protection conforming to IEC 60529 IP 67,

NEMA Type 6P

Rated operational characteristics hard contacts

(top half of body) Single pole AC Voltage : NEMA A600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 1,2 A); Ithe = 10 A

DC Voltage : NEMA Q600 (Ue = 600 V, Ie = 0,1 A); Ithe = 2.5 A

Cable entry 1/2-14 NPT standard, optional M20 x 1,5 mm for ISO cable gland

Mounting Holes (inches/mm) 1.17x1.47 / 30 x 37

Body dimensions (inches/mm) W x D x H 1.55x1.79x3.14 / 39 x 45 x 80

1 N.O. 1 N.C. snap action 9007C52F 9007C52G 9007C52GD 9007C52D 9007C52E

1 N.O. 1 N.C.

snap action

2 N.O. 2 N.C.

snap action

1 N.O. 1 N.C.

snap action

5-33

MACHINE

SENSING

For additional information, reference Catalog 9006CT0101.

with 1 cable entry

Standard type for adaptable sub-assemblies

(1)

Top push rod plunger Wobble stick DELRIN Cat whisker Wobble stick Standard pre-travel Low differential spring Maintained contact

adjustable spring return extension (3) universal (3) spring return return

9007C54ED 9007C54J 9007C54L 9007C54JKC 9007C54B2 9007C54A2 9007C54C

9007C62ED 9007C62J 9007C62L 9007C62JKC 9007C62B2 9007C62A2 9007C62C

with 1 cable entry

Standard type for adaptable sub-assemblies

(1)

Top push rod plunger Wobble stick DELRIN Cat whisker Wobble stick Standard pre-travel Low differential spring Maintained contact

adjustable spring return extension (3) universal (3) spring return return

9007C52ED 9007C52J 9007C52L 9007C52JKC 9007C52B2 9007C52A2 9007C52C

(1) Sub-assemblies wobble stick extension and lever arm, see page 4.

(2) Can be converted to horizontal roller type in the field. To order horizontal roller version add the letter H at the end of the equivalent vertical roller version type.

(3) To lock the nut in the desired position, crimp the slot near the bottom of the nut.

5-34

MACHINE

SENSING

www.telemecanique.com

1 N.O. 1 N.C.

snap action

2 N.O. 2 N.C.

snap action

2 N.O. 2 N.C.

snap action

Two stage

2 N.O. 2 N.C.

snap action

Neutral position

For additional information, reference Catalog 9006CT0101.

9007C

Heavy Duty Industrial Limit switches

Adaptable sub-assemblies for standard

Common heads for standard and compact switches

Complete heads for linear and multi-directional movements

Type of operator

Side plunger heads

Side roller plunger spring Side push rod plunger Side push rod plunger Side push rod plunger

return vertical roller spring return adjustable spring return maintained contact

Reference 9007F 9007G 9007GD 9007H

Adaptable heads for linear and multi-directional movements

Type of operator Mushroom button for palm operated turret head

Palm operated turret

Diameter 1.38 inches (35 mm)

Choose Mushroom Head Color

head without mush Black Red Green Yellow

room button

Reference 9007R 2358C6G3 2358C6G2 2358C6G6 2358C6G8

Adaptable heads for rotary movements (for assembly with lever arm type)

Type of operator Standard pre-travel Low differential Neutral position, Neutral position, Maintained contact

spring return spring return standard pre-travel low differential

spring return spring return

Type of direction

CW & CCW CW & CCW CW & CCWCW & CCW CW (trip) CCW (reset)

Reference 9007B 9007A 9007T10 9007T5 9007C

Sub-assembly plug-in body metal type with 1 cable entry

Standard body = base (CT..) + top (CO..)

Single pole Two pole

Plug-in unit (Top) Plug-in receptacle (base) Plug-in unit (Top) Plug-in receptacle (base)

with contacts with scew terminals with contacts with scew terminals

Cable entry 1/2-14 NPT standard, (optional M20 x 1,5 mm for ISO cable gland)

Mounting Holes (inches/mm) 1.17x2.35 / 30 x 60

Single pole. 1 N.O. 1 N.C. snap action 9007CT54 9007CO54 ––

Two pole. 2 N.O. 2 N.C. snap action ––9007CT62 9007CO62

Two stage. 2 N.O. 2 N.C. snap action ––9007CT66 9007CO66

Neutral position 2 N.O. 2 N.C. snap action ––9007CT68 9007CO68

CT.. CO.. CT.. CO..

5-35

MACHINE

SENSING

For additional information, reference Catalog 9006CT0101.

Top plunger heads Multi-directional heads

Top roller plunger Top push rod plunger Top push rod plunger Wobble stick Wobble Wobble Cat whisker

spring return spring return adjustable spring return DELRIN stick wire stick coil

extension extension extension

9007D 9007E 9007ED 9007J 9007K 9007KC 9007L

Wobble stick extensions for the universal head

Diameter 2.25 inches (57,2 mm)

Choose Mushroom Head Color

Wobble stick universal

Red Green Yellow

2358C22G3 2358C22G6 2358C22G8 9007JKC 9007WJ 9007WK 9007WKC

Lever arms types

9007MA11 9007HA1 9007FA1 9007EA1 9007FA6 9007LA19 9007AA1 9007LA4 9007KB11 9007KA11

Compact body = base (CT..) + top (CO..)

Single pole

Plug-in unit (Top) Plug-in receptacle (base)

with contacts with scew terminals

1.17x1.47 / 30 x 37

9007CT52 9007CO52

––

and compact bodies

Standard body Compact body

CT.. CO..

The

essential

guide

Welcome to the world of

Simply Smart* from Telemecanique

With Transparent Ready, Schneider Electric has applied market

standards to its control system architectures, making data

exchange even easier. Smart and simple to use, the Telemecanique

software offer ensures maximum efficiency in terms of application

development and maintenance, while its high-performance PLCs

help to achieve optimum installation availability and

productivity. Committed to maximizing your investment over the

long term, Schneider Electric makes it easy for you to develop

your applications with complete peace of mind.

*Simply Smart: So intelligent, it’s easy to use.

Unity, taking you into a new world

of automation

At the heart of the Telemecanique offer, Unity is the new generation

software and hardware automation platform.

Open:

Based on

universal Microsoft

Visio, VBA and XML

software standards,

Unity is designed to

allow your tools to work

together.

Smart:

Unity provides

a common IEC

development

environment for

Modicon Premium,

Atrium and Quantum

platforms.

With Unity, you can

reduce development

cycles and improve

quality by reusing

program standards.

Flexible:

The new

range of Modicon

Premium, Atrium and

Quantum processors

offers extended

memory capabilities

and greater execution

performance.

A simplified selection

guide to identify, at a

glance, all the

products you need

for developing control

system applications,

from small, simple

machines to complex

installatio

ns.

Smart solutions for all

your control system applications

New

PROGRAMMABLE

LOGIC CONTROL

Contents

A wide range of specialized platforms...

Modicon TSX Micro,

ideal for machine builders.

At the heart of the machine, TSX Micro offers compactness,

modularity and integration benefits.

- CANopen machine bus connection

- Low-cost Ethernet connection

- Double memory capacity

Modicon Premium,

ideal for manufacturing applications.

Outstanding flexibility for distributed architectures and integration of

advanced control system functions.

- New high-performance processors

- Onboard Ethernet

- CANopen machine bus connection, from entry level

- USB connection

Modicon Quantum,

ideal for process applications.

High level of performance for process control and

architecture availability.

- New high-performance processors

- Onboard Ethernet

- Memory expansion option via PCMCIA

- USB connection

Modicon Momentum M1/M1E,

ideal for distributed architectures.

Compactness and flexibility for I/O control distribution on Ethernet.

Modicon Compact

Advantys STB,

ideal for machine builders.

The perfect I/O integration solution.

page 6-2

page 6-8

page 6-16

page 6-24

page 6-28

page 6-32

6-2

PROGRAMMABLE

LOGIC CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com

Modicon TSX Micro platform

Basic configuration

Type of processor TSX 3705 TSX 3708 TSX 3710

Power supply 110–240 Vac 24 Vdc

Number of slots Standard 2 (1 available) 3 (1 available) 2 (1 available)

On extension – – 2

Number of integrated discrete I/O modules 1 (16 I, 12 Q) 2 (32 I, 24 Q) 1 (16 I, 12 Q) 1 (16 I, 12 Q)

Number of integrated analog I/O modules ––––

Type of integrated I/O I: 24 Vdc, Q: relay I: 24 Vdc, Q: relay I: 24 Vdc, Q: sol.st. 0.5 A I: 24 Vdc, Q: relay

Application-specific modules (counter, position control) 2 half-size 2 half-size

Bus AS-Interface – 1 half-size

CANopen – –

Fipio – –

Networks Modbus Plus, Fipway – –

Ethernet TCP/IP – 1 external module

Memory capacity Integrated 11 K words 14 K words

With PCMCIA extension – –

Execution time Boolean 0.25 µs 0.25 µs

for one instruction Numerical 4.81 µs 4.81 µs

Catalog number With screw terminals TSX3705028DR1 TSX3708056DR1 TSX3710128DT1 TSX3710128DR1

With HE 10 connector (1) ––TSX3710128DTK1 –

(1) For use with Telefast 2 wiring system

(2) Basic configuration provided without I/O modules

Memory extension

Type of PCMCIA card for TSX 3721/22 Application

Technology

SRAM Flash EPROM Backup

Memory size (3) 32 K words TSXMRP032P TSXMFP032P TSXMFPBAK032P

32 K words/128 K words TSXMRP232P TSXMFP232P –

64 K words TSXMRP064P TSXMFP064P –

64 K words/128 K words TSXMRP264P TSXMFP264P –

128 K words TSXMRP0128P TSXMFP0128P –

128 K words/128 K words TSXMRP2128P (4) ––

(3) The 1

value corresponds to the size of the application area, the second to the size of the area for data storage (menus, production data, etc).

(4) These cards have an additional SRAM area for storing application object symbols.

Connection accessories: See the “Modicon TSX Micro automation platform” Catalog #AUTC101272123EN

Automation

6-3

PROGRAMMABLE

LOGIC CONTROL

TSX 3710 TSX 3721 TSX 3722

24 Vdc 110–240 Vac 24 Vdc 110–240 Vac 24 Vdc 110–240 Vac

2 (1 available) 3 (3 available) 3 (3 available)

222

2 (32 I, 32 Q) 1 (16 I, 12 Q) 1 (16 I, 12 Q) – –

–––– 1 (8 I, 1 Q)

I: 24 Vdc, Q: sol. st. 0.1 A

I: 115 Vac, Q: relay I: 24 Vdc, Q: relay – I: 0–10 V or 0/4–20 mA, Q: 0–10 V

2 half-size 4 half-size 4 half-size (2 integrated channels)

1 half-size 1 half-size 1 half-size

–1 PCMCIA card 1 PCMCIA card

1 external module 1 external module 1 external module

14 K words 20 K words 20 K words

–128 K words + 128 K words for file storage 128 K words + 128 K words for file storage

0.25 µs 0.13 µs (0.19 µs with PCMCIA) 0.13 µs (0.19 µs with PCMCIA)

4.81 µs 4.50 µs 4.50 µs

–TSX3710028AR1 TSX3710028DR1 TSX3721101 (2) TSX3721001 (2) TSX3722101 (2) TSX3722001 (2)

TSX3710164DTK1 – –

Mini extension rack

Type of rack 2 slots

For use with TSX3710/21/22

Catalog number 4 positions TSXRKZ2

Process power supplies see page 3-9.

For additional information, reference Catalog #AUTC101272123EN.

6-4

PROGRAMMABLE

LOGIC CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com

Modicon TSX Micro platform

Discrete I/O modules

Type of module Discrete inputs

Connection By HE 10 connector (1) By screw terminals (2)

Module format Half Standard Half

Number of channels 12 32 8

Input voltage 24 Vdc positive logic TSXDEZ12D2K – TSXDEZ32D2 –

24 Vdc positive/negative logic –TSXDEZ12D2 – –

100–120 Vac –––TSXDEZ08A4

200–240 Vac –––TSXDEZ08A5

(1) For use with Telefast 2 wiring system

(2) Terminal block supplied with the module

Type of module Discrete outputs

Solid state Relay

Connection

By HE 10 conn. (1)

By screw terms. (2)

Module format Half Standard Half

Number of protected channels 8324832

Protection of outputs Ye s Ye s Ye s N o N o

Output voltage/current 24 Vdc/0.5 A TSXDSZ08T2K TSXDSZ08T2 TSXDSZ32T2 – – –

24 Vdc/2 A –––TSXDSZ04T22 – –

24 Vdc/1 A per channel ––––TSXDSZ08R5 –

24–240 Vac/1 A per channel –––––TSXDSZ32R5

(1) For use with Telefast 2 wiring system

(2) Terminal block supplied with the module

Type of module Discrete I/O

Connection By HE 10 connector (1) By screw terminals (2)

Module format Half Standard

Number of inputs 81632161616

Number of outputs 8 solid state 12 solid state 32 solid state 12 solid state 12 solid state 12 solid state

Protection of outputs Ye s N o

Voltage/current 24 Vdc/0.5 A TSXDMZ16DTK TSXDMZ28DTK – TSXDMZ28DT – –

output 24 Vdc/0.1 A ––TSXDMZ64DTK – – –

100–120 Vac/50 VA ––––TSXDMZ28DR TSXDMZ28AR

(1) For use with Telefast 2 wiring system

(2) Terminal block supplied with the module

Connection accessories: See the “Modicon TSX Micro automation platform” Catalog #AUTC101272123EN

Automation

6-5

PROGRAMMABLE

LOGIC CONTROL

Analog I/O modules

Type of module Analog inputs

High level with common point High level isolated

Connection By screw terminals (supplied) By screw terminals (supplied)

Number of channels 84

Resolution 11 bits + sign 12 bits 16 bits

Input signal ± 10 V, 0–10 V 0–20 mA, 4–20 mA (1)

Catalog number

TSXAEZ801 TSXAEZ802 TSXAEZ414

(1) ± 10 V, 0–10 V, 0–5 V, 1–5 V, 0–20 mA, 4–20 mA, (Type B, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U), Pt 100, Ni 1000 (2 or 4-wire), thermal probe, thermocouple

Type of module Analog outputs

With common point

Connection By screw terminals (supplied) By screw terminals (supplied)

Number of channels 42

Resolution 11 bits + sign 11 bits + sign or 12 bits

Input signal ± 10 V, 0–10 V ± 10 V, 0–20 mA, 4–20 mA

Catalog number TSXASZ401 TSXASZ200

Type of module Analog I/O Analog I/O

Integrated High level with common point

Connection By 15-way SUB-D connector (not supplied) By screw terminals (supplied)

Number of inputs 84

Number of outputs 12

Resolution 8 bits 11 bits + sign or 12 bits

I/O signal 0–10 V, 0–20 mA, 4–20 mA ± 10 V, 0–10 V, 0–20 mA, 4–20 mA

Catalog number TSX3722 (2) TSXAMZ600

(2) Catalog numbers: see pages 6-2 and 6-3, TSX3722 basic configuration

For additional information, reference Catalog #AUTC101272123EN.

6-6

PROGRAMMABLE

LOGIC CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com

Modicon TSX Micro platform

Integrated counter modules

Type of module Counting on Integrated counting on

discrete I/O module TSX 3722

Type of inputs for Sensors, limit switches Sensors, limit switches

Totem Pole incremental encoders Totem Pole incremental encoders

Frequency 500 Hz 10 kHz

Response time 8 ms 8 ms

Number of channels 2 (1) 2 (2)

Catalog number TSX37 (3) TSX3722 (3)

(1) On the first 4 inputs of the 28, 32 or 64 discrete I/O modules

(2) Plus 2 channels on the discrete I/O

(3) Catalog numbers: see pages 6-2 and 6-3, TSX37 basic configuration

Counter/position control modules

Type of module Counter Positioning

Type of inputs for 2-wire PNP sensors 24 Vdc SSI or parallel absolute encoder

Totem Pole incremental encoders 5 Vdc RS 422, 10–30 Vdc 5 Vdc, 10–30 Vdc

Frequency 40 kHz 40 kHz 500 kHz 200 or 1000 kHz

Response time 5 ms 5 ms 5 ms

Number of channels 12 1

Catalog number TSXCTZ1A TSXCTZ2A TSXCTZ2AA TSXCTZ1B

Connection accessories: See the “Modicon TSX Micro automation platform” Catalog #AUTC101272123EN

AutomationAutomation

6-7

PROGRAMMABLE

LOGIC CONTROL

Communication modules

Type of module Ethernet TCP/IP

For TSX 3710/21/22 PLCs

Speed 10/100 Mbps 10/100 Mbps

Standard services TCP/IP(Uni-TE, Modbus) TCP/IP(Uni-TE, Modbus)

Transparent Ready Global Data – –

I/O Scanning Yes Yes

TCP Open – –

Web server Standard services Yes Yes

FactoryCast services – Yes with 8 Mb of user Web pages and graphics editor

Catalog number TSXETZ410 TSXETZ510

Type of module Sensor bus, machine bus and fieldbus

AS-Interface CANopen Fipio

Name and description Half size in-rack PCMCIA card PCMCIA card

Speed 167 Kbps 20 Kbps–1 Mbps dep. on distance 1 Mbps

Catalog number TSXSAZ10 TSXCPP110 TSXFPP10

Type of module Serial links

Uni-Telway, Modbus

Name and description Integrated port PCMCIA card

Speed 19.2 Kbps 1.2–19.2 Kbps

Catalog number With interface RS 485 TSX37 (1) TSXSCP114

RS 232D –TSXSCP111

20mA CL –TSXSCP112

(1) Catalog numbers: see pages 6-2 and 6-3, TSX3705/08/10 PLCs with link integrated on TER terminal port, or TSX3721/22 PLCs with link integrated on AUX terminal port.

Type of module Other networks

Modbus Plus Fipway

Name and description PCMCIA card PCMCIA card

Speed 1 Mbps 1 Mbps

Catalog number TSXMBP100 TSXFPP20

For additional information, reference Catalog #AUTC101272123EN.

6-8

PROGRAMMABLE

LOGIC CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com

Modicon Premium platform

Processors under Unity Pro software

Type of processor TSX 5700 TSX 5710 TSX 5720

1 rack 4 racks max. 16 racks max.

Number of I/O Discrete 256 512 1024

in racks Analog 12 24 80

Integrated process control No No Yes

Application-specific channels (counter, position control, weighing) 4 8 24

Bus AS-Interface 1 2 4

CANopen 1 (included) 1 1

NTER

, Profibus DP – 1 1

Networks (Ethernet, Modbus Plus, Fipway) 1 1 1

Memory capacity Integrated 96 Kb data/prog 96 Kb data/prog 160 Kb data/prog

With PCMCIA extension 96 Kb data/128 Kb prog. 96 Kb data/224 Kb prog. 160 Kb data/768 Kb prog.

Execution time Boolean 0.50 µs 0.50 µs 0.19 µs

for one instruction On word or arithmetic 0.62 µs 0.62 µs 0.25 µs

Catalog number Without integrated port TSXP570244M (2) TSXP57104M TSXP57204M

Integrated Ethernet –TSXP571634M TSXP572634M

Integrated Fipio –TSXP57154M TSXP57254M

(1) The second value corresponds to the integrated memory capacity when the processor is equipped with a PCMCIA memor y card

(2) Also available in “ready-to-use” version, consisting of a 6-slot non-extendable rack, a power supply module, a TSXP570244 processor and a 40kHz 4-channel counter module:

TSXP57CD024M (24 Vdc) and TSXP57CA024M (100–240 Vac)

(3) PC format card on ISA bus

Processors

under PL7 software

Type of processor TSX 5710 TSX 5720

4 racks max. 16 racks max.

Number of I/O Discrete 512 1024

in racks Analog 24 80

Integrated process control No Yes

Application-specific channels (counter, position control, weighing) 8 24

Bus AS-Interface 2 4

CANopen 1 (with TSXP57103M) 1

NTER

, Profibus DP _ 1

Networks (Ethernet, Modbus Plus, Fipway) 1 1

Memory capacity Integrated 32 K words data/prog. 48 K words data/prog. (4)

With PCMCIA extension 32 K words data/64 K words prog. 32 K words data/160 K words prog.

Execution time Boolean 0.50 µs 0.19 µs

for one instruction On word or arithmetic 0.62 µs 0.25 µs

Catalog number Without integrated port TSXP57103M TSXP57203M

Integrated Ethernet –TSXP572623M

Integrated Fipio TSXP57153M TSXP57253M

Integrated Ethernet and Fipio –TSXP572823M

(4) The second value corresponds to the processor with integrated Fipio bus manager link.

(5) PC format card for PCI bus.

Automation

Launch 2nd half 2004

6-9

PROGRAMMABLE

LOGIC CONTROL

Atrium coprocessors

under Unity Pro software

TSX 5730 TSX 5740 TSX 5750 PCI 5720 PCI 5730

16 racks max. 16 racks max. 16 racks max. 16 racks max. 16 racks max.

1024 2040 2040 1024 1024

128 256 512 80 128

Ye s Ye s Ye sYesYes

32 64 64 24 32

88848

11111

34513

34524

192 Kb data/prog. 320/440 Kb (1) data/prog. 640/896 Kb (1) data/prog. 160 Kb data/prog. 224 Kb data/prog.

1792 Kb 440 Kb data/2048 Kb prog. 896 Kb data/7168 Kb prog. 160 Kb data/768 Kb prog. 224 Kb data/1792 Kb prog.

0.12 µs 0.06 µs 0.037 µs 0.19 µs 0.12 µs

0.17 µs 0.08 µs 0.045 µs 0.25 µs 0.17 µs

TSXP57304M – – TSXPCI57204M (3) –

TSXP573634M TSXP574634M TSXP575634M – –

TSXP57354M TSXP57454M TSXP57554M – TSXPCI57354M (3)

Atrium coprocessors

under PL7 software

TSX 5730 TSX 5740 PCX 5720 PCX 5730

16 racks max. 16 racks max. 16 racks max. 16 racks max.

1024 2040 1024 1024

128 256 80 128

Ye s Ye s Ye s Ye s

32 64 24 32

88 48

11 11

22 12

34 13

64/80 K words data/prog. (4) 96 K words data/prog. 48 K words data/prog. 80 K words data/prog.

32 K words data/384 K words prog. 32 K words data/512 K words prog. 32 K words data/160 K words prog. 32 K words data/384 K words prog.

0.12 µs 0.06 µs 0.19 µs 0.12 µs

0.17 µs 0.08 µs 0.25 µs 0.17 µs

TSXP57303M – TPCX57203M (5) –

TSXP573623M – – –

TSXP57353M TSXP57453M – TPCX57353M (5)

–TSXP574823M – –

For additional information, reference Catalog #8000CT0302.

6-10

PROGRAMMABLE

LOGIC CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com

Modicon Premium platform

Memory extension for Unity Pro

processors

Type of PCMCIA card Application Additional data

Technology SRAM Flash EPROM SRAM

Memory size 128 Kb TSXMRPP128K TSXMFPP128K –

224 Kb TSXMRPP224K TSXMFPP224K –

384 Kb TSXMRPP384K – –

448 Kb TSXMRPC448K (1) ––

512 Kb – TSXMCPC512K (2) –

1 Mb TSXMRPC001M (1) ––

2 Mb TSXMRPC002M (1) TSXMCPC002M (2) –

3 Mb TSXMRPC003M (1) ––

7 Mb TSXMRPC007M (1) –TSXMRPF008M

8 Mb ––TSXMRPF008M

(1) The user can reserve part of the memory space for data storage (menus, production data).

(2) These cards have an additional SRAM area for storing data (menus, production data).

Memory extension for

PL7 processors

Type of PCMCIA card Application Additional data

Technology SRAM Flash EPROM SRAM

Memory size (3) 32 K words TSXMRP032P TSXMFP032P –

32 K words/128 K words TSXMRP232P TSXMFP232P –

64 K words TSXMRP064P TSXMFP064P –

64 K words/128 K words TSXMRP264P TSXMFP264P –

128 K words TSXMRP0128P TSXMFP0128P –

128 K words/128 K words TSXMRP2128P (4) ––

256 K words TSXMRP0256P – –

256 K words/640 K words TSXMRP3256P (4) ––

384 K words/640 K words TSXMRP3384P – –

512 K words TSXMRP0512P (4) ––

2048 K words ––TSXMRPDS2048P

(3) The 1

value corresponds to the size of the application area, the second to the size of the area for data storage (menus, production data, etc).

(4) These cards have an additional SRAM area for storing application object symbols.

Automation

6-11

PROGRAMMABLE

LOGIC CONTROL

Power supply modules

(1)

Type of power supply module for Premium Atrium

(2)

Input voltage 24 Vdc 110–240 Vac 100–120/200–240 Vac 24 Vdc

Output voltage 5 Vdc/24 Vdc 5 Vdc

Total useful power 30 W 50 W 26 W 50 W 77 W 26 W

Format Standard Double Standard Double Double –

Catalog number TSXPSY1610M TSXPSY3610M TSXPSY2600M TSXPSY5500M TSXPSY8500M TSXPSI2010

(1) Process power supplies see page 3-9.

(2) Only for Unity coprocessors

Racks

Type of rack Non extendable Extendable

For configuration 1 rack Multi-rack (16 max.)

Catalog number 4 positions –TSXRKY4EX

6 positions TSXRKY6 TSXRKY6EX

8 positions TSXRKY8 TSXRKY8EX

12 positions TSXRKY12 TSXRKY12EX

Connection accessories

Type Bus X daisy chaining cable for Line terminators

extendable racks

–Set of 2

Catalog number – TSXTLYEX

L = 1 m (3.3 ft) TSXCBY010K –

L = 3 m (9.8 ft) TSXCBY030K –

L = 5 m (16.4 ft) TSXCBY050K –

L = 12 m (39.4 ft) TSXCBY120K –

L = 18 m (59.1 ft) TSXCBY180K –

L = 28 m (91.9 ft) TSXCBY280K –

L = 38 m (124.7 ft) TSXCBY380K –

L = 50 m (164 ft) TSXCBY500K –

L = 72 m (236.2 ft) TSXCBY720K –

L = 100 m (328.1 ft) TSXCBY1000K –

For additional information, reference Catalog #8000CT0302.

6-12

PROGRAMMABLE

LOGIC CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com

Modicon Premium platform

Discrete I/O modules

Type of module Discrete inputs

Connection By screw terminals TSXBLY01 (1) By HE 10 connector (2)

Number of isolated channels 81616 (3) 32 64

Input voltage 24 Vdc TSXDEY08D2 TSXDEY16D2 TSXDEY16FK TSXDEY32D2K TSXDEY64D2K

48 Vdc – TSXDEY16D3 – TSXDEY32D3K –

24 Vac – TSXDEY16A2 (4) –––

48 Vac –TSXDEY16A3 – – –

100–120 Vac –TSXDEY16A4 – – –

200–240 Vac –TSXDEY16A5 – – –

(1) Terminal block to be ordered separately

(2) For use with Telefast 2 wiring system

(3) Module with high-speed isolated inputs (filtering from 0.1 to 7.5 ms) able to activate the event-triggered task

(4) Module also compatible with 24 Vdc negative logic

Type of module Discrete outputs

Solid state Relay Triac

Connection

By screw terminals TSXBLY01 (1)

By HE10 conn. (2) By screw terminals TSXBLY01 (1)

Number of protected channels 81632648816

Output voltage/current 24 Vdc/0.5 A

TSXDSY08T2 TSXDSY16T2

–––––

24 Vdc/2 A

TSXDSY08T22

––––––

24 Vdc/0.1 A ––

TSXDSY32T2K TSXDSY64T2K

–––

48 Vdc/1 A

TSXDSY08T31

––––––

48 Vdc/0.25 A –

TSXDSY16T3

–––––

24ø–48 Vdc; 24–240 Vac/5 A –––

–TSXDSY08R5A

––

24–120 Vdc/5 A –––

–TSXDSY08R4D

––

48–240 Vac/1 A per channel ––––––

TSXDSY16S5

48–40 Vac/2 A per channel –––––

TSXDSY08S5

–

(1) Terminal block to be ordered separately

(2) For use with Telefast 2 wiring system

Type of module Discrete I/O

Connection By HE 10 connector (2)

Number of inputs 16 high-speed

Number of protected outputs 12 solid state 12 reflex or timed

Output voltage/current 24 Vdc/0.5 A TSXDMY28FK TSXDMY28RFK

(2) For use with Telefast 2 wiring system

Connection accessories: See the “Modicon Premium automation platform” Catalog #8000CT0302.

Automation

6-13

PROGRAMMABLE

LOGIC CONTROL

Analog I/O modules

Type of module Analog input

High level with common point

High level isolated

Low level isolated

Connection By 25-way SUB-D connector

By terminal block (1)

Number of channels 4 high-speed 8 16 8 16 4

Resolution 16 bits 12 bits 16 bits 16 bits 16 bits

Catalog number High level input (2) TSXAEY420 TSXAEY800 TSYAEY1600 TSXAEY810 – –

Multi-range

––––TSXAEY1614 (3) TSXAEY414 (4)

(1) Screw terminals TSXBLY01 to be ordered separately

(2) ± 10 V, 0–10 V, 0–5 V, 1–5 V, 0–20 mA, 4–20 mA

(3) ± 63 mV thermocouple (B, E, J, K, L, N, R, S, T, U)

(4) ± 10 V, ± 5 V, 0–10 V, 0–5 V, 1–5 V, 0–20 mA, 4–20 mA, -13–+63 mV, 0–400 W, 0–3850 W, thermal probe, thermocouple

Type of module Analog output

Isolated With common point

Connection By screw terminals TSXBLY01 (5) By 25-way SUB-D connector

Number of channels 48

Resolution 11 bits + sign 13 bits + sign

Catalog number Input signal (6) TSXASY410 TSXASY800

(5) Terminal block to be ordered separately

(6) ± 10 V, 0–10 V, 0–20 mA, 4–20 mA.

Connection accessories: See the “Modicon Premium automation platform” Catalog #8000CT0302.

For additional information, reference Catalog #8000CT0302.

6-14

PROGRAMMABLE

LOGIC CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com

Modicon Premium platform

Counter modules

Type of module Counter

Counter/measurement

Electronic cam

Type of inputs for Sensors (1) Sensors (1) Incremental encoders (2)

Incremental encoders (2) Encoders (2)(3) Absolute encoders (4)

Counting 40 kHz 500 kHz/200 kHz (4)

Cycle time 5 ms 10 ms 1 ms –

Number of channels 242128 cams

Number of axes –––1

Catalog number TSXCTY2A TSXCTY4A TSXCTY2C TSXCCY1128

(1) For 2/3-wire PNP/NPN 24 Vdc sensors

(2) For 5 Vdc RS422, 10–30 Vdc Totem Pole incremental encoders

(3) For SSI serial or parallel output absolute encoders

(4) For RS485 serial or parallel output absolute encoders

Motion control modules

Type of module Stepper Servomotors

(asynchronous/brushless) (brushless)

Control outputs RS422 +/- 10V SERCOS

Compatible with ranges Twin Line Altivar, Twin Line, Lexium Lexium

Functions (5) – Linear axes Infinite axes Linear or infinite axes

–Linear interpolation

Follower axes – Follower axes

Number of axes 224238 (6)

Catalog number TSXCFY21 TSXCAY21 TSXCAY41 TSXCAY22 TSXCAY33 TSXCSY84

(5) Other functions: See the “Modicon Premium automation platform” Catalog #8000CT0302.

(6) 8 real axes, 4 imaginary axes, 4 external setpoints/A 16-axis module is also available (real axes, imaginary axes or external setpoints) TSXCSY164

Weighing modules

Type of module ISP Plus

supplied uncalibrated supplied calibrated and offer

Load cell inputs 50 measurements (for 1 to 8 load cells)

Outputs 2 discrete and 1 RS 485 for display unit

Catalog number Without display unit TSXISPY101 (7)

With display unit TSXXBTH100 TSXISPY111 (7)

(7) Please consult your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office.

Connection accessories: See the “Modicon Premium automation platform” Catalog #8000CT0302.

Automation

6-15

PROGRAMMABLE

LOGIC CONTROL

Communication modules

Type of module Ethernet TCP/IP

Speed 10 Mbps 10/100 Mbps

Standard services Ethway, TCP/IP (Uni-TE, Modbus) TCP/IP (Uni-TE, Modbus)

Transparent Ready Global Data – – Yes Yes Yes –

I/O Scanning – – Yes Yes Yes –

TCP Open – Yes – – Yes –

Web server Standard services – Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

FactoryCast services – Yes – – Yes –

FactoryCast HMI services – – – – – Yes

Catalog number TSXETY110 TSXETY110WS TSXP57 (1) TSXETY4103 TSXETY5103 TSXWMY100

(1) Catalog numbers: see pages 6-8 and 6-9, Premium processors with integrated Ethernet TCP/IP port

Type of module Sensor bus, machine bus and fieldbus

AS-Interface CANopen Fipio I

NTER

Profibus DP

Name and description In-rack PCMCIA Integrated port In-rack In-rack

Speed 167 Kbps 20 K–1 Mbps 1 Mbps 0.5 Mbps 9.6 K–12 Mbps

Catalog number TSXSAY1000 TSXCPP110 TSXP57 (2) TSXIBY100 TSXPBY100

(2) Catalog numbers: see pages 6-8 and 6-9, Premium processors with integrated Fipio port

Type of module Serial links

Uni-Telway Modbus ASCII

Name and description Integrated port In-rack PCMCIA In-rack PCMCIA PCMCIA

Speed 19.2 Kbps 19.2 Kbps 1.2–19.2 Kbps 19.2 Kbps 1.2–19.2 Kbps 1.2–19.2 Kbps

Catalog number With interface RS 485 TSXP57 (1) TSXSCY21601 TSXSCP114 TSXSCY11601 TSXSCP114 TSXSCP114

RS 232D ––TSXSCP111 – TSXSCP111 TSXSCP111

20mA CL ––TSXSCP112 – TSXSCP112 TSXSCP112

(1) Catalog numbers: see pages 6-8 and 6-9, Premium processors with integrated Ethernet TCP/IP port

Type of module Other networks

Modbus Plus Fipway

Name and description PCMCIA card PCMCIA card

Speed 1 Mbps 1 Mbps

Catalog number TSXMBP100 TSXFPP20

For additional information, reference Catalog #8000CT0302.

6-16

PROGRAMMABLE

LOGIC CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com

Modicon Quantum platform

Processors

Type of processor Basic processor

Max. number of Local Unlimited (27 slots max.)

discrete I/O (1) Remote/distributed 31744 inputs (RIO)/8000 inputs (DIO) and 31744 outputs (RIO)/8000 outputs (DIO)

Max. number of Local Unlimited (27 slots max.)

analog I/O (1) Remote/distributed 1984 inputs (RIO)/500 inputs (DIO) and 1984 outputs (RIO)/500 outputs (DIO)

Type of application-specific I/O Intrinsically safe I/O, counter, motion control, high-speed interrupt inputs,

time-stamp, serial link, AS-Interface sensor/actuator bus

Communication ports (2) Integrated Modbus 1 RS 232 2 RS 232/RS 485

Modbus Plus 1 integrated, 2 in local rack

Ethernet TCP/IP 2 in local rack

Fieldbus I

NTER

/Profibus DP: 2 in local rack Profibus DP: 2 in local rack

Memory capacity Integrated 256 Kb 512 Kb 2 Mb

With PCMCIA extension _ _

Data storage _ _

Catalog number Unity Pro ––140CPU31110

Concept/ProWORX 140CPU11302 140CPU11303 –

(1) The maximum values for the number of discrete or analog I/O are not cumulative

(2) The numbers of communication modules are not cumulative, 2 or 6 in local rack, depending on model

(3) Processor compatible with Unity Pro software after updating its firmware (via OS-Loader included in Unity Pro)

Power supply modules

(4)

Type Quantum power supply

Input voltage 24 Vdc 48–60 Vdc 100–150 Vdc 120–230 Vac 115/230 Vac

Output current 8 A/3 A (5) 8 A 8 A/3 A (5) 8 A/3 A (5) 11 A

Catalog number Type Standalone (4) 140CPS21100 – 140CPS51100 140CPS11100 –

Summable 140CPS21400 140CPS41400 – – 140CPS11420

Redundant 140CPS22400 140CPS42400 140CPS52400 140CPS12400 140CPS12420

(4) Process power supplies see page 3-9.

(5) The output current for the standalone power supply modules is 3 A

PCMCIA memory extension

Type of PCMCIA card Application storage Data file storage

for Unity processors 140CPU65/67

Technology SRAM Flash EPROM SRAM

Memory size 512 Kb/512 Kb (6) –TSXMCPC512K –

1 Mb (7) TSXMRPC001M – –

2 Mb (7) TSXMRPC002M – –

2 Mb/1 Mb (6) –TSXMCPC002M –

3 Mb (7) TSXMRPC003M – –

4 Mb ––TSXMRPF004M

7 Mb (7) TSXMRPC007M – –

8 Mb ––TSXMRPF008M

(6) The 1

value corresponds to the size of the application area, the second to the size of the additional data area for storing data (menus, production data, etc)

(7) By configuration the user can reserve part of the memory space for data storage (menus, production data, etc)

Automation

6-17

PROGRAMMABLE

LOGIC CONTROL

Basic processor/ Advanced processors Hot Standby

moderate applications redundant applications

Unlimited (27 slots max.) Unlimited (26 slots max.)

31744 inputs (RIO)/8000 inputs (DIO) and 31744 outputs (RIO)/8000 outputs (DIO)

Unlimited (27 slots max.)

1984 inputs (RIO)/500 inputs (DIO) and 1984 outputs (RIO)/500 outputs (DIO)

Intrinsically safe I/O, counter, motion control, high-speed interrupt inputs, time-stamp, serial link, AS-Interface sensor/actuator bus

2 RS 232 1 RS 232/485

1 integrated, 6 in local rack

6 in local rack 1 integrated, 6 in local rack 6 in local rack

NTER

/Profibus DP: 6 in local rack Profibus DP: 6 in local rack

2 Mb 4 Mb 2 Mb

_7 Mb

_8 Mb

140CPU43412U 140CPU53414U 140CPU65150 140CPU65160 140CPU67160

140CPU43412A (3) 140CPU53414A (3) –––

Backplanes

Type Backplane Backplane extension

(1)

Catalog number – 140XBE10000

Numbers 2 slots 140XBP00200 –

of slots 3 slots 140XBP00300 –

4 slots 140XBP00400 –

6 slots 140XBP00600 –

10 slots 140XBP01000 –

16 slots 140XBP01600 –

(1) Local extension module, to be placed in main rack and secondary rack

Connection accessories

(2)

Type Cable for extension racks (main and secondary)

Catalog number L = 1 m (3.3 ft) 140XCA71703

L = 2 m (6.6 ft) 140XCA71706

L = 3 m (9.8 ft) 140XCA71709

(2) Other accessories: See the “Modicon Quantum automation platform” Catalog #8000CT0301.

For additional information, reference Catalog #8000CT0301.

6-18

PROGRAMMABLE

LOGIC CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com

Modicon Quantum platform

Discrete I/O modules

Type of module Discrete inputs

Connection By screw terminals 140XTS00200 (to be ordered separately)

Number of isolated channels 16 4 groups of 8 3 groups of 8 2 groups of 8 6 groups of 16 8 groups of 2

Input voltage 5 Vdc TTL (negative logic) – 140DDI15310 ––––

24 Vdc – 140DDI35300

(1)

––140DDI36400 –

10–60 Vdc – 140DDI85300 –––140DDI84100

20–30 Vdc – 140DSI35300

(1)

––––

125 Vdc – – 140DDI67300 –––

24 Vac 140DAI34000 140DAI35300 ––––

48 Vac 140DAI44000 140DAI45300 ––––

115 Vac 140DAI54000 140DAI55300 –140DAI54300 ––

230 Vac 140DAI74000 140DAI75300 ––––

(1) For negative logic, replace 00 at the end of the catalog number with 10, for example 140DDI35300 becomes 140DDI35310.

Type of module Discrete outputs

Solid state

Connection By screw terminals 140XTS00200 (to be ordered separately)

Number of protected channels 16 4 groups of 8 4 groups of 4 2 groups of 8 6 groups of 16 2 groups of 6

Output voltage/current 5 Vdc TTL/0.075 A (2) –

140DDO15310

––––

24 Vdc/0.5 A –

140DDO35301(1)

––––

10–30 Vdc/0.5 A (3) – 140DVO85300 ––––

19.2–30 Vdc/0.5 A – – – – 140DDO36400 –

10–60 Vdc/2 A – – – 140DDO84300 ––

24–125 Vdc/0.75 A – – – – – 140DDO88500

24–48 Vac/4 A – – 140DAO84220 –––

24–115 Vac/4 A

140DAO84010

–––––

24–230 Vac/ 4-3 A

140DAO84000

140DAO85300 ––––

100–230 Vac/4-3 A – – 140DAO84210 –––

(1) For negative logic, replace 01 at the end of the Catalog number with 10, for example 140DDO35301 becomes 140DDO35310.

(2) Negative logic

(3) Controlled outputs

Type of module Discrete I/O Discrete outputs

Solid state Relay

Connection By screw terminals 140XTS00200 (to be ordered separately) –

Number of I/O In 2 groups of 8 1 group of 4 – –

Out 2 groups of 4 4 isolated 16 N.O. 8 N.O./8 N.C.

Input voltage 24 Vdc 125 Vac 125 Vdc – –

Output voltage/current 30 Vdc/15 A 125 Vac/4 A 125 Vdc/4 A

150 Vdc or 250 Vac/2 A 150 Vdc or 250 Vac/5 A

Catalog number 140DDM39000 140DAM59000 140DDM69000 140DRA84000 140DRC83000

Connection accessories: See the “Modicon Quantum automation platform” Catalog #8000CT0301.

Automation

6-19

PROGRAMMABLE

LOGIC CONTROL

Analog I/O modules

Type of module Analog inputs

Connection By screw terminals 140XTS00200 (to be ordered separately)

Number of channels 8168

Input signal 4–20 mA 0–25/20 mA (1) RTD Thermocouple

1–5 V 4–20 mA Pt, Ni (2)

Resolution 12 bits 0–25000 points up to 16 bits 12 bits + sign 16 bits

Catalog number 140ACI03000 140ACI04000 140AVI03000 140ARI03010 140ATI03000

(1) 0–25 mA, ± 20 mA, 4–20 mA, 0–10 V, ± 10 V, 0–5 V, ± 5 V, 1–5 V.

(2) Type B, E, J, K, R, S, T, mV

Type of module Analog output

Connection By screw terminals 140XTS00200 (to be ordered separately)

Number of channels 484

Input signal 4–20 mA 0–25/20 mA 0–10 V, ± 10 V

4–20 mA 0–5 V, ± 5 V

Resolution 12 bits 0–25000 points 12 bits

Catalog number 140ACO02000 140ACO13000 140AVO02000

Type of module Analog I/O

Connection By screw terminals 140XTS00200 (to be ordered separately)

Number of inputs 4

Number of outputs 2

Input signal 0–20 mA, ± 20 mA, 4–20 mA, 0–10 V, ± 10 V, 0–5 V, ± 5 V, 1–5 V.

Resolution Inputs 16 bits, outputs 12 bits

Catalog number 140AMM09000

For additional information, reference Catalog #8000CT0301.

6-20

PROGRAMMABLE

LOGIC CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com

Modicon Quantum platform

Intrinsically safe I/O modules

Type of module I/O

Discrete Analog

Connection By screw terminal 140XTS33200 (to be ordered separately)

Number of inputs 8–8 –

Number of outputs –8– 8

Input signal 8 Vac no load 45 mA@11 Vdc RTD 0–25/20 mA 0–25/20 mA

max. per point Thermocouple (1) 4–20 mA 4–20 mA

4–200 mA

Resolution ––12 bits + sign 0–25000 points 15 bits

Catalog number 140DII33000 140DIO33000 140AII33000 140AII33010 140AIO33000

(1) Type J, K, E, T, S, R, B, mV

Counter and special purpose modules

Type of module High-speed counter

High-speed inputs

Time-stamp system

with interrupt

Type of inputs for Incremental Incremental or Discrete 24 Vdc (2) DCF 77 Discrete

counters quadrature 24 Vdc (3) 24–125 Vdc

Counting frequency 100 kHz 500 kHz – –

Number of channels 5216132

Catalog number 140EHC10500 140EHC20200 140HLI34000 140DCF07700 140ERT85410

(2) 3 operating modes: Interrupt, latch, high-speed inputs, on rising or falling edge.

(3) For GPS or DCF time receiver

Motion control modules

Type of module Servomotor

Single axis Multi-axis

Control outputs RS 422 incremental encoder SERCOS digital link

Compatible with the ranges Lexium Lexium

Functions Master/slave position capture Point synchronization, length measurement, count probe,

Synchronization of master/slave axes

motion on probe input, capture catalog number,

Torque control Rotary blade

Number of axes 1 real, 1 remote With MMFStart programming kit (4)

Processor –66 MHz 133 MHz

Catalog number 140MSB10100 140MMS42501 140MMS53502

(4) 8 real axes, 4 imaginary axes, 4 remote axes, 4 coordinate sets, 4 follower sets, cam profiles

Connection accessories: See the “Modicon Quantum automation platform” Catalog #8000CT0301.

Automation

6-21

PROGRAMMABLE

LOGIC CONTROL

Communication modules

Type of module Ethernet TCP/IP

Speed

10/100 Mbps

Standard services TCP/IP(Modbus)

Transparent Ready Global Data Yes – – Yes Yes –

I/O Scanning Yes Yes – Yes Yes –

FDR server Yes – – Yes Yes –

SNMP protocol Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Web server Standard services Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

FactoryCast services – – Yes – Yes Yes

FactoryCast HMI services – – – – – Yes

Catalog number 140CPU651 (1) 140NOE77100 140NOE77110 140NOE77101 140NOE77111 140NWM10000

(1) Catalog numbers: see pages 6-16 and 6-17, Quantum processors with integrated Ethernet TCP/IP

Type of module Sensor bus, machine bus and fieldbus

Modbus Plus AS-Interface

Name and description Integrated link AS-I version 1.0

Speed 1 Mbps 167 Kbps

Catalog number 140CPU (2) 140EIA92100

(2) Catalog numbers: see pages 6-16 and 6-17, Quantum processors with integrated Modbus Plus

Type of module Serial link

Modbus ASCII

Name and description Integrated link In-rack

Speed 19.2 Kbps 19.2 Kbps

Catalog number 140CPU (3) (4) 140ESI06210

(3) Catalog numbers: see pages 6-16 and 6-17, Quantum processors with integrated Modbus

(4) RS 232/RS 485 on 140CPU651xx and 140CPU67160 processors and RS 232 on 140CPU31110, 140CPU43412A, 140CPU53414A processors.

For additional information, reference Catalog #8000CT0301.

6-22

PROGRAMMABLE

LOGIC CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com

Unity software

For Modicon Premium, Atrium and Quantum PLCs

Type of software Unity Pro Large (L) Unity Pro X Large (XL)

Compatibility Premium, Atrium, Quantum

Type of license Single (1 station)

Catalog number UNYSPULFUCD10 UNYSPUEFUCD10

Other characteristics: See the “Premium and Quantum automation platform” Catalog

Unity Pro programming software to increase productivity

Unity Pro is the common programming, debugging and operating software for the Modicon

Premium, Atrium and Quantum ranges of PLCs. It is based on the standards set by PL7 and

Concept software and provides a comprehensive set of new functions for greater productivity

and openness to other software.

The five IEC61131-3 languages are supported as standard in Unity Pro with all the

debugging functions, on the simulator or directly online with the PLC.

Thanks to independent symbolic memory variables, structured data and user function blocks,

the application objects directly reflect the application-specific components of the automated

process.

Using graphic libraries, the Unity Pro operator screens are configured in the application by

the user. Operator access is simple and direct.

Debugging and maintenance are made simple by animated graphic objects.

For diagnostics, a display window provides a clear display in chronological order (time-

stamped at source) of all system and application faults. The navigation function for finding

the causes of faults traces missing conditions back to the source.

The standard XML Web format for exchanging data has been adopted as the source format

for Unity applications. All or part of the application can be exchanged with other software in

the project simply using the Import/Export function.

The converters integrated in Unity Pro automatically convert IEC 61131-3 PL7 and Concept

standards and applications.

Specialist tools

Unity Studio has been designed to manage multi-application projects. Unity Studio is a

genuine software suite incorporating Unity Pro, Power Suite for drives and motor starters,

XBT-L1000 for HMI and OFS for real-time communication. It provides every application

expert with an engineering platform that is open to his own development methodology.

Based on the Microsoft Visio editor for describing the application, Unity Studio can be used

in particular for synchronizing applications on Ethernet.

For batch/process applications, Unity Application Generator (UAG) is the design and

generation tool for PLC and HMI integration. Based on a re-usable object approach (PID,

motor, valve, etc) in accordance with standard ISA S88, UAG generates the PLC code and

the elements required for the HMI system. Single entry of data ensures speed and

consistency between the two systems.

Unity Developer’s Edition (UDE) gives VBA, VB or C++ developers access to all

the Unity Pro and Unity Studio object servers. In particular, it can be used for developing

made-to-measure solutions such as the creation of interfaces with an electrical CAD

system, a variables generator or PLC programs.

For additional information on Modicon Premium, reference Catalog #8000CT0302. For additional information on Modicon Quantum, reference Catalog #8000CT0301.

Automation

6-23

PROGRAMMABLE

LOGIC CONTROL

Programming software

For Modicon TSX Micro, Premium

and Atrium

PL7 is the common programming, debugging and operating software for the TSX Micro and Premium

ranges of PLCs as well as Atrium coprocessors (see pages 6-2, 6-8 and 6-16).

PL7 offers 4 IEC languages: Instruction List (IL), Ladder Diagram (LD), Structured Text (ST) and

Sequential Function Chart (SFC). You can use the most suitable language for each function in your

application, making use of the multi-tasking structure of the processors.

For using application-specific functions, PL7 directly integrates the application-specific screens

required for configuration and adjustment as well as supervisory and diagnostics activities.

Type of software PL7 Micro for TSX Micro platform

Type of license version 4.4 Single (1 station) Single with SyCon V2.8 Group (3 stations) Open Team (10 stations)

Catalog number Software package (1) TLXCDPL7MPPU44M TLXCDPL7MPPC44M TLXCD3PL7MPPU44M TLXOTPL7MP44M

Update (2) TLXRCDPL7MP44M TLXRCDPL7MPC44M TLXRCD3PL7MP44M –

PL7 Junior for TSX Micro/Premium and Atrium coprocessor platforms

Type of license version 4.4 Single (1 station) Group (3 stations)

Catalog number Software package (1) TLXCDPL7JPU44M TLXCD3PL7JPU44M

Update (2) TLXRCDPL7JP44M TLXRC3DPL7JP44M

Upgrade (3) TLXUCDPL7JP44M TLXUCD3PL7JP44M

PL7 Pro for TSX Micro/Premium and Atrium coprocessor platforms

Type of license version 4.4 Single (1 station) Group (3 stations) Open Team (10 stations) Open Site

Catalog number Software package (1) TLXCDPL7PPU44M TLXCD3PL7PPU44M TLXOTPL7PP44M TLXOSPL7PP44M

Update (2) TLXRCDPL7PP44M TLXRCD3PL7PP44M – –

Upgrade (3) TLXUCDPL7PP44M TLXUCD3PL7PP44M – –

(1) PU at the end of the catalog number: software package supplied with cable for USB port on PC, replace with P for cable for RS 232C port on PC.

(2) From the previous software version. (3) From lower level, earlier version software.

For Modicon Quantum/Momentum/Compact

Concept is the powerful IEC programming software for the Momentum, Compact and Quantum range of

PLCs. It provides advanced Microsoft Windows based tools that deliver a multi-language development

environment for control system programming.

Uses familiar, standardized editors, bundled in a single application to create and integrate PLC control,

communication and diagnostic logic.

Five IEC editors give users the freedom to choose the programming language that fits their application

requirements: Function Block Diagram (FBD), Ladder Diagram (LD), Sequential Function Chart (SFC),

Structured Text (ST) and Instruction List (IL).

Type of software Concept for Quantum/Momentum platforms

Type of license version 2.6 Single (1 station) Group (3 stations) 10 users (10 stations) Site

Software catalog numbers Concept S 372SPU47101V26 – – –

Concept M 372SPU47201V26 – – –

Concept XL 372SPU47401V26 372SPU47411V26 372SPU47421V26 372SPU47431V26

Update catalog numbers Concept S (3) 372ESS47101 – – –

Concept M (3) 372ESS47201 – – –

Concept XL (3) 372ESS47401 372ESS47403 372ESS47410 372ESS47400

(3) From an earlier software version.

ProWORX 32 is the flexible, easy-to-use cross-platform LL984-programming software for Modicon range

PLCs. It gives you the power to program your Modicon controllers online or offline, manage your I/O

subsystems, and analyze your plant’s activity in real-time, all in a familiar Windows environment.

ProWORX 32 provides client/server capabilities to organize user-groups and -rights, store projects at a

central location and realize office-plant floor bridging.

The project emulator provides the ability to test projects prior to running them in the PLC run-time

environment to ensure your system will run at peak efficiency.

Type of software ProWORX for Quantum/Momentum platforms

Type of license version 1.1 Single (1 station) Group (3 stations) Multi-user (10 stations) Site

Software catalog numbers ProWORX 32 Server 372SPU78001PSEV – – –

ProWORX 32 Suite 372SPU78001PSSV – – –

ProWORX 32 Client, Full Dev. 372SPU78001PDEV 372SPU78001PSTH 372SPU78001PSTE 372SPU78001SITE

ProWORX 32 Online 372SPU78101PONL – – –

ProWORX 32 Lite 372SPU71001PLDV 372SPU71001PLTH 372SPU71001PLTE –

Upgrade to ProWORX 32 catalog numbers (4) 372SPU78401LPUP 372SPU78401LPTH 372SPU78401LPTE –

(4) Only possible for customers, who are “up-to-date” with CSP (continuing support program)

For additional information on Modicon Premium, reference Catalog #8000CT0302. For additional information on Modicon Quantum, reference Catalog #8000CT0301

6-24

PROGRAMMABLE

LOGIC CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com

Modicon Momentum distributed I/O

Discrete I/O modules

Type of module Multibus discrete inputs

Connection By screw terminals 170XTS00100 or spring terminals 170XTS00200 (to be ordered separately)

Input voltage 24 Vdc 120 Vac 230 Vac

Number of channels 16 (1 common point) 32 (2 common points) 16 (2 common points)

Catalog number 170ADI34000 170ADI35000 170ADI54050 170ADI74050

Type of module Multibus discrete outputs

Solid state Triac

Connection By screw terminals 170XTS00100 or spring terminals 170XTS00200 (to be ordered separately)

Output voltage 24 Vdc 120 Vac 230 Vac

Number of protected channels 16 32 8 16 8 16

(2 common pt) (2 common pts) (2 common pts) (2 common pts) (2 common pts) (2 common pts)

Output current Per channel 0.5 A 0.5 A 2 A 0.5 A 2 A 0.5 A

Per group of channels 4 A 8 A 4 A 4 A 4 A 4 A

Per module 8 A 16 A 8 A 8 A 8 A 8 A

Catalog number 170ADO34000 170ADO35000 170ADO53050 170ADO54050 170ADO73050 170ADO74050

Type of module Multibus discrete I/O

Solid state Relay Triac

Connection By screw terminals 170XTS00100 or spring terminals 170XTS00200 (to be ordered separately)

Number of channels Inputs 16 (1 common pt)

16 (4 com. pts.) 16 (1 com. pt.)

10 (1 common point)

Input logic Positive (1) Negative Positive –

Outputs 16 (2 common points)

8 (2 common pts)

12 (1x8, 1x4) 8 (2 common pts)

8 (1 common pt)

Input voltage 24 Vdc 120 Vac

Output voltage 24 Vdc 24–230 Vac/20–115 Vdc 120 Vac

Output current Per output 0.5 A 2 A 0.5 A 2 A 0.5 A

Per group of channels 4 A 4 A 4/2 A 8 A 4 A

Per module 8 A 16 A 6 A 16 A 4 A

Catalog number

170ADM35010 170ADM35015 170ADM37010 170ADM39010 170ADM39030 170ARM37030 170ADM69051

(1) For a version with high-speed positive logic, replace the 0 at the end of the catalog number with 1. E.g. 170ADM35010 becomes 170ADM35011

Connection accessories: See the “Modicon Momentum automation platform” Catalog #AUTC101272123EN.

Automation

6-25

PROGRAMMABLE

LOGIC CONTROL

Analog I/O modules

Type of module Multibus analog inputs

Connection By screw terminals 170XTS00100 or spring terminals 170XTS00200 (to be ordered separately)

Number of channels 8 isolated 16 with common point 4 isolated

Input signal ± 5 V, ± 10 V, ± 20 mA, ± 5 V, ± 10 V, 4–20 mA Multi-range ± 25 mV, ± 10 mV

1–5 V, 4–20 mA (1)

Resolution 14 bits + sign, 15 bits unipolar 12 bits + sign 15 bits + sign

Catalog number 170AAI03000 170AAI14000 170AAI52040

(1) Temperature probe: Pt 100, Pt 1000, Ni 100, Ni 1000, Thermocouple: B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T.

Type of module Multibus analog outputs Analog I/O and

multibus discrete I/O

Connection By screw terminals 140XTS00200 (to be ordered separately)

Number of channels Inputs –

4 differential + 4 discrete

6 with com pt + 8 discrete (24 Vdc)

Outputs 4

2 + 2 discrete (24Vdc)

4 with com pt + 8 discrete (24 Vdc)

Input signal ± 10 V, 0–20 mA ± 10 V, 4–20 mA

± 5 V, ± 10 V, ± 20 mA,

0–10 V ± 10 V

1–5 V, 4–20 mA

Output signal –± 10 V, 4–20 mA 0–10 V ± 10 V

Resolution 12 bits + sign

12–14 bits dep. on signal

14 bits 14 bits

Catalog number 170AAO12000 170AAO92100 170AMM09000 170ANR12090 170ANR12091

Application-specific I/O modules

Type of module High-speed counter Discrete I/O

with Modbus port

Type of inputs for Incremental or absolute encoders RS 485 Modbus port

Operating voltage 24 Vdc 120 Vac

Counting frequency 200 kHz –

Number of channels 2 independent –

Number of discrete I/O 2 x 3 inputs/2 x 2 outputs 6 inputs/3 outputs

Catalog number 170AEC92000 170ADM54080

For additional information, reference Catalog #AUTC101272123EN.

6-26

PROGRAMMABLE

LOGIC CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com

Modicon Momentum distributed I/O

Communication modules

Type of module Ethernet Sensor bus, machine bus and fieldbus

TCP/IP Fipio I

NTER

(1)

Profibus DP

Speed 10 Mbps 10/100 Mbps 1 Mbps 0.5 Mbps 9.6 K–12 Mbps

Manager PLC –Premium - -

Redundancy No No No No

Standard services Modbus TCP/IP – – –

Catalog number 170ENT11002 170ENT11001 170FNT11001 170INT11000 (1) 170DNT11000

(1) Generation 4, twisted pair medium, with optical fiber catalog number: 170INT12000

Type of module Other networks

Modbus Plus DeviceNet

Speed 1 Mbps 0.5 Mbps

Manager PLC Premium or Quantum Quantum –

Redundancy No Yes No

Standard services –––

Catalog number 170PNT11020 70PNT16020 170LNT71000

Optional modules

Type of module Modbus Plus Asynchronous serial link

Communication ports 1 Modbus Plus 2 redundant Modbus Plus 1 RS 232/RS 485 Modbus

Real-time clock Integrated, ± 13 sec/day accuracy

Connection By 9-way SUB-D connector

Catalog number 172PNN21022 172PNN26022 172JNN21032

Connection accessories

Type RS 232C communication cable

Length 1 m (3.3') 3 m (9.8') 6 m (19.7')

Catalog number 110XCA28201 110XCA28202 110XCA28203

Other connection accessories: See the “Modicon Momentum automation platform” Catalog #AUTC101272123EN.

Automation

6-27

PROGRAMMABLE

LOGIC CONTROL

Processors

Type of processor M1

Number of I/O Discrete 2048 I/O 2048 I/2048 Q 8192 I/O

Registers 2048 words 4096 words 26048 words

Integrated communication ports

Modbus 1 RS 232C

1 RS 232C + 1 RS 485

1 RS 232C

1 RS 232C + 1 RS 485

Ethernet TCP/IP –

I/O bus (1) – 1 I/O port –

Transparent Ready Embedded Web server –

Memory capacity RAM 64 Kb 256 Kb 512 Kb

Flash 256 Kb 256 Kb 512 Kb

User, 984 LL language (2) 2.4 K 12 K 18 K

User, IEC language (3) – 160 K 240 K

Data 2 K 4 K 24 K

Cycle time 1 ms/K 0.63 ms/K 1 ms/K 0.63 ms/K 1 ms/K

Catalog number 171CCS70000 171CCS70010 171CCS78000 171CCS76000 171CCC78010

(1) I/O bus derived from I

NTER

bus.

(2) ProWORX 32 or Concept programming software.

(3) Concept programming software.

Type of processor M1 M1E

Number of I/O Discrete 8192 I/O

Registers 26048 words

Integrated communication ports

Modbus 1 RS 232C 1 RS 485 –

Ethernet TCP/IP – 1 integrated Ethernet port

I/O bus (1) 1 I/O port – 1 I/O port

Transparent Ready Embedded Web server – Standard services

Memory capacity RAM 512 Kb 544 Kb

Flash 512 Kb 1 Mb 512 Kb 1 Mb

User, 984 LL language (2) 18 K

User, IEC language (3) 240 K – 200 K – 200 K

Data 24 K

Cycle time 1 ms/K 0.3 ms/K

Catalog number 171CCC76010 171CCC98020 171CCC98030 171CCC96020 171CCC96030

Power supply module

(4)

Type of power supply module for Momentum processors

Input voltage 120 or 230 Vac (selected by jumper)

Output voltage 24 Vdc

Output current 0.7 A

Catalog number 170CPS11100

(4) Process power supplies see page 3-9.

For additional information, reference Catalog #AUTC101272123EN.

6-28

PROGRAMMABLE

LOGIC CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com

Modicon Compact 984

Processors

Automation

Type of processor 80386 32 bit

Number of I/O 512 words 1024 words 512 words 512 words

(256 in/256 out) (512 in/512 out) (256 in/256 out) (256 in/256 out)

Integrated communication ports Modbus 222–

Modbus Plus 11–1

PCMCIA II slot 11––

Memory capacity RAM 512 Kb 1 Mb 512 Kb 512 Kb

Flash 1 Mb 1 Mb 1 Mb 1 Mb

User, 984 LL language (1) 16 K words 32 K words 16 K words 8 K words

User, IEC language (2) 220 Kb 620 Kb 220 Kb 220 Kb

Data 48 K words 96 K words 48 K words 24 K words

Cycle time 1 Kbit instructions 0.36 ms

Catalog number Standard PCE984275 PCE984285 PCE984258 PCE984265

With conformal coating PCE984275C PCE984285C PCE984258C PCE984265C

Railroad standard EN50.155 ––PCE984258R –

(1) ProWORX 32 or Concept programming software.

(2) Concept programming software.

Backplanes

Type of backplane Primary Secondary

Number of slots 2 CPU, 3 I/O 5 I/O 2 I/O

Catalog number Standard ASHDTA200 ASHDTA201 ASHDTA202

With conformal coating ASHDTA200C ASHDTA201C ASHDTA202C

Power supply module

Type of power supply module for Modicon Compact 984

Input voltage range 95–253 Vac 105–150 Vdc

90–264 Vac, 8.5–13.8 Vdc 90–264 Vac, 8.5–13.8 Vdc

Output voltage 24 Vdc (±5%)

Output current (continuous) 0–1.0 A 0.1–1.5 A 0.1–2.0 A 0.1–2.0 A

Catalog number Standard ASP120000 ASP120125 ASPRTU252 ASPRTU258

With conformal coating ––ASPRTU252C ASPRTU258C

6-29

PROGRAMMABLE

LOGIC CONTROL

Analog I/O modules

Type of module Analog inputs

Number of channels (1) 4 two-pole inputs 2 two-pole inputs 4 four-pole RTDs or 8 two-pole voltage sensors

Input signal ±10 Vdc ±1 Vdc, ±10 Vdc ±5 Vdc, ±10 Vdc ±0.5 Vdc linear

±0.5,±1,±5,±10 Vdc

±0.5 Vdc linear

±20 mA

0–1 Vdc, 0–10 Vdc 0–5 Vdc, 0–10 Vdc

±0.99 Vdc nonlinear 0–0.5, 0–1, 0–5, ±0.99 Vdc nonlinear

±20 mA, 0–20 mA

±20 mA 0–10 Vdc

Resolution 12 bits + sign 11 bits + sign 15 bits + sign 12 bits + sign 15 bits + sign –

Catalog number Standard ASBADU205 ASBADU206 ASBADU210 ASBADU204 ASBADU214 –

Standard –ASBADU256 – – – ASBADU254

With conformal coating –ASBADU256C – – – ASBDAP254C

For 4 four-pole RTDs or 8 thermocouples, reference Catalog #ASBADU257/257C.

Type of module Analog output

Number of channels

22 x 282

Output voltage +10 Vdc +1, +5, +10 Vdc ±10 Vdc +10 Vdc

Resolution 11 bits + sign 12 bits + sign 11 bits + sign 11 bits + sign

Catalog number Standard ASBDAU202 ASBDAU204 ASBDAU208 ASBDAU252

With conformal coating –––ASBDAU252C

Type of module Intelligent and specialty

Number of channels 45 discrete in 4 frequency in - counter input 4

1 discrete out 4 process in - enable inputs 4

1 analog out 4

semiconductor in

relay outputs 4

Frequency/counter 0–10 kHz – – 5–50kHz 500 kHz 10 kHz

Motion control –Encoder Resolver – – –

Counter/positioner ––––––

Catalog number Standard ASBVRC200 ASBMOT201 ASBMOT202 ASBFRQ204 ASBZAE201 ASBZAE204

Standard ASBCTR224 – – – – –

For additional information, reference Catalog #AUTC000196122EN.

6-30

PROGRAMMABLE

LOGIC CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com

Modicon Compact 984

Discrete I/O modules

Automation

Type of module Discrete inputs

Input voltage 12–60 Vdc 5 Vdc TTL 24 Vdc 24 Vdc 110 Vdc ±40% 24 Vdc

true high true low sink true high true low sink true high

Number of inputs 2 groups of 8 1 group of 16

Catalog number Standard ASBDEP214 ASBDEP215 ASBDEP216 ASBDEP217 – ASBDEO216

Standard ASBDEP254 – – – ASBDEP257 –

With conformal coating ASBDEP254C – – – ASBDEP257C –

Type of module Discrete outputs

Output voltage 24 Vdc 5–24Vdc 24–150 Vdc, 24–250 Vac 24–230 Vac 24–250 Vac,

true high true low sink true high 24–154 Vdc

Number of outputs 2x8 transistors 2x8 transistors 4x1 relay 8x1 relay 2x4 triacs 2x8 triacs 1x8 relays

Catalog number Standard ASBDAO216 ASBDAP217 ASBDAP204 ASBDAP208 ASBDAP210 ASBDAP218 ASBDAP258

Standard ASBDAP216N – – – – – –

With conformal coating ––––––ASBDAP258C

Type of module Discrete combined input/output

Input voltage 120 Vac 24 Vdc 60 Vdc 24 Vdc 66–154 Vdc

true high true high true high true high

Output voltage 120 Vac, 24–110 Vdc 20–30 Vdc 24–110 Vdc 24–154 Vdc

-15% +10% 24–250 Vac true high 24–250 Vac 24–250 Vac

Number of inputs 41 group of 8

Number of outputs 41 group of 4 relays 1x8 transistors 1 group of 4 relays

Catalog number Standard ASBDAP211 ASBDAP212 ASBDAP292 ASBDAP220 – –

Standard –––ASBDAP250 ASBDAP252 ASBDAP253

With conformal coating –––ASBDAP250C ASBDAP252C ASBDAP253C

6-31

PROGRAMMABLE

LOGIC CONTROL

48 Vdc 60 Vdc 230 Vac 115 Vac

true high true high true high true high

2 groups of 8 1 group of 8 8 groups of 1 2 groups of 8

ASBDEP297 ASBDEP296 ASBDEP208 ASBDEP210 ASBDEP211 ASBDEP218

––––––

For additional information, reference Catalog #AUTC000196122EN.

6-32

PROGRAMMABLE

LOGIC CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com

Advantys STB distributed I/O

Communication modules

Type of module Ethernet TCP/IP

Binary speed 10 Mbps

Protocol Modbus TCP/IP

Transparent Ready Embedded Web server Standard services

Ethernet services

SNMP agent, FDR client (replacement of faulty equipment), BOOTP (allocation of IP addresses by a server)

Max. number of addressable I/O modules 32 per island

Catalog number STBNIP2212

Type of module

CANopen Fipio I

NTER

Profibus DP

Max. number of addressable I/O modules 32 per island 20 per island 32 per island 32 per island 32 per island

Binary speed 20 K–1 Mbps 20 K–800 Kbps 1 Mbps 0.5 Mbps 9.6 K–12 Mbps

Catalog number STBNCO2212 STBNCO1113 STBNFP2212 STBNIB2212 STBNDP2212

Type of module

Modbus Plus DeviceNet

Max. number of addressable I/O modules 32 per island 32 per island

Speed 1 Mbps 125, 250 or 500 Kbps

Catalog number STBNMP2212 STBNDN2212

Connection accessories

Type of accessory Removable terminals for

24 Vdc power supply DeviceNet

Use All modules DeviceNet module

Catalog number Screw terminals STBXTS1120 (1) STBXTS1111

Spring terminals STBXTS2120 (1) STBXTS2111

(1) To be ordered separately, sold in lots of 10.

Connection accessories: See the “Advantys STB distributed I/O” Catalog #DIA6EC203901EN.

Automation

Launch 3rd quarter 2004

6-33

PROGRAMMABLE

LOGIC CONTROL

Power distribution modules

(1)

Type of module Power Distribution Modules (PDM)

Connection by removable terminals Screw STBXTS1130 (2)

Spring STBXTS2130 (2)

Supply voltage 24 Vdc 115–230 Vac

Maximum current Inputs 4 A at 30°C (86°F), 2.5 A at 60°C (140°F) 5 A at 30°C (86°F), 2.5 A at 60°C (140°F)

Outputs 8 A at 30°C (86°F), 5 A at 60°C (140°F) 10 A at 30°C (86°F), 2.5 A at 60°C (140°F)

Sensor/actuator bus voltage range 19.2–30 Vdc 85–265 Vac

Catalog number Module STBPDT3100 STBPDT2100

Base STBXBA2200 STBXBA2200

(1) Process power supplies see page 3-9.

(2) To be ordered separately, sold in lots of 10.

Bus extension modules

Type of module End of Segment Module End of Segment Module Connection

(EOS) (BOS) to CANopen devices

Connection by removable terminals – Screw STBXTS1120 (2) Screw STBXTS1110 (3)

–Spring STBXTS2120 (2) Spring STBXTS2110 (3)

Use For placing at end of segment For placing at head of each For placing at end of last

(except for the last) extension segment segment

Catalog number Module STBXBE1000 STBXBE1200 STBXBE2100

Base STBXBA2400 STBXBA2300 STBXBA2000

(2) To be ordered separately, sold in lots of 10.

(3) To be ordered separately, sold in lots of 20.

Software and memory card

Type Advantys configuration software Removable memory card

Use Single user license –

Memory size – 32 Kb

Catalog number STBSPU1000 STBXMP4440

Connection accessories

Type of accessory Island bus extension cable

Length 0.3 m (1') 1 m (3.3') 4.5 m (14.8') 10 m (32.8') 14 m (45.9')

Catalog number STBXCA1001 STBXCA1002 STBXCA1003 STBXCA1004 STBXCA1006

Connection accessories: See the “Advantys STB distributed I/O” Catalog #DIA6EC203901EN.

Launch 2rd quarter 2004

6-34

PROGRAMMABLE

LOGIC CONTROL

www.telemecanique.com

Advantys STB distributed I/O

Discrete I/O modules

Type of module Discrete inputs

Connection by removable terminals Screw STBXTS1100 (1) Screw STBXTS1110 (1)

Spring STBXTS2100 (1) Spring STBXTS2110 (1)

Number of channels 2462

Input voltage 24 Vdc 115 Vac 230 Vac

Catalog number Module STBDDI3230 STBDDI3420 STBDDI3610 STBDAI5230 STBDAI7220

Base STBXBA1000 STBXBA2000

(1) To be ordered separately, sold in lots of 20.

Type of module Discrete solid state outputs

Connection by removable terminals Screw STBXTS1100 (1)

Spring STBXTS2100 (1)

Number of channels 246

Output voltage 24 Vdc 24 Vdc 24 Vdc

Output current 0.5 A 2 A 0.5 A 0.5 A

Catalog number Module STBDDO3200 STBDDO3230 STBDDO3410 STBDDO3600

Base STBXBA1000

(1) To be ordered separately, sold in lots of 20.

Type of module Discrete outputs

Tr iac Relay

Connection by removable terminals Screw STBXTS1110 (1)

Spring STBXTS2110 (1)

Number of channels 22 N.C./2 N.O. 2 N.C.+ 2 N.O.

Output voltage 115–230 Vac 24 Vdc or 115–230 Vac

Output current

2 A at 30°C (86°F), 1 A at 60°C (140°F)

2 A per contact 7 A per contact

Catalog number Module STBDAO8210 STBDRC3210 STBDRA3290

Base STBXBA2000 STBXBA3000

(1) To be ordered separately, sold in lots of 20.

Connection accessories: See the “Advantys STB distributed I/O” Catalog #DIA6EC203901EN.

Automation

6-35

PROGRAMMABLE

LOGIC CONTROL

Analog I/O modules

Type of module Analog inputs

Connection by removable terminals Screw STBXTS1100 (1)

Spring STBXTS2100 (1)

Number of channels 2

Input signal -10 – +10 V 0–20 mA Multi-range (2)

Resolution 11 bits + sign 12 bits 15 bits + sign

Catalog number Module STBAVI1270 STBACI1230 STBART0200

Base STBXBA1000

(1) To be ordered separately, sold in lots of 20.

(2) Thermocouple B, E, J, K, R, S, T. Thermal probe Pt 100, Pt 1000, Ni 100, Ni 1000, cu 10, ± 80 mV.

Type of module Analog outputs

Connection by removable terminals Screw STBXTS1100 (1)

Spring STBXTS2100 (1)

Number of channels 2

Output signal -0 – +10 V, -10 – +10 V 0–20 mA

Resolution 11 bits + sign or 12 bits 12 bits

Catalog number Module STBAVO1250 STBACO1210

Base STBXBA1000

(1) To be ordered separately, sold in lots of 20.

Application-specific modules

Type of module For motor starters Counter

Tego Power TeSys model U (1)

Connection by connector 1 HE10 4 RJ45 Spring STBXTS2150 (2)

Number of inputs 16 12 4

Number of outputs 882

Input voltage 24 Vdc 24 Vdc

Output voltage/current 24 Vdc/0.1 A per channel 24 Vdc/0.5 A

Number of channels –1 counter channel 40 kHz

Catalog number Module STBEPI1145 STBEPI2145 STBEHC3020

Base STBXBA2000 STBXBA3000

Connection cables STBXCA3002 (L= 1 m [3.3 ft]) 490NTW00002 (L= 2 m [6.6 ft]) –

STBXCA3003 (L= 2 m [6.6 ft]) 490NTW00005 (L= 5 m [16.4 ft]) –

(1) For 2/3-wire PNP/NPN 24 Vdc sensors, 24 Vdc incremental encoders, mechanical contacts

(2) To be ordered separately

Connection accessories: See the “Advantys STB distributed I/O” Catalog #DIA6EC203901EN.

Automation systems at

Simply Smart*

Welcome to the Simply Smart* world,

compliments of Telemecanique

In order to improve the performance of your production equipment,

Telemecanique products offer you a complete range of hardware and

software specifically for Human/Machine dialogue.

Compact, the range of Magelis display units, terminals and industrial PCs

is characterized by its ease of implementation.

Ingenious, the software range simplifies the design of your HMI (Human

Machine Interfaces) applications.

Take advantage of these new Telemecanique product offers that are open to

new information and communication technologies.

Used in conjunction with other Telemecanique equipment, they ensure an

optimal solution for the operation of your automation systems.

*Simply Smart:

using ingenuity and intelligence

to continually improve ease of use.

Hardware range

Robust and simple

The new Magelis range, comprising display units,

terminals, graphic terminals with keypad or touchscreen

and

PC industrial PCs, offers improved robustness for

ensuring the availability of your installation.

Due to its reduced size and high performance, this range

meets the needs of machine manufacturers, system

integrators and users. Other features include easy

installation, set-up, and openness to Web technologies

using the Ethernet Transparent Ready architecture.

Display units ......................................................... p 7-2

Te r minals .............................................................. p 7-3

Graphic Terminals ................................................ p 7-4

Graphic terminals open to NTIC........................... p 7-5

(New Technology for Information and Communication)

Accessories for display units and terminals ......... p 7-6

Industrial PCs “all in one” ..................................... p 7-7

Modular industrial PCs ......................................... p 7-8

XBTL and Vijeo Designer

configuration software .......................................... p 7-10

Vijeo Look control software .................................. p 7-11

Monitor Pro supervision software ......................... p 7-12

FactoryCast Web .................................................. p 7-13

Ingenuity and user-friendliness

To benefit from perfect interoperability,

select Telemecanique software.

b XBTL1001/L1003 configuration

software for display units and terminals.

b Vijeo Designer, multi-platform software which

operates on the new graphic terminals in the Magelis

range.

b Vijeo Look, supervision software specifically

for small and medium size applications.

b Monitor Pro, supervision software for distributed

architectures, providing complete mastery of your

production management.

b The FactoryCast HMI Web server executes the

following functions at the source: data acquisition,

real-time databases, storage, alarm management and

E-mail services, as well as monitoring your installation

via animated Web pages.

Human/Machine

Interfaces

The essential guide

A selection of the most

popular selling products

enabling you to quickly

locate the most appropriate

solution for your application

... from the display unit to

the industrial PC

Contents

Software range

your beck and call

HUMAN MACHINE

INTERFACE

7-2

HUMAN MACHINE

INTERFACE

www.telemecanique.com

Magelis Display units

With alphanumeric screen

Type Compact display units

Display Capacity 2 lines, 20 characters 4 lines, 20 characters

Type Back-lit LCD, green Back-lit LCD, green Back-lit LCD, 3 colors:

green, orange, red

Data entry Via keypad with 8 keys (4 with changeable legends)

Functions Representation of variables Alphanumeric Alphanumeric Alphanumeric

Communication Downloadable protocols Uni-Telway, Modbus Uni-Telway, Modbus Uni-Telway, Modbus

Development software XBTL1001 and XBTL1003 (on Windows 98, 2000 and XP)

Dimensions W x D x H mm 132 x 78 x 74 132 x 104 x 74

in. 5.20 x 3.07 x 2.91 5.20 x 4.09 x 2.91

Compatibility with PLCs Twido, Nano, TSX Micro, Premium, Quantum Twido, Nano, TSX Micro, Premium,

TSX series 7, Momentum, Quantum

Supply voltage 5 Vdc 5 Vdc 24 Vdc, external

Catalog numbers XBTN200 XBTN400 XBTN401

With matrix screen

Type Multilingual display units

Display Capacity 8 lines, 40 characters

Type Back-lit LCD, monochrome

Data entry Function / service keys – 4 / 1 – / 5

Functions Representation of variables Alphanumeric, bargraph, gauge

Communication Downloadable protocols Multiple (Uni-Telway, Modbus, AEG and for Allen Bradley, GE Fanuc, Omron, Siemens PLCs)

Development software XBTL1001 and XBTL1003 (on Windows 98, 2000 and XP)

Dimensions W x D x H (mm / in.) 202 x 64.8 x 111.3 / 7.95 x 2.55 x 4.38

Compatibility with PLCs Twido, Nano, TSX Micro, Premium, Quantum

Supply voltage 24 Vdc

Without printer link, without log XBTHM007010 XBTHM027010 XBTHM017010

With printer link, with log – – XBTHM017110

7-3

HUMAN MACHINE

INTERFACE

For additional information, consult your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office.

Te r minals

With alphanumeric screen

Type 2 line multilingual alphanumeric terminals

Display Capacity 2 lines, 20 characters

Type Fluorescent matrix, green Back-lit LCD, green

Data entry Function / service keys 8 / 9 12 / 10 8 / 9 12 / 10

Numeric keys – 12 – 12

Functions Representation of variables Alphanumeric

Communication Downloadable protocols Multiple (Uni-Telway, Modbus, AEG and for Allen Bradley, GE Fanuc, Omron, Siemens PLCs)

Development software XBTL1001 and XBTL1003 (on Windows 98, 2000 and XP)

Dimensions W x D x H (mm / in.) 253 x 62.5 x 152 / 9.96 x 2.46 x 5.98

Compatibility with PLCs Twido, Nano, TSX Micro, Premium, Quantum Twido, Nano, TSX Micro, Premium, Quantum

Supply voltage 24 Vdc 24 Vdc

Without printer link, without log XBTP012010 XBTP022010 XBTP011010 XBTP021010

With printer link, with log – XBTP022110 – XBTP021110

With matrix screen

Type 8 line multilingual matrix screen terminals

Display Capacity 8 lines, 40 characters

Type Back-lit LCD, monochrome

Data entry Function / service keys 12 / 10

Numeric / soft function keys 12 / 4

Functions Representation of variables Alphanumeric, bargraph, gauge

Communication Downloadable protocols Multiple (Uni-Telway, Modbus, AEG and for Allen Bradley, GE Fanuc, Omron, Siemens PLCs)

Development software XBTL1001 and XBTL1003 (on Windows 98, 2000 and XP)

Dimensions W x D x H (mm / in.) 253 x 62.5 x 155 / 9.96 x 2.46 x 6.10

Compatibility with PLCs Twido, Nano, TSX Micro, Premium

Supply voltage 24 Vdc

Without printer link, without log XBTPM027010

With printer link, with log XBTPM027110

7-4

HUMAN MACHINE

INTERFACE

www.telemecanique.com

Magelis

Graphic terminals

With keypad

Type Terminals with keypad

Display Screen size 5.7" 10.4"

Type Back-lit monochrome LCD, green TFT, 256 colors

16 levels of gray

Data entry Soft function keys with LED 8 10

Static function keys with LED 10 + legends 12 + legends

Service keys 12 12

Alphanumeric keys 12 + 3 alphanumeric access

Functions Representation of variables Alphanumeric, bitmap, bargraph, gauge, potentiometer, selector

Menus 125 records maximum with 5000 values maximum

Curves 16 16

Alarm logs Yes Yes

Communication Downloadable protocols Uni-Telway, Modbus, AEG and for Allen Bradley, GE Fanuc, Omron, Siemens PLCs

Bus and networks Fipway, Modbus Plus with PCMCIA card (except XBTF011110)

Development software XBTL1003 (on Windows 98, 2000 and XP)

Dimensions W x D x H (mm / in.)

220.3 x 88 x 265 / 8.67 x 3.46 x 10.43

296 x 91 x 332 / 11.65 x 3.58 x 13.07

Compatibility with PLCs Twido, Nano, TSX Micro, Premium, Quantum

RJ45 Ethernet 10/100 TCP/IP connector no no yes

Supply voltage 24 Vdc 24 Vdc

Catalog numbers XBTF011110 / F011310 XBTF024510 XBTF024610

With touchscreen

Type Terminals with touchscreen

Display Screen size 5.7" 10.4"

Type LCD STN, 256 colors LCD TFT, 256 colors

Data entry Touchscreen Touchscreen

Functions Representation of variables Alphanumeric, bitmap, bargraph, gauge, potentiometer, selector

Menus 125 records maximum with 5000 values maximum

Curves 16 16

Alarm logs Yes Yes

Communication Downloadable protocols Uni-Telway, Modbus, AEG and for Allen Bradley, GE Fanuc, Omron, Siemens PLCs

Bus and networks Fipway, Modbus Plus with PCMCIA card (except XBTF032110)

Development software XBTL1003 (on Windows 98, 2000 and XP)

Dimensions W x D x H (mm / in.)

197 x 92.6 x 147 / 7.76 x 3.65 x 5.79

296 x 91 x 222 /11.65 x 3.58 x 8.74

Compatibility with PLCs Twido, Nano, TSX Micro, Premium, Quantum

RJ45 Ethernet 10/100 TCP/IP connector no no yes

Supply voltage 24 Vdc 24 Vdc

Catalog numbers XBTF032110 / F032310 XBTF034510 XBTF034610

7-5

HUMAN MACHINE

INTERFACE

For additional information, consult your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office.

Graphic terminals open to NTIC

(New Technology for Information and Communication)

With 5.7" touchscreen

Type Optimum Multifunction

Display LCD screen size 5.7" 5.7" 5.7" 5.7"

Type Back-lit STN Back-lit STN, monochrome STN, color TFT, color

monochrome, blue black and white 64 colors 256 colors (1)

Functions Representation of variables Alphanumeric, bitmap, bargraph, gauge, button, light, clock, flashing light, keypad

Curves yes, with log yes, with log yes, with log

Alarm logs yes, incorporated yes, incorporated yes, incorporated

Communication Downloadable protocols Uni-Telway, Modbus Uni-Telway, Modbus Uni-Telway, Modbus, Uni-Telway, Modbus Uni-Telway, Modbus,

Modbus TCP/IP Modbus TCP/IP

Bus and networks

––Ethernet, IEEE 802.3 –Ethernet, IEEE 802.3

10 BASE-T, RJ45 10 BASE-T, RJ45

Development software Vijeo Designer VJDSPULFUCDV10M (on Windows 2000 and XP)

Dimensions W x D x H mm 207 x 58 x 157 171 x 60 x 138 132 x 74 x 78

in. 8.15 x 2.28 x 6.18 6.73 x 2.36 x 5.43 5.20 x 2.91 x 3.07

Compatibility with PLCs Twido, Nano, TSX Micro, Premium, Quantum

Built-in Ethernet 10/100 TCP/IP no no yes no yes

Supply voltage 24 Vdc 24 Vdc 24 Vdc 24 Vdc 24 Vdc

Catalog numbers XBTG2110 XBTG2120 XBTG2130 XBTG2220 XBTG2330

With 7.4", 10.4" or 12.1" touchscreen

Type Multifunction

Display LCD screen size 7.4" 10.4" 10.4" 12.1"

Type TFT, color STN, color TFT, color TFT, color

256 colors (1) 64 colors 256 colors (1) 256 colors (1)

Functions Representation of variables Alphanumeric, bitmap, bargraph, gauge, button, light, clock, flashing light, keypad

Curves yes, with log yes, with log yes, with log

Alarm logs yes, incorporated yes, incorporated yes, incorporated

Communication Downloadable protocols Uni-Telway, Modbus Uni-Telway, Modbus, Uni-Telway, Modbus, Uni-Telway, Modbus,

Modbus TCP/IP Modbus TCP/IP Modbus TCP/IP

Bus and networks – Ethernet, IEEE 802.3 10 BASE-T, RJ45

Development software Vijeo Designer VJDSPULFUCDV10M (on Windows 2000 and XP)

Dimensions W x D x H (mm / in.) 215 x 60 x 170 / 8.46 x 2.36 x 6.69 317 x 58 x 243 / 12.48 x 2.28 x 5.43

Compatibility with PLCs Twido, Nano, TSX Micro, Premium, Quantum

“Compact Flash” card slot yes yes yes yes yes

Built-in Ethernet 10/100 TCP/IP no yes yes yes yes

Supply voltage 24 Vdc 24 Vdc 24 Vdc 24 Vdc 24 Vdc

Catalog numbers XBTG4320 XBTG4330 XBTG5230 XBTG5330 XBTG6330

(1) 64 colors if in flash mode.

7-6

HUMAN MACHINE

INTERFACE

www.telemecanique.com

Magelis

Accessories

For display units and terminals

Connection cables PC to Magelis transfer cables (2.5 m / 8.2 ft)

Application PC to all XBTN200 and N400 PC to all XBT except PC to XBTG

XBTN200, N400 and XBTG

Type of connector RJ45 / MiniDin + SUB D 9 SUB D 9 / SUB D 25 SUB D 9 / MiniDin

Physical link RS 232C RS 232C TTL

Catalog numbers XBTZ945 XBTZ915 XBTZG915

Connection cables Telemecanique PLC connection cables (2.5 m / 8.2 ft)

Application XBTN200, N400 to all XBT (except XBTN200, N400) to

Twido, Nano, Twido, Nano, Quantum Momentum

TSX Micro, Premium TSX Micro, Premium (port 1)

Type of connector MiniDin / SUB D 25 RJ45 / MiniDin SUB D 9 / SUB D 25 RJ45 / SUB D 25

Physical link RS 485 RS 485 RS 232 RS 232

Catalog numbers XBTZ968 XBTZ978 XBTZ9710 XBTZ9711

Network cards PCMCIA type III card

Compatibility XBTF XBTF

Protocol Modbus Plus Fipway

Catalog numbers TSXMBP100 TSXFPP20

Memory cards PCMCIA type II card “Compact Flash” card

Compatibility XBTF XBTG (except XBTG2110)

Capacity 16 Mb 16 Mb 32 Mb

Catalog numbers XBTMEM16 XBTZGM16 XBTZGM32

7-7

HUMAN MACHINE

INTERFACE

For additional information, consult your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office.

Magelis

Industrial PCs “all in one”

Smart i PC and Compact i PC ranges

Type Smart

PC Compact

Display Size 15" active matrix XGA (1024 x 768)

Type Back-lit active matrix TFT color LCD (262,144 colors)

Data entry Via touchscreen Via touchscreen

Processor Type VIA VIA Intel Pentium 4 Mobile

Frequency 667 MHz 667 MHz 1.7 GHz

Internal hard disk –≥ 20 Gb IDE, 2 1/2"

RAM memory 128 Mb expandable up to 512 Mb 256 Mb expandable up to 512 Mb (1 memory slot max.)

CD-ROM drive –Yes, 24X

Expansion slots 2 PCMCIA slots 1 PCI bus slot, 2 PCMCIA slots,

–1 Compact Flash slot

Ethernet TCP/IP network 1 x 10 BASE-T/100 BASE-TX (RJ45)

Operating system Windows XPe integrated Windows 2000 pre-installed

Input/output ports 2 x USB, 1 x COM1, 1 x COM2, 2 x USB, 1 x COM1, 1 x COM2,

1 x LPT1 (parallel), 1 x PS/2 keyboard

1 x LPT1 (parallel), 1 x PS/2 keyboard and 1 x PS/2 mouse

on front panel – 1 x USB

Mounting hardware Mounting hardware included with each product for mounting on panel or enclosure door

Dimensions W x D x H (mm / in.)

395 x 62 x 294 / 15.55 x 2.44 x 11.57

395 x 100 x 294 / 15.55 x 3.94 x 11.57

Supply voltage 24 Vdc 115–230 Vac

Catalog numbers MPCST52NDJ00T MPCKT52NAA00N MPCKT55NAA00N

Combined offers (bundle packs)

Magelis Compact

PC can be supplied with software packages.

Specifications identical to standard industrial PCs shown above.

Type Compact

Processor Type VIA Intel Pentium 4M

Applications Vijeo Look Vijeo Look

Pre-installed software Vijeo Look 2.5 RT1024 Vijeo Look 2.5 RT1024 Vijeo Look 2.5 BT1024

Catalog numbers MPCKT52NAA00A MPCKT55NAA00A MPCKT55NAA00B

Accessories

Compact Flash card

Capacity 512 Mb (empty) for Smart

PC or Compact

Catalog numbers MPCYN00CFE00N

RAM memory expansion

Capacity 512 Mb SO DIMM for VIA 512 Mb SO DIMM for Pentium 4 Mobile

Catalog numbers MPCYK02RAM512 MPCYK05RAM512

Launch 3rd quarter 2004

7-8

HUMAN MACHINE

INTERFACE

www.telemecanique.com

Magelis

Modular industrial PCs

Modular i PC Modular range

Type 12" front panel screen

Display Size 12" active matrix SVGA (800 x 600)

Type Back-lit active matrix TFT color LCD (262,144 colors)

Data entry Via keyboard Via keyboard and touchscreen Via touchscreen

Keyboard 70 standard IBM keys + 2 x 10 user function keys –

Dimensions W x D x H (mm / in.) 410 x 52.7 x 330 / 16.14 x 2.07 x 12.99

380 x 52.7x 330 / 14.96 x 2.07 x 12.99

Input/Output ports on front panel 1 x IrDA infrared and 1 x PS/2 keyboard/mouse

Required hardware 1 central unit Control box or 1 central unit Control box pack (combined offer)

Mounting hardware Mounting hardware included with each screen for mounting on panel or enclosure door

Supply voltage 115–230 Vac from Control box unit

Catalog numbers MPCNA20NNN00N MPCNB20NNN00N MPCNT20NNN00N

Type 15" front panel screen

Display Size 15" active matrix XGA (1024 x 768)

Type Back-lit active matrix TFT color LCD (262,144 colors)

Data entry Via keyboard Via keyboard and touchscreen Via touchscreen

Keyboard 70 standard IBM keys + 2 x 10 user function keys -

Dimensions W x D x H 480 x 52.7 x 370 / 18.90 x 2.07 x 14.57

460 x 52.7x 340 / 18.90 x 2.07 x 13.39

Input/Output ports on front panel 1 x IrDA infrared and 1 x PS/2 keyboard/mouse

Required hardware 1 central unit Control box or 1 central unit Control box pack (combined offer)

Mounting hardware Mounting hardware included with each screen for mounting on panel or enclosure door

Supply voltage 115–230 Vac from Control box unit

Catalog numbers MPCNA50NNN00N MPCNB50NNN00N MPCNT50NNN00N

7-9

HUMAN MACHINE

INTERFACE

For additional information, consult your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office.

Modular industrial PCs

Modular i PC range

Central unit Control box type Small Medium Large

Processor Type Intel Celeron Intel Celeron Intel Pentium III Intel Celeron Intel Pentium III

Frequency 566 MHz 566 MHz 850 MHz 566 MHz 850 MHz

Internal hard disk ≥ 20 Gb IDE, 2 1/2"

RAM memory 128 Mb SDRAM expandable up to 512 Mb (2 memory slots max.)

CD-ROM drive Optional Yes, removable 24X

Expansion slots – 3 slots 6 slots

(1 ISA bus, 1 PCI bus and 1 ISA/PCI bus) (2 ISA bus, 3 PCI bus and 1 ISA/PCI bus)

Ethernet TCP/IP network 1 x 10 BASE-T/100 BASE-TX (RJ45)

Bus and networks – With additional card on ISA or PCI bus: Modbus/Uni-Telway/Fipio bus,

Modbus Plus/Fipway networks, I

NTER

-S/Profibus DP/CANopen Third party bus

Video card built-in PCI 64 bit controller, 2 Mb RAM

Operating system Windows 2000 pre-installed

Input/output ports 2 x USB, 1 x COM1, 1 x COM4 and 1 x LPT1 (parallel)

1 x external VGA video screen, 1 x PS/2 keyboard (1) and 1 x PS/2 pointing device (1)

Required hardware 1 front panel screen or as a stand-alone (2)

Mounting hardware Mounting hardware included with each screen for mounting on panel or enclosure door

Dimensions W x D x H mm

310 x 310 x 94.2

310 x 310 x 184.5 310 x 310 x 258

in.

12.20 x 12.20 x 3.71 12.20 x 12.20 x 7.26 12.20 x 12.20 x 10.16

115–230 Vac supply voltage

MPCAN02NAA00N MPCBN02NAA00N MPCBN05NAA00N MPCCN02NAA00N MPCCN05NAA00N

24 Vdc supply voltage

MPCAN02NDA00N MPCBN02NDA00N MPCBN05NDA00N MPCCN02NDA00N MPCCN05NDA00N

(1) Port not operational when the central unit Control box is used with the front panel screen.

(2) To use the Control box without a front panel screen, mounting panel MPCNP00NNN00N is required.

Combined offers (bundle packs)

Magelis i PC central unit Control boxes (115–230 Vac supply) can be supplied with software packages.

Specifications identical to standard Control box units shown above.

Central unit Control box type Small Medium

Processor Type Intel Celeron, 566 MHz Intel Celeron, 566 MHz

Pre-installed software Pack A “Monitoring RT” Vijeo Look, 1024 I/O Run Time Vijeo Look supervision, 1024 I/O Run Time

Pack B “Monitoring BT/RT” –

Vijeo Look supervision, 1024 I/O Build Time/Run Time

Pack A, 115–230 Vac supply voltage MPCAN02NAA00A MPCBN02NAA00A

Pack B, 115–230 Vac supply voltage –MPCBN02NAA00B

Accessories

Separate components

Description External LCD flat screen, flush mounting Swivel arm Qwerty keyboard

12" SVGA (800 x 600) 15" XGA (1024 x 768) for external screen 101 keys, PS/2

Catalog numbers ––MPCYN00ARM00N MPCYN00KBD00N

115–230 Vac supply voltage MPCYS20NAN00N MPCYS50NAN00N ––

24 Vdc supply voltage MPCYS20NDN00N MPCYS50NDN00N ––

Separate components for Control box

Description SDRAM memory expansion CD-ROM drive for Small Control box

64 Mb 128 Mb 256 Mb MPCAN0

Catalog numbers

MPCYN00RAM064 MPCYN00RAM128 MPCYN00RAM256 MPCYN00CDR00N

7-10

HUMAN MACHINE

INTERFACE

www.telemecanique.com

Configuration software

XBTL /

Vijeo Designer

Type Configuration software

Compatibility All XBT except XBTG XBTG

Operating system Windows 98, 2000 and XP Windows 2000 and XP

Version (1) Light (not for XBTF) Complete Vijeo Designer complete

Catalog numbers for PC CD-ROM XBTL1001M XBTL1003M VJDSPULFUCDV10M

Catalog numbers for CD-ROM update – XBTLUP1004 –

(1) Demonstration version available, XBTL1001M / L1003M demo: XBTL1003DEMO, Vijeo Designer demo: VJDSPULTUCDV10M

XBTL1001 / L1003 for

Magelis display units and terminals

The XBTL1001/L1003 configuration software can be used to create operator dialogue applications designed

for controlling automation systems for:

all XBTN/H/HM display units, XBTP/PM/E terminals with software XBTL1001,

all XBTN/H/HM display units, XBTP/PM/E and F terminals with software XBTL1003.

Applications created using the XBTL1001/L1003 software are independent to the protocol used. The same

operator dialogue application can be used with PLCs available from the principal manufacturers.

Configuration

The XBTL1001/L1003 configuration software enables simple creation of various types of pages: application

pages (can be interlinked), alarm pages, help pages, menu pages, etc.

Vijeo Designer for

Magelis touchscreen graphic terminals XBTG

The Vijeo Designer configuration software can be used to create operator dialogue applications designed for

controlling automation systems for all the Magelis range of New Technology (NTIC) terminals: XBTG.

Configuration

The Vijeo Designer configuration software enables operator dialogue projects to be easily and quickly

performed due to advanced ergonomics using 6 configurable windows.

Vijeo Designer configuration software also offers complete application management tools:

• Project creation, a project being one or several applications.

• Cross-referencing of application variables.

• Application synoptics documentation.

• A simulation mode for easy testing of the application from the design office.

• Alarming, trending and data logging

Powerful graphics editor for easy creation of synoptics.

8 types of object animation for animated synoptics.

Page tree structure window

Field information window

Navigator

Information

Object properties

Object listing

Report

Library of animated

graphic objects

Application page

7-11

HUMAN MACHINE

INTERFACE

For additional information, consult your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office.

Control software

Vijeo Look

Type Control software

Compatibility All Telemecanique PLCs and Third party PLCs

Operating system Windows 2000 and XP

Input/Output size 1024 I/O

Version Build Time/Run Time Run Time

Catalog numbers for PC CD-ROM VJLSMDBTLV25M VJLSMDRTLV25M

Vijeo Look for industrial PCs

Presentation

Vijeo Look 2.5 is a SCADA (Supervisory Control And Data Acquisition) software package designed for

stand-alone stations, that offers perfect synergy between the Web and HMI (Human Machine Interface).

It is based on open and standardized technologies.

Easy to implement, it offers all the standard functions of a graphic supervision tool.

Vijeo Look is supplied with a pre-configured OFS (OPC Factory Server) Data Server. It is compatible with

PCs running Windows 2000 Professional or Windows XP Professional and enables the creation of

applications based on all Telemecanique new and old generation PLCs.

The functions of Vijeo Look control software can be used for:

• Acquisition of PLC tags.

• Visualization of these tags.

• Process supervision and control.

• Recording the values of the PLC tags or internal tags of the process in a database.

• Embedded software processing.

The Inputs/Outputs are tags from the OPC Server (or those of the Inputs/Outputs of TSX Micro/Premium

PLCs exchanged automatically). They are used for visualization and embedded processing.

Simple and innovative, Vijeo Look offers optimal solutions.

Structure of the offer

2 types of software license are available for Vijeo Look:

• Build Time/Run Time for application development and execution.

• Run Time for the execution of applications created with a Build Time/Run Time license.

7-12

HUMAN MACHINE

INTERFACE

www.telemecanique.com

Monitor Pro

Supervision software

Type Supervision software

Compatibility All Telemecanique PLCs and other PLCs on the market via communication drivers or using the standard

OPC

Operating system Windows 2000 service Pack 3 and Windows XP

Input/Output size 11 sizes comprising 300 I/Os to unlimited I/Os (4800 tags to unlimited)

Versions Development (Build Time/Run Time) and Execution (Run Time)

Catalog numbers for PC CD-ROM Please contact your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office

Multi-level architecture

Description

Monitor Pro V7.2 is a SCADA (Supervisory Control And Data Acquisition) software solution. Its real-time

high performance server offers excellent processing capability, mainly due to the application objects. In

addition, its client-server architecture enables it to easily adapt to the topology of your application: multi-

server for sharing the processing, multi-user for a wide distribution of information or in redundancy mode

for your “high availability” applications.

• The graphic interface offers a library of graphic objects. Based on Windows technology, they can easily

be customised.

• The Configuration Explorer: an intuitive environment for configuration of the real-time data server that

also enables object orientated configuration.

• Relational databases access interface, supplied with SQL Server 2000. Monitor Pro V7.2 easily

enables recording of the production data or access to the stored information. Monitor Pro V7.2 also

operates with Oracle, Sybase, Dbase IV and databases supporting the ODBC standard.

• Improved availability: Monitor Pro incorporates redundancy services ensuring a high level of

architecture availability.

• Integrated traceability functions, for real-time monitoring of the quality of your production as well as

logging all the actions of the operators.

• Net client, for remote monitoring.

Monitor Pro V7.2 is the supervision software that adapts to your needs. It offers you real-time monitoring

of production and enables you to optimise the operation of your equipment.

Monitor Pro

Clients development and

execution stations

Data/information

Monitor Pro

Development servers stations

Redundancy

7-13

HUMAN MACHINE

INTERFACE

For additional information, consult your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office.

Embedded Web servers

FactoryCast

Implementation software FactoryCast FactoryCast HMI

Compatibility with Telemecanique PLCs TSX Micro, Premium, Quantum Premium, Quantum

Operating system Windows 2000 and XP

Application Configuration of FactoryCast modules

Development and implementation of FactoryCast HMI application

Catalog numbers for multilingual PC CD-ROM Included with FactoryCast modules TLXCDFCHMIV1M

FactoryCast

Remote diagnostic functions using simple Internet browser

• Secure access to the diagnostics system and application

• Numerical or graphical display and adjustment of data

• Customizable web pages and diagnostics

FactoryCast HMI

Identical diagnostic functions as FactoryCast + new HMI functions embedded in a PLC module:

• Real-time database and acquisition of PLC data (1000 variables)

• Calculation and data manipulation capability

• Advanced alarm management with e-mail

• Archiving of data in relational databases (SQL, Oracle, MySQL)

(Available on Telemecanique Quantum and Premium PLCs)

FactoryCast Web server modules

Automation platform TSX Micro Premium Quantum

Data rate 10/100 Mbit/s 10 Mbit/s 10/100 Mbit/s 10/100 Mbit/s

Ethernet services Modbus TCP/IP Protocol Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Uni-TE TCP/IP Protocol Yes Yes Yes – – –

Ethway Protocol – Yes – – – –

Global Data – – Yes – Yes –

I/O Scanning – – Yes – Yes –

Embedded Web server Standard Web services Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

FactoryCast services Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

FactoryCast HMI services – – – Yes – Yes

Catalog numbers

TSXETZ510 TSXETY110WS TSXETY5103 TSXWMY100 140NOE77111 140NWM10000

E-mail

2 2

AS-Interface

(Actuator Sensor Interface)

The cabling system that meets your

needs for industrial Automation

System Integration

IP20 interface

IP67 interface

Dedicated control

components

Dedicated dialogue

components

AS-Interface

The essential guide

A simplified selection

guide enabling you to

quickly select all the

necessary products and

accessories to build your

installation.

The required information

is detailed in product

selection tables.

(See page 8-12 for

guidelines to using the

tables)

The

“Smart Cable”

Safety monitor

Safety interface

Power supply units and

earth fault detection

AS-Interface master

Connection components

AS-I

NETWORKING

AS-Interface cabling system

Contents

Interfaces for generic products

8-2

IP20 interfaces

IP67 interfaces

Dedicated components

8-4

For control

For dialogue

Safety solutions

8-6

Safety monitors

Safety interfaces

Installation system

8-8

Master modules,

power supply units

Cables, repeaters

Accessories

Tools

8-11

Adjustment and

addressing terminals

These IP20 or IP67 interfaces allow most

standard automation components to be con-

nected to the AS-Interface cable.

These inputs & acuators can be connected

directly to the AS-Interface cable. An

integrated circuit (ASIC) built into the

products manages all interfacing functions

and communication.

The incorporation of safety functions in the

AS-Interface system is achieved by adding a

safety monitor and a safety interface,

connected together with other standard

AS-Interface components on the same

yellow cable.

Sensors and actuators are connected to

the processing unit by the AS-Interface

system. This system comprises a cable and

accessories, a master module and a power

supply unit.

The terminals enable the assigning of an

address to each interface and component in

the system and diagnostics of the installa-

tion.

8-2

AS-I

NETWORKING

www.telemecanique.com

AS-Interface

Interfaces for generic products

IP20 for mounting in enclosure

Modular interface, width 25 mm (0.98") Analog Digital

V2.1

Number of inputs 2 (0 to 10 V) 2 (0/4 to 20 mA) 4 4 4 (1) 2

Number of outputs – – – 4 relay, 2A 4 solid st., 0.5A 1 triac, 2A

Type of addressing Standard Standard Extended (A/B) Standard Standard Extended (A/B)

Supply by AS-Interface Inputs and sensor supply (200 mA max.)

Supply by 24 Vdc external source (black AUX cable) – – – – Outputs –

AS-Interface profile 7.3.F.D 7.3.F.D 0.A.7.0 7.0.F.E 7.0.F.E 3.A.7.0

Maximum consumption from AS-Interface (excluding sensor supply) 60 mA 60 mA 85 mA 130 mA 80 mA 110 mA

Dimensions W x D x H (mm / in.) 25 x 70 x 87 / 0.98 x 2.76 x 3.43

Catalog numbers ASI20MA2VU ASI20MA2VI ASI20MT4IE ASI20MT4I4OR ASI20MT4I4OS

ASI20MT2I1OTE

Accessory (2) for connection to flat cables XZCG0122 XZCG0122 XZCG0122 XZCG0122 ASIDCPFIL20 XZCG0122

(1) For 4 isolated inputs (sensors supplied from external source), add the letter A to the end of the reference. Example: ASI20MT4I4OS becomes ASI20MT4I4OSA.

(2) Or direct screw terminal connection (without accessory), (other accessories, see page 8-9).

Interface for control and signalling units For 2 control units and 2 pilot lights

Number of inputs 2

Number of outputs 2 solid state, 0.5A

Type of addressing Standard

Supply by AS-Interface Inputs and pilot lights

AS-Interface profile 3.F

Maximum consumption from AS-Interface 80 mA

Dimensions W x D x H (mm / in.) 52 x 15 x 38 / 2.05 x 0.59 x 1.50

Catalog number XALSZ1

Direct screw terminal connection to AS-Interface or by accessory for flat cable: XZCG0122, (other accessories, see page 8-9).

8-3

AS-I

NETWORKING

For additional information, reference Catalog 8340CT0001.

IP67 for mounting on machine

Modular interface, M12 connector inputs / outputs Connection to AS-Interface and external supply (AUX) by IDC

V2.1

Number of inputs 4 4 – 2 2 4

Number of outputs – – 4 solid state, 2A 2 solid state, 2A 2 solid state, 2A

4 solid state, 2A

Type of addressing Standard Extended (A/B) Standard Standard Extended (A/B) Standard

Supply by AS-Interface Inputs and sensor supply (200 mA max.)

Supply by 24 Vdc external source (black AUX cable) – – Outputs Outputs Outputs Outputs

AS-Interface profile 0.0.F.E 0.A.7.0 8.0.F.E 3.0.F.E B.A.7.0 7.0.F.E

Maximum consumption from AS-Interface (excluding sensor supply) 58 mA 58 mA 34 mA 48 mA 48 mA 72 mA

Dimensions W x D x H (mm / in.) 60 x 48 x 106 / 2.36 x 1.89 x 4.17 60x48x156 /

2.36 x1.89x6.14

Catalog number (5) Interface ASIME4I ASIME4IE ASIME4O ASIME2I2O ASIME2I2OE ASIME4I4O

Connection base ASIB4VM12 ASIB4VM12 ASIB4VM12 ASIB4VM12 ASIB4VM12 ASIB8VM12

(5) To obtain a complete product, order the interface and its connection base. (Example: ASIME4I + ASIB4VM12).

Compact interface, M12 connector inputs / outputs Connection to AS-Interface and external supply (AUX)

by IDC (Insulation Displacement Connector) by male M12

Number of inputs 4 – 2 4 4

Number of outputs – 4 solid state, 2 A 2 solid state, 2 A 4 solid state, 2 A 4 solid state, 2 A

Type of addressing Standard Standard Standard Standard Standard

Supply by AS-Interface Inputs and sensor supply (200 mA max.)

Supply by external source (AUX) – Outputs Outputs Outputs Outputs

AS-Interface profile 0.0 8.0 3.0 7.0 7.0

Maximum consumption from AS-Interface (excluding sensor supply) 45 mA 30 mA 35 mA 60 mA 60 mA

Dimensions W x D x H (mm / in.) 45 x 47 x 80 / 1.77 x 1.85 x 3.15 60 x 28 x 152 / 2.36 x 1.10 x5.98

Catalog number (8) Interface XZSDA40D3 XZSDA04D32 XZSDA22D32 XZSCA44D21 XZSCA44D22

Connection base for AS-Interface & AUX XZSDE1113 XZSDE1133 XZSDE1133 Integrated in the interface

Recommended accessory for connection to AS-Interface cable & AUX

––––ASIDCPM12D20

(8) To obtain a complete product, order the interface and its connection base. (Example: XZSDA40D3 + XZSDE1113), except for interfaces with integrated connection base.

8-4

AS-I

NETWORKING

www.telemecanique.com

AS-Interface

Dedicated components

For control

Starter in metal enclosure Control by

Black rotary knob (blue background)

Pushbuttons

Type of addressing Standard Standard

Supply by AS-Interface Inputs, sensor supply (1)

Supply by 24 Vdc external source (black AUX cable) (1) (1)

AS-Interface profile 7.D 7.D

Maximum consumption from AS-Interface 120 mA 120 mA

Dimensions W x D x H (mm / in.) 175 x 175 x 195 / 6.89 x 6.89 x7.68 175 x 175 x 195 / 6.89 x 6.89 x7.68

Catalog number (2) Non reversing LF1MPiiii

iiii

iiDU LF1MMiiii

iiii

iiDU

(see table below) Reversing LF2MPiiii

iiii

iiDU LF2MMiiii

iiii

iiDU

Connection to AS-Interface and external supply (AUX) by accessory for flat cable: ASIDCPM12D03 (AS-Interface and AUX cables) or XZCG01205D (AS-Interface cable).

(1) Contactors supplied by AS-Interface or external source, configurable directly on terminal block.

(2) To complete the reference, replace iiii

iiii

ii by the numbers indicated in the table below. (Example: LF1MPiiii

iiii

iiD becomes LF1MP00D).

kW Hp A iiii

iiii

ii kW Hp A iiii

iiii

––without MCB 00 0.75 1.5 1.6 to 2.5 07

0.06 – 0.16 to 0.25 02 1.1 / 1.5 3 2.5 to 4 08

0.09 – 0.25 to 0.40 03 2.2 5 4 to 6.3 10

0.12 / 0.18 – 0.40 to 0.63 04 3 / 4 5 6 to 10 14

0.25 0.5 0.63 to 1 05 5.5 10 9 to 14 16

0.37/ 0.55 1 1 to 1.6 06

kW= Motor power ratings in category AC-3, 400/415V, in kilowatts.

A= Adjustable range of circuit-breaker thermal trips, in amperes.

Hp= three phase horsepower at 575 Vac.

Communication interface for TeSys model U

V2.1

Type of addressing Standard

Supply by AS-Interface –

Supply by external source (AUX) Coil

AS-Interface profile 7.D.F.0

Maximum consumption from AS-Interface 30 mA30 mA

Dimensions W x D x H (mm / in.) depending on LU model

Catalog number ASILUFC5

Recommended accessory for connection to AS-Interface cable (3) ASIDCPFIL20

(3) Or direct screw terminal connection to AS-Interface and external supply (AUX), (other accessories, see page 8-9).

8-5

AS-I

NETWORKING

For additional information, reference Catalog 8340CT0001.

For dialogue

Keypads and Control stations Control stations with 2 pushbuttons

V1 Black and white Illuminated

Type of addressing Standard Standard

Supply by AS-Interface Buttons Buttons and pilot lights

Supply by external source (AUX) – –

AS-Interface profile 3.F 3.F

Consumption from AS-Interface < 40 mA < 80 mA

Dimensions W x D x H mm / (in.) 68 x 62 x 128 / 2.68 x 2.44 x 5.04 68 x 68 x 128 / 2.68 x 2.68 x 5.04

Catalog number XALS2001 XALS2003

Recommended accessory for connection to AS-Interface cable (4) ASIDCPM12D03 ASIDCPM12D03

(4) Or direct screw terminal connection to AS-Interface and external supply (AUX), (other accessories, see page 8-9).

Indicator banks, Ø 70 mm

(7)

Base units and cover Illuminated units Audible

“Flash” discharge tube Steady light

unit

Type of addressing Standard Standard – – – –

Connection to AS-Interface cable and AUX (male M12 connector) yes

yes, remote L=1m

––––

Supply by AS-Interface (5) (5) – – – –

Supply by external source (AUX) (5) (5) – – – –

AS-Interface profile 8.F 8.F – – – –

Consumption from AS-Interface, supply by AS-Interface / external 250 / 30 mA 250 / 30 mA – – – –

Light source – – 5 Joule 10 Joule LED –

Buzzer – – – – –

to 80

db at 1m

Catalog number XVBC21A XVBC21B XVBC6Bii

i (6) XVBC8Bii

i (6) XVBC2Bii

i (6) XVBC9B

Recommended accessory for connection to AS-Interface cable & AUX

ASIDCPM12D03

XZCG0120 ––––

(5) Illuminated units supplied by AS-Interface or externally, configurable by shunt.

(6) To complete the reference, replace the ii

i by the following number designating the colour: green: 3, red: 4 orange: 5, blue: 6, clear: 7, yellow: 8

(7) To obtain a complete indicator bank, order a base unit + the illuminated or audible units (5 units maximum).

8-6

AS-I

NETWORKING

www.telemecanique.com

AS-Interface

safety at work

Safety solutions

Safety monitors and Software

Safety monitors Category 4 conforming to EN954-1

V2.1

Number of circuits Safety 2 N.O. 2 x 2 N.O.

Auxiliary 1 solid state 2 solid state

Display (number of LEDs) 5 8

AS-Interface profile 7.F 7.F

AS-Interface compatibility V1 / V2 V1 / V2

Dimensions W x D x H (mm / in.) 45 x 120 x 104 / 1.77 x 4.72 x 4.09 45 x 120 x 104 / 1.77 x 4.72 x 4.09

Catalog number ASISAFEMON1 (1) ASISAFEMON2 (1)

(1) User guide ASISMONDOCA (EN/FR/DE) or ASISMONDOCB (ES/IT/PT), to be ordered separately.

Direct screw terminal connection to AS-Interface or by accessory for flat cable XZCG0122.

Setting-up software EN / FR / DE ES / IT / PT

Media CD-ROM PC CD-ROM PC

Environment Windows Windows

Catalog number ASISWIN ASISWINB

Accessories Cable Cable

for monitor parametering RS 232 for monitor to monitor transfer

Degree of protection IP20 IP20

Cable length 2 m (6.6') 0.2 m (7.87")

Catalog number ASISCPC ASISCM

8-7

AS-I

NETWORKING

For additional information, reference Catalog 8340CT0001.

Safety interfaces

Interface for Ø 22 Emergency stop Metal Plastic

V2.1 XB4 range XB5 range

Type of addressing Standard Standard

Supply by AS-Interface Emergency stop Emergency stop

AS-Interface profile 0.B.0 0.B.0

Consumption from AS-Interface 45 mA 45 mA

Degree of protection IP20 IP20

Dimensions W x D x H (mm / in.) 40 x 46.5 x 68 / 1.57 x 1.83 x 2.68 40 x 40 x 64 / 1.57 x 1.57 x 2.52

Reference with N.C. + N.C. contact (head not included with interface)

ASISSLB4 ASISSLB5

Reference of head (Ø 40 latching mushroom head, turn to release)

ZB4BS844 (2) ZB5AS844 (2)

(2) For references of other heads, refer to the "Preventa safety solutions" catalogue.

Interface for other safety products 2 x M12 entries

(3)

1 x M12 entry 1 x ISO M16 entry

(4)

V2.1

Type of addressing Standard Standard Standard

Supply by AS-Interface Inputs and sensor supply (200 mA max.)

AS-Interface profile 0.B.0 0.B.0 0.B.0

Consumption from AS-Interface 45 mA 45 mA 45 mA

Degree of protection IP67 IP67 IP67

Dimensions W x D x H (mm / in.) 40 x 40 x 58 / 1.57 x 1.57 x 2.28 40 x 40 x 58 / 1.57 x 1.57 x 2.28 40 x 40 x 58 / 1.57 x 1.57 x 2.28

Catalog number ASISSLC2 ASISSLC1 ASISSLLS

(3) For connection using 2 pre-wired connectors, or 1 pre-wired connector + 1 connector.

(4) For 1 x ISO M20 entry, include adaptor DE9RI2016 (sold in lots of 5).

Connection accessories, see pages 8-9 and 8-10

8-8

AS-I

NETWORKING

www.telemecanique.com

urrent in A at

V A

-Interfac

urrent in A at 24 V

AS-Interface

Installation system

Master modules

Platform Twido Premium Micro Quantum

Maximum number of master modules per PLC (2) 2 2, 4 or 8 depending on processor 1 8 (1)

Compatibility with AS-Interface interfaces and components V1/V2 V1/V2 V1 V1

Direct connection to AS-Interface cable by terminal block by terminal block by terminal block by terminal block

Maximum number of addresses 62 62 31 31

Type of addressing Standard/Extended (A/B) Standard/Extended (A/B) Standard Standard

Compatibility with analogue interfaces Yes Yes – –

Compatibility with safety interfaces Yes Yes Yes Yes

AS-Interface profile M.2.E M2 M2

Catalog number TWDNOI10M3 TSXSAY1000 TSXSAZ10 140EIA92100

(1) 4 per local rack, 4 per remote I/O, 2 per distributed I/O.

(2) See Twido section of catalog TWDNOI10M3.

Power supply units

Type of supply AS-Interface AS-Interface + Auxiliary

Input voltage 100 to 240 Vac 100 to 240 Vac 100 to 240 Vac

100 to 120, 200 to 240 Vac

AS-Interface output voltage 30 Vdc 30 Vdc 30 Vdc 30 Vdc

Auxiliary output voltage – – 24 Vdc 24 Vdc

AS-Interface nominal power 73 W 146 W 73 W 61–153 W

Auxiliary nominal power – – 72 W 72–168 W

AS-Interface nominal current 2.4 A 4.8 A 2.4 A 5 A (3)

AUX nominal current – – 3 A 7 A (3)

Direct connection to AS-Interface cable by terminal block by terminal block by terminal block by terminal block

Dimensions W x D x H (in.) 2.13 x 4.72 x 4.72 3.19 x 4.72 x 4.72 3.19 x 4.72 x 4.72 8.86 x 5.31 x 5.96

Catalog number without earth fault detection ASIABLB3002 ASIABLB3004 ASIABLM3024 TSXSUPA05

with earth fault detection ASIABLD3002 ASIABLD3004 – –

(3) Power supply unit with constant maximum output, see curve above.

8-9

AS-I

NETWORKING

For additional information, reference Catalog 8340CT0001.

Cables and repeater

Type Yellow AS-Interface cable Black Auxiliary cable Repeater

(4)

Wire c.s.a. 2 x 1.5 mm

(16 AWG) 2 x 1.5 mm

(16 AWG) –

Catalog number Cable L = 20 m (66') XZCB10201 (3) XZCB10202 (3) –

L = 50 m (164') XZCB10501 (3) XZCB10502 (3) –

L = 100 m (328') XZCB11001 (3) XZCB11002 (3) –

Catalog number of repeater – – XZMA1

(3) Standard cable. For TPE cable (oil and vapour resistant) add the letter H to the end of the reference, example: XZCB10201 becomes XZCB10201H.

(4) Enables an AS-Interface network to be extended by 100 m. Direct connection to the AS-Interface yellow cable by IDC.

IP67 tap-offs for flat cable

(For connecting interfaces and components)

Connection to cable by IDC AS-Interface AS-Interface + Auxiliary

Cable extremity M12 connector (5) Bared wires (6) M12 connector (5) Bared wires (7)

Reference Cable L = 0.3 m (1') – – ASIDCPM12D03 –

catalog number L = 0.6 m (2') XZCG01205D – – –

L = 1 m (3.3') XZCG0121D – – –

L = 2 m (6.6') – XZCG0122 ASIDCPM12D20 ASIDCPFIL20

L = 5 m (16.4') – – – ASIDCPFIL50

(5) Female 5-pin M12 end connector, screw threaded for connection with M12 male connector.

(6) 2 x 0.34 mm

(22 AWG) for product with terminal block.

(7) 4 x 0.34 mm

(22 AWG) for product with terminal block.

Connection to cable by IDC AS-Interface AS-Interface 2 AS-Interface

+ Auxiliary or 2 Auxiliary

Tap-off 4 x M12 connectors 1 x M12 connector 1 flat cable

5-pin female, screw threaded 5-pin female, screw threaded

Catalog number Tap-off XZSDP40D1 (8) XZCG0120 –

IDC connection base XZSDE1133 – XZSDE1113

Cover – – XZSDP (8)

(8) For the complete product, include the connection base.

8-10

AS-I

NETWORKING

www.telemecanique.com

AS-Interface

Installation system

Jumper cables M12 / M12

Type Male / Female jumper cable

Male connector type, interface side M12, 3-pin, straight, screw thread. M12, 4-pin, straight, screw thread.

M12, 5-pin, straight, screw thread.

Female connector type, sensor side M12, 3-pin, straight, screw thread. M12, 4-pin, straight, screw thread.

M12, 5-pin, straight, screw thread.

Cable PUR, black PUR, black PUR, black

Reference Cable L = 1 m (3.3') XZCR1511040A1 XZCR1511041C1 XZCR1511064D1

catalog number L = 2 m (6.6') XZCR1511040A2 XZCR1511041C2 XZCR1511064D2

M12 / M8 or DIN jumper leads

Type Male / Female jumper cable

Male connector type, interface side M12, 3-pin, straight, screw thread. M12, 3-pin, straight, screw thread.

M12, 3-pin, straight, screw thread.

Female connector type, sensor side M8, 3-pin, straight (1) M8, 3-pin, straight, screw thread.

DIN 43650A, elbowed, screw thrd.

Cable PUR, black PUR, black PUR, black

Reference Cable L = 1 m (3.3') XZCR1501040G1 XZCR1509040H1 XZCR1523062K1

catalog number L = 2 m (6.6') XZCR1501040G2 XZCR1509040H2 XZCR1523062K2

(1) Clip together connector.

Connectors, splitter box

Type Connectors Pre-wired connectors Splitter box

Male connector type, interface side M12, 4-pin M8, 3-pin

M12, 5-pin, straight, screw thread.

1 x M12, 5-pin, straight, screw thrd.

Female connector type, sensor side – – –

2 x M12, 5-pin, straight, screw thrd.

Cable – – PUR, black –

Catalog number Straight connector, screw thread.

XZCC12MDM40B XZCC8MDM30V

–XZLC1220C1

Elbowed connector, screw thread.

XZCC12MCM40B

–– –

Cable L = 0.5 m (1.6') – – XZCP1564L05 –

Cable L = 2 m (6.6') – – XZCP1564L2 –

8-11

AS-I

NETWORKING

For additional information, reference Catalog 8340CT0001.

Tools

Adjustment and addressing terminals

Display 25 mm (.98") LCD screen 13 mm (.51") LCD screen

Degree of protection IP40 IP20

AS-Interface voltage / current measurement yes no

Addresses stored in memory yes no

Access to functions direct by selector switch by scrolling menu

Compatibility V1/V2 V1/V2

Typical battery life 2500 addressing operations 250 read/write operations

Catalog number ASITERV2 XZMC11

Reference with set of 7 leads + protective cover for terminal ASITERV2SET –

Addressing accessories for terminals

ASITERV2 and XZMC11

Product connection Infrared addressing Socket Specific connection

base

For products ASISSL…/ ASI20M…/ ASIME / ABE8 to / APP1 / ASILUF to / XZSCA44D21

XBZS43 / ASI20M / VW3 / XBLC

Catalog number ASITERIR1 XZMG12 XZMG13

Product connection M12, male M12, female Jack plug Specific connec-

tion base

(2)

For products (3) XVB… / XAL… / LF… XZSD… XZSD…

XZSCA44D22

Catalog number ASITERACC1M ASITERACC1F ASITERACC2 ASITERACC3

(2) For use with ASITERACC2.

(3) For connection to AS-Interface cable using T connector XZCG0120.

8-12

AS-I

NETWORKING

www.telemecanique.com

S S S S

A AM

100 m 100 m

S SS S

A A A A

S S S S S SS S

100 m 100 m 50 m 50 m 100 m 100 m

M A S

1Product family, interfaces or components, etc.

2AS-Interface version: (V1 and V2.1 compatibility, see table below).

V1: version enabling mounting of 31 interfaces or components per master module using products with standard addressing.

V2.1: version enabling mounting of 31 interfaces or components per master module using products with standard addressing or 62 interfaces or

components per master module using products with extended A/B addressing.

Diagnostic information, such as a short-circuit on a sensor supply, is signalled to the PLC.

3Each input enables connection of a sensor (detectors, switches, pushbuttons, etc.).

4Each output enables connection of an actuator (contactors, solenoids, pilot lights, etc.).

5Standard addressing: enables connection of 31 interfaces or components.

Extended addressing: enables connection of 62 interfaces or components.

6Indicates the circuits that can be supplied directly by the AS-Interface (example: yellow cable).

7Indicates the circuits requiring an external supply source. This voltage can be distributed by the flat black cable.

8The profile is very useful when replacing an existing product and ensures full interchangeability. For V2.1 products, the 3rd character of the profile can

be changed by the user using the adjustment or addressing terminal.

9Enables the power of the AS-Interface supply to be established.

10 Overall dimensions of product.

11 Enables the product to be ordered.

12 Accessory best suited for connection of product. Other types of accessory can equally be used.

Usage guidelines

Selection tables

Power supply: Only use PELV type power supply units such as those listed on page 8-8. Do not use any other power supply type.

Calculating the length of the AS-Interface network: Add the length of the yellow cable to 2 x the length of the connection accessories. Example: 50 m yellow cable and 5

tap-offs with 2 m (6.6') cable (ref. ASI-DCPM12D20) => network length = 50 + (2 x 5 x 2) = 70 m. [164' + (2 x 16.4' x 2) = 230']

It is recommended that unnecessary cable runs are avoided.

The maximum length of the network is 100 m (328'), but this can be extended to 200 m (656') by using 1 repeater or to 300 m (984') by using 2 repeaters (see page 9). By

positioning the master module at the center of the network, it is possible to achieve 500 m (1640'). It is not possible to exceed this value using a single master.

Master module Power supply Interface or component

The AS-Interface cable:

Preferably use the flat yellow cable and respect the polarities (+ brown, – blue).

However, it is possible to use standard cabling, particularly in enclosures, but ensure that the 2 wires are not twisted in order to avoid reversal of the AS-Interface + and

AS-Interface –.

Some AS-Interface rules

Modular interface, width 25 mm (.98") Analog Digital

V2.1

Number of inputs 2 (0 to 10V) 2 (0/4 to 20mA) 4

Number of outputs – – –

Type of addressing Standard Standard Extended (A/B)

Supply by AS-Interface Inputs and sensor supply (200 mA max.)

Supply by 24 Vdc external source (black AUX cable) – – –

AS-Interface profile 7.3.F.D 7.3.F.D 0.A.7.0

Maximum consumption from AS-Interface (excluding sensor supply) 60 mA 60 mA 85 mA

Dimensions W x D x H (mm / in.) 25x70x87 mm 25x70x87 mm 25x70x87 mm

Catalog number ASI20MA2VU ASI20MA2VI ASI20MT4IE

Accessory for connection to flat cables XZCG0122 XZCG0122 XZCG0122

Compatibility between V1 and V2.1 master modules and V1 and V2.1 interfaces or components

Master Interfaces and components Analog interfaces

modules V1 V2.1 V2.1

V1 Ye s Yes (1) No

V2.1 Yes (1) Yes Yes

(1) Diagnostic information, such as a short-circuit on a sensor supply, is not signalled to the PLC.

V1 and V2.1 interfaces and components can be combined on the same master module.

328' 328' 328' 328' 164' 164' 328' 328'

Preventa

Machine Safeguarding Products

Preventa Machine

Safeguarding Product

Solutions:

Developed to match multiple application

configurations, Preventa Machine

Safeguarding Products are easy to select,

install and operate due to their flexible

functionality and compact design.

• Safety Controllers

• Safety Relays

• Safety Interlock Switches

• Non-Contact Safety Interlock Switches

• Safety Limit Switches

• Light Curtains

• Cable Pull Switches

Maintaining Safe and

Compliant Working

Environments

With Preventa safeguarding products,

Schneider Electric offers the most complete

line of safety solutions for your machinery

and industrial processes. From stand-alone

safety monitoring to integrated safety

control systems, the Telemecanique

comprehensive line of Preventa safety

products can provide the appropriate level

of machine safeguarding no matter what

your industry or application.

The Preventa Advantage:

Experience

Industry-leading expertise in advanced switching and sensing technologies, with

over 30 years of safety product innovation.

Compliance

All devices are UL, CSA, and CE compliant and are designed to work together to

meet applicable Domestic and International safety standards and requirements.

Single Source

Comprehensive machine safeguarding product offering that allows for single

safety function operation or integration into a total safety system solution.

Flexibility

Single components that can perform multiple safety functions in a

variety of conditions makes for easier product selection and a

smaller, more manageable product inventory.

Global Reach

Worldwide supplier for compliant solutions and fast delivery.

ocess

- Safet

controller

-Safet

rela

etect

- Safet

interlock switche

- Non-contact safet

interlock switche

- Safet

limit switches

- Li

ht curtain

Dialo

- Emer

ency sto

—

Cable

ull switche

9-2

9-10

9-6

MACHINE

SAFEGUARDING

9-2

MACHINE

SAFEGUARDING

www.telemecanique.com

Process

Safety controllers

• emergency stops and limit switches

For monitoring

Maximum category of the solution Category 4

(EN 954-1)

Number of circuits Safety 4 N.O. + 6 solid-state 3 N.O. per function

Additional – 3 solid-state

Display (number of LEDs) 30 12

Width of housing (mm / in.) 74 / 2.91 45 / 1.77

Universal solutions: safety controllers (for monitoring several safety functions simultaneously)

Supply voltage 24 Vdc XPSMC16X (with 16 inputs) (2) XPSMP11123P (1)

XPSMC32X (with 32 inputs) (2) –

• Non-contact safety interlock switches

Maximum category of the solution Category 4

(EN 954-1)

For monitoring Non-contact safety interlock switches

Number of circuits Safety 4 N.O. + 6 solid-state 3 N.O. per function

Additional – 3 solid-state

Display (number of LEDs) 30 12

Width of housing (mm / in.) 74 / 2.91 45 / 1.77

Universal solutions: safety controllers (for monitoring several safety functions simultaneously)

Supply voltage 24 Vdc XPSMC16X (with 16 inputs) (2) XPSMP11123P (1)

XPSMC32X (with 32 inputs) (2) –

• safety mats and safety edges

Maximum category of the solution Category 3

(EN 954-1)

Number of circuits Safety 4 N.O. + 6 solid-state 3 N.O. per function

Additional – 3 solid-state

Display (number of LEDs) 30 12

Width of housing (mm / in.) 74 / 2.91 45 / 1.77

Universal solutions: safety controllers (for monitoring several safety functions simultaneously)

Supply voltage 24 Vdc XPSMC16X (with 16 inputs) (2) XPSMP11123P (1)

XPSMC32X (with 32 inputs) (2) –

(1) For version with non-removable terminal block, delete the letter P from the end of the catalog number (example: XPSMP11123P becomes XPSMP11123).

(2) XPSMCWIN configuration software, configuration cable TSXPCX1031, adapter XPSMCCPC and set of plug in connectors with screw terminals XPSMCTS16 or XPSMCTS32

or set of plug in connectors with spring terminals XPSMCTC16 or XPSMCTC32 must be ordered separately.

Available 2nd quarter 2004

Universal

9-3

MACHINE

SAFEGUARDING

Maximum category of the solution Category 3 Category 4

(EN 954-1)

Number of circuits Safety 3 N.O. 3 N.O. 3 N.O. 7 N.O.

N.O.+3 N.O.

time

delay

Additional 1 solid-state – 1 N.C. + 4 solid-state 2 N.C. + 4 solid-state 3 solid-state

Display (number of LEDs) 2 3 4 4 11

Width of housing (mm / in.) 22.5 / 0.89 22.5 / 0.89 45 / 1.77 90 / 3.54 45 / 1.77

Optimum solutions: safety modules (for monitoring 1 safety function)

Supply voltage 24 Vdc – – – – XPSAV11113P (1)

24 Vac/dc XPSAC5121P (1) XPSAF5130P (1) XPSAK311144P (1) XPSAR311144P (1) –

24 Vdc/120 Vac – – XPSAK351144P (1) XPSAR351144P (1) –

(1) For version with non-removable terminal block, delete the letter P from the end of the catalog number (example: XPSAV11113P becomes XPSAV11113)

• Non-contact safety interlock switches

Maximum category of the solution Category 4

(EN 954-1)

For monitoring 2 non-contact safety 6 non-contact safety

interlock switches maximum interlock switches maximum

Number of circuits Safety 2 N.O. 2 N.O.

Additional 2 solid-state 2 solid-state

Display (number of LEDs) 3 15

Width of housing (mm / in.) 22.5 / 0.89 45 / 1.77

Optimum solutions: safety modules (for monitoring 1 safety function)

Supply voltage 24 Vdc XPSDMB1132P (1) XPSDME1132P (1)

(1) For version with non-removable terminal block, delete the letter P from the end of the catalog number (example: XPSDMB1132P becomes XPSDMB1132).

• safety mats and safety edges

Maximum category of the solution Category 3

(EN 954-1)

Number of circuits Safety 3 N.O.

Additional 1 N.C. + 4 solid-state

Display (number of LEDs) 4

Width of housing (mm / in.) 45 / 1.77

Optimum solutions: safety modules (for monitoring 1 safety function)

Supply voltage 24 Vac/dc XPSAK311144P (1)

24 Vdc/120 Vac XPSAK351144P (1)

(1) For version with non-removable terminal block, delete the letter P from the end of the catalog number (example: XPSAK311144P becomes XPSAK311144).

Safety relays

• emergency stops and limit switches

For additional information, reference Catalog #9007CT0201.

9-4

MACHINE

SAFEGUARDING

www.telemecanique.com

Maximum category of the solution Category 4

(EN 954-1)

Number of circuits Safety 4 N.O. + 6 solid-state

Additional –

Display (number of LEDs) 30

Width of housing (mm / in.) 74 / 2.91

Universal solutions: safety controllers (for monitoring several safety functions simultaneously)

Supply voltage 24 Vdc XPSMC16X (with 16 inputs) (2) XPSMC32X (with 32 inputs) (2)

• light curtains

Maximum category of the solution Category 4

(EN 954-1)

Number of circuits Safety 4 N.O. + 6 solid-state 3 N.O. per function

Additional – 3 solid-state

Display (number of LEDs) 30 12

Width of housing (mm / in.) 74 / 2.91 45 / 1.77

Integral Muting function Ye s N o

Universal solutions: safety controllers (for monitoring several safety functions simultaneously)

Supply voltage 24 Vdc XPSMC16X (with 16 inputs) (2) XPSMP11123P (1)

XPSMC32X (with 32 inputs) (2) –

•

zero speed and time delay

Maximum category of the solution Category 4

(EN 954-1)

For monitoring Motor zero speed, time delay, elevators

Number of circuits Safety 4 N.O. + 6 solid-state

Additional –

Display (number of LEDs) 30

Width of housing (mm / in.) 74 / 2.91

Universal solutions: safety controllers (for monitoring several safety functions simultaneously)

Supply voltage 24 Vdc XPSMC16X (with 16 inputs) (2) XPSMC32X (with 32 inputs) (2)

(1) For version with non-removable terminal block, delete the letter P from the end of the catalog number (example: XPSMP11123P becomes XPSMP11123).

(2) XPSMCWIN configuration software, configuration cable TSXPCX1031, adapter XPSMCCPC and set of plug in connectors with screw terminals XPSMCTS16 or XPSMCTS32

or set of plug in connectors with spring terminals XPSMCTC16 or XPSMCTC32 must be ordered separately.

Process

Safety controllers

• two-hand control

For monitoring

Available 2nd quarter 2004

0,0

0,2

0,4

0,6

0,8

1,0

Universal

9-5

MACHINE

SAFEGUARDING

Safety relays

• two-hand control

Maximum category of the solution Category 1 Category 4

(EN 954-1) (type IIIA to EN 574) (type IIIC to EN 574)

Number of circuits Safety 1 N.O. 2 N.O. 2 N.O.

Additional 1 N.C. 1 N.C. 2 solid-state

Display (number of LEDs) 2 3 3

Width of housing (mm / in.) 22.5 / 0.89 45 / 1.77 22.5 / 0.89

Optimum solutions: safety modules (for monitoring 1 safety function)

Supply voltage 24 Vdc – XPSBC1110 XPSBF1132P (1)

24 Vac/dc XPSBA5120 ––

120 Vac XPSBA3420 XPSBC3410

(1) For version with non-removable terminal block, delete the letter P from the end of the catalog number (example: XPSBF1132P becomes XPSBF1132).

• light curtains

Maximum category of the solution Category 2 Category 4

(EN 954-1)

Number of circuits Safety 2 N.O. 3 N.O. 3 N.O. 7 N.O.

Additional 4 solid-state – 1 N.C. + 4 solid-state 1 N.C. + 4 solid-state

Display (number of LEDs) 4 3 4 4

Width of housing (mm / in.) 45 / 1.77 22.5 / 0.89 45 / 1.77 90 / 3.54

Integral Muting function Ye s N o N o N o

Optimum solutions: safety modules (for monitoring 1 safety function)

Supply voltage 24 Vdc XPSCM1144P (1) – – –

24 Vac/dc – XPSAFL5130P (1) XPSAK311144P (1) XPSAR311144P (1)

24 Vdc/120 Vac – – XPSAK351144P (1) XPSAR351144P (1)

(1) For version with non-removable terminal block, delete the letter P from the end of the catalog number (example: XPSCM1144P becomes XPSCM1144).

•

zero speed, time delay and elevators

Maximum category of the solution Category 3 Category 4

(EN 954-1)

For monitoring

Motor zero speed

Safety time delay Elevators

Number of circuits Safety 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. 1 N.O. time delay 1 N.O. pulse 2 N.O.

Additional 2 solid-state 2 N.C. + 2 solid-state 2 N.C. + 2 solid-state 2 solid-state

Display (number of LEDs) 4 4 4 4

Width of housing (mm / in.) 90 / 3.54 45 / 1.77 45 / 1.77 45 / 1.77

Optimum solutions: safety modules (for monitoring 1 safety function)

Supply voltage 24 Vdc XPSVN1142 –––

24 Vac/dc – XPSTSA5142P (2) XPSTSW5142P (2) XPSDA5142

120 Vac XPSVN3442 XPSTSA3442P (2) XPSTSW3442P (2) XPSDA3442

(2) Removable terminal block version only.

0,0

0,2

0,4

0,6

0,8

1,0

For additional information, reference Catalog #9007CT0201.

9-6

MACHINE

SAFEGUARDING

www.telemecanique.com

Actuation speed (min → max)

Degree of protection

Rated operational characteristics

(conforming to IEC/EN 60947-5-1)

Dimensions (body + head) W x D x H (inches)

Solenoid supply voltage

Complete switch

(N.C.+N.O. stag.: XCSMP/PA/TE) (N.C.+N.O.+N.O.: XCSTA)

(N.C.+N.C.: XCSPA/TE) (N.C.+N.C.+N.O.: XCSMP/

TA)

Type XCSMP Type XCSPA and TA Type XCSTE

with 6.6 ft. cable 1x

1/2" NPT entry

11 mm entry

(2)

1 x 11 mm entry (2)

2 in/s to 59 in/s 0.39 in/s to 19.7 in/s 0.39 in/s to 19.7 in/s

IP 67,

Type 4, 4X indoor, 12

AC 15, C 300 AC 15, A 300 AC 15, B 300

DC 13, Q 300 DC 13, Q 300 DC 13, Q 300

1.18 x 0.6 x 3.42 1.18 x 1.18 x 4.4 2.05 x 1.18 x 4.5 4.32 x 1.3 x 3.67

––– 24 Vac/dc 120 Vac/dc 230 Vac/dc

XCSMP59L2 (3)

XCSPA593 XCSTA593 XCSTE5313 XCSTE5333 XCSTE5343

XCSMP70L2 (3)

XCSPA793 XCSTA793 XCSTE7313 XCSTE7333 XCSTE7343

2-pole contact

Slow break

(N.C. + N.O.)

2-pole contact

Slow break

(N.C. + N.C.)

3-pole contact

Slow break

(N.C. + N.O. + N.O.)

3-pole contact

Slow break

(N.C. + N.C. + N.O.)

Detect

Safety interlock switches

and actuating keys

Plastic, double insulated switches

Without locking Locking without power (1)

3-pole contact

Slow break

(N.C. + N.O. + N.O.)

3-pole contact

Slow break

(N.C. + N.C. + N.O.)

Without locking With interlocking, manual unlocking

By button By key lock

Locking without

power (1)

(1) For locking with power, refer to the Machine Safeguarding Products Catalog #9007CT0201.

(2) With 1/2" NPT conduit adapter.

Actuation speed (min → max)

Degree of protection

Rated operational characteristics

(conforming to IEC/EN 60947-5-1)

Dimensions (body + head) W x D x H (inches)

Solenoid supply voltage

Complete switch (N.C. + N.O. + N.O.)

(N.C. + N.C. + N.O.)

Type XCSA/B/C Type XCSE

1 x 1/2" NPT conduit entry 2 x 1/2" NPT conduit entry

0.39 in/s to 19.7 in/s 0.39 in/s to 19.7 in/s

IP 67,

UL Type 4, 4X, 12

IP 67,

UL Type 4, 4X, 12

AC 15, A 300 AC 15, B 300

DC 13, Q 300 DC 13, Q 300

1.57 x 1.73 x 4.47 2.05 x 1.73 x 4.47 2.05 x 1.73 x 4.47 3.86 x 1.73 x 5.75

––– 24 Vac/dc 110/120 Vac/dc 220/240 Vac/dc

XCSA503 XCSB503 XCSC503 XCSE5313 XCSE5333 XCSE5343

XCSA703 XCSB703 XCSC703 XCSE7313 XCSE7333 XCSE7343

Metal switches

(1) For locking with power, refer to the Machine Safeguarding Products Catalog #9007CT0201.

Actuating keys and accessories

Straight

Wide

L=40 mm / 1.57" (1)

Right-angled

Pivoting

Actuating keys

Retaining device

Straight Right-angled

Catalog number

Actuating keys

XCSZ81 XCSZ84 XCSZ83 XCSZ85

For safety interlock switches XCSMP

Pivoting, RH door Pivoting, LH door

Guard/door retainer

Straight Wide Pivoting

Catalog number XCSZ11 XCSZ12 XCSZ14 XCSZ13 XCSZ21

For safety interlock switches XCSPA/TA/TE

(1) For L = 29 mm / 1.14", catalog number = XCSZ15.

Catalog number

Actuating keys Door lock

XCSZ01 XCSZ02 XCSZ03 XCSZ05

For safety interlock switches XCSA/B/C/E

Millimeters

Inches

Millimeters

Inches

1314

22 21

20/22

0.79/0.87

40.3

1.57

20/22

0.79/0.87

3.70

3.46

1.18

2.36

20/22

0.79/0.87

9-7

MACHINE

SAFEGUARDING

2-pole contact

Slow break

(N.C. + N.O.)

2-pole contact

Slow break

(N.C. + N.C.)

Safety interlock switches

with rotary lever or rotary shaft

Stainless steel, elbowed (flush with rear of switch) lever Stainless steel straight lever Stainless steel

Lever to left Lever centered Lever to right

Lever to left or right

Lever centered

shaft, L = 1.18"

Minimum torque (actuation / positive opening)

Degree of protection

Rated operational characteristics

Dimensions (body + head) W x D x H (inches)

Tripping angle

Complete switch (N.C. + N.O., break before make)

(N.C. + N.C.)

Type XCSPL with rotary lever or XCSPR with rotary shaft

1 x 1/2" NPT conduit entry

0.88 in-lb (0.1 N•m) / 2.2 in-lb (0.25 N•m)

IP67, Type 4, 4X indoor, 12

AC 15, A 300 / DC 13, Q 300 (conforming to IEC/EN 60947-5-1)

1.18 x 1.18 x 6.3 1.18 x 1.18 x 6.3 1.18 x 1.18 x 6.3 1.18 x 1.18 x 6.3 1.18 x 1.18 x 6.3 1.18 x 1.18 x 3.79

5°5°5°5°5°5°

XCSPL593 XCSPL583 XCSPL573 XCSPL563 XCSPL553 XCSPR553

XCSPL793 XCSPL783 XCSPL773 XCSPL763 XCSPL753 XCSPR753

Plastic switches

3-pole contact

Slow break

(N.C. + N.O. + N.O.)

3-pole contact

Slow break

(N.C. + N.C. + N.O.)

Stainless steel, elbowed (flush with Stainless steel straight lever

Stainless steel shaft

rear of switch) lever—Lever centered Lever centered Length 1.18"

Minimum torque (actuation / positive opening)

Degree of protection

Rated operational characteristics

Dimensions (body + head) W x P x H (inches)

Tripping angle

Complete switch

(N.C. + N.O. + N.O., 2 N.O. staggered)

(N.C. + N.C. + N.O., N.O.

staggered)

Type XCSTL with rotary lever or XCSTR with rotary shaft

2 x 11 mm conduit entry with 1/2" NPT conduit adapter

0.88 in-lb (0.1 N•m) / 4.0 in-lb (0.45 N•m)

IP 67,

Type 4, 4X indoor, 12

AC 15, A 300 / DC 13, Q 300 (conforming to IEC/EN 60947-5-1)

2.05 x 1.18 x 7.00 2.05 x 1.18 x 7.00 2.05 x 1.18 x 4.60

5°5°5°

XCSTL583 XCSTL553 XCSTR553

XCSTL783 XCSTL753 XCSTR753

Metal switches

Rectangular Rectangular Cylindrical

With LED (2) With LED (2) With LED (2)

Non-contact safety interlock switches

Switches for actuation

Degree of protection

Type of contact

Rated operational characteristics

Dimensions W x D x H (inches)

Operating zone (3)

Switch with coded magnet (N.C. + N.O., N.C. staggered)

(N.C. + N.C., 1 N.C. staggered)

(N.C. + N.O. + N.O., 1 N.C. staggered)

(N.C. + N.C. + N.O., 1 N.C. staggered)

Type XCSDM non-contact safety interlock switches

Pre-wired, L = 2 m (6.6 ft)

Face to face, face to side, side to side Face to face

IP 66 + IP 67

REED

Ue = 24 Vdc, Ie = 100 mA

0.63 x 0.27 x 2.00 0.98 x 0.51 x 3.36 M30 Dia. x 1.52

Sao: 0.20", Sar: 0.59" Sao: 0.31", Sar: 0.79" Sao: 0.31", Sar: 0.79

XCSDMC5912 –XCSDMR5912

XCSDMC7912 –XCSDMR7912

–XCSDMP5012 –

–XCSDMP7012 –

Contact

(N.C. + N.O.,

N.C.

staggered)

Contact

(N.C. + N.C.,

1 N.C.

staggered)

Contact

(N.C. + N.O. +

N.O., 1 N.C.

staggered)

Contact

(N.C. + N.C. +

N.O., 1 N.C.

staggered)

Plastic switches

(1) Contact states shown are with the magnet present.

(2) For version without LED indicator, replace the last 1 in the catalog number with 0 (example: XCSDMC5912 becomes XCSDMC5902).

(3) Sao: assured operating distance. Sar: assured release distance.

(1) (1)

Millimeters

Inches

1314

22 21

20/22

0.79/0.87

40.3

1.57

20/22

0.79/0.87

PK GY

BK WH

BU BN

PK GY

BK WH

BU BN

For additional information, reference Catalog #9007CT0201.

9-8

MACHINE

SAFEGUARDING

www.telemecanique.com

Detect

Safety limit switches

3-pole contact

N.C. + N.C. + N.O.

Slow break

3-pole contact

N.C. + N.C. + N.O.

Snap action

Type XCSM, metal

pre-wired with 2 m (6.6 ft) cable (1)

Actuation speed (min → max) slow break

snap action

Minimum force or torque (actuation / positive opening)

Degree of protection

Dimensions (body + head) W x D x H

Complete switch N.C. + N.C. + N.O. snap action

N.C. + N.C. + N.O. slow break

19.7 ft/min. / 1.64 ft/sec. 19.7 ft/min. / 1.64 ft/sec. 19.7 ft/min. / 4.9 ft/sec.

0.39 in/min. / 1.64 ft/sec. 0.39 in/min. / 1.64 ft/sec. 0.39 in/min. / 4.9 ft/sec.

1.9 lb (8.5 N) / 9.5 lb (42.4 N) 1.6 lb (7 N) / 7.9 lb (35 N)

0.9 in-lb (0.1 N•m) / 4.4 in-lb (0.5 Nm)

IP66 + IP67 + IP68, Type 4, 4x, 6, 12

1.18" 0.63" x 2.36" (30 x 16 x 60 mm) 1.18" 0.63" x 2.77" (30 x 16 x 70.5 mm) 1.18" x 1.28" x 3.70" (30 x 32 x 94 mm)

XCSM3910L2 XCSM3902L2 XCSM3915L2

XCSM3710L2 XCSM3702L2 XCSM3715L2

(1) For a 5 m (16.4 ft) long cable, replace the last digit of the catalog number with 5 (example: XCSM3910L2 becomes XCSM3910L5).

Miniature switches

3-pole contact

N.C. + N.C. + N.O.

Slow break

3-pole contact

N.C. + N.C. + N.O.

Snap action

Type XCSD, metal Type XCSP, plastic

1 x 1/2" NPT conduit (2) 1 x 1/2" NPT conduit (2)

Actuation speed slow break min

max

snap action min

max

Minimum force or torque (actuation / positive opening)

Degree of protection

Dimensions (body + head) W x D x H (inches)

Complete switch N.C. + N.C. + N.O. snap action

N.C. + N.C. + N.O. slow break

19.7 ft/min. 19.7 ft/min. 19.7 ft/min. 19.7 ft/min. 19.7 ft/min. 19.7 ft/min.

1.64 ft/sec. 1.64 ft/sec. 4.9 ft/sec. 1.64 ft/sec. 1.64 ft/sec. 4.9 ft/sec.

0.39 in/min. 0.39 in/min. 0.39 in/min. 0.39 in/min. 0.39 in/min. 0.39 in/min.

1.64 ft/sec. 1.64 ft/sec. 4.9 ft/sec. 1.64 ft/sec. 1.64 ft/sec. 4.9 ft/sec.

3.72 lb /10.12 lb 2.7 lb / 8.09 lb 0.89 in-lb / 2.21 in-lb 3.72 lb /10.12 lb 2.7 lb / 8.09 lb 0.89 in-lb / 2.21 in-lb

IP66 + IP67, Type 4, 4x, 12

1.34 x 1.36 x 3.50 1.34 x 1.36 x 3.92 1.34 x 1.67 x 4.78 1.34 x 1.36 x 3.50 1.34 x 1.36 x 3.92 1.34 x 1.67 x 4.78

XCSD3910N12 XCSD3902N12 XCSD3918N12 XCSP3910N12 XCSP3902N12 XCSP3918N12

XCSD3710N12 XCSD3702N12 XCSD3718N12 XCSP3710N12 XCSP3702N12 XCSP3718N12

(2) For other conduit entries, refer to the Machine Safeguarding Products Catalog #9007CT0201.

Compact switches

Metal Roller plunger Thermoplastic

end plunger roller lever

Metal Roller plunger Thermoplastic Metal Roller plunger Thermoplastic

end plunger roller lever end plunger roller lever

RD-WH

GN-YE

BK-WH

RD-WH

GN-YE

BK-WH

9-9

MACHINE

SAFEGUARDING

Light curtains

Type 2

Light curtain

Height protected (conforming to EN 999)

Nominal sensing distance (Sn)

Number of circuits Safety

Additional

Response time

Modules (integral muting function) 24 Vdc

Thru-beam pairs, Pre-cabled, L = 5m (16.4 ft) PNP

axially aligned M12 connector PNP

Type 2 conforming to IEC/EN 61496-1

750–1200 mm / 29.53"–47.2" (1 to 4 beams)

8 m / 26.2 ft

2 N.O.

4 solid-state

< 25 ms

XPSCM1144P (1)

XU2S18PP340L5 (2)

XU2S18PP340D (2)

(2) For alignment at 90° to the mounting axes, insert the letter W in the catalog number before the last letter (example: XU2S18PP340L5 becomes XU2S18PP340WL5).

Type 4

Sensing range

Minimum object sensitivity (MOS)

Number of circuits Safety

Additional

Response time

Transmitter + receiver protected height 260 / 10.3

(mm / in) 350 / 13.8

435 / 17.2

520 / 20.6

610 / 24.1

700 / 27.6

870 / 34.3

955 / 37.7

1045 / 41.2

1215 / 47.9

1390 / 54.9

1570 / 61.8

Type 4 conforming to IEC/EN 61496-1.

Pre-wired with 0.25m (9.8 in) cable with connector.

0.3–7.5 m /

1 to 24 ft

0.3–9 m /

1 to 29.5 ft

14 mm (0.55 in) finger protection 30 mm (1.18 in) hand protection

2 solid-state PNP 2 solid-state PNP

1 solid-state PNP 1 solid-state PNP

20–40 ms depending on model 20–30 ms depending on model

XUSLTQ6A0260 –

XUSLTQ6A0350 XUSLTR5A0350

XUSLTQ6A0435 –

XUSLTQ6A0520 XUSLTR5A0520

XUSLTQ6A0610 –

XUSLTQ6A0700 XUSLTR5A0700

XUSLTQ6A0870 XUSLTR5A0870

XUSLTQ6A0955 –

XUSLTQ6A1045 XUSLTR5A1045

XUSLTQ6A1215 XUSLTR5A1215

XUSLTQ6A1390 XUSLTR5A1390

–XUSLTR5A1570

(1) For version with non removable terminal block, delete the letter P from the end of the reference (example: XPSCM1144P becomes XPSCM1144).

Compact range

Connector cables

Length

Pre-wired with connector receiver cable

(shielded cable) transmitter cable

10 m (32.8 ft) 15 m (49.2 ft) 30 m (98.4 ft)

XSZTCR10 XSZTCR15 XSZTCR30

XSZTCT10 XSZTCT15 XSZTCT30

Light curtain functions

• Auto/Manual,

• Monitoring of external switching devices (EDM: External Devices Monitoring),

• Test input (MTS: Monitoring Test Signal),

• Blanking (ECS/B),

• Floating Blanking (FB),

• Blanking + Floating Blanking,

• Alignment aid by LED display of each light beam broken,

• LED display of operating modes and alarms.

For additional information, reference Catalog #9007CT0201.

9-10

MACHINE

SAFEGUARDING

www.telemecanique.com

For emergency stop buttons, see pages 4-3, 4-6, 4-10, 4-13 and 4-14 in the operator interface section.

Dialog

Emergency stops

Cable pull switches

Latching when tripped

1/2" NPT conduit entry

Booted pushbutton reset

0.01

50 gn / 10 gn

IP 65, Type 4, 12

AC-15, A300 / DC-13, Q300 (conforming to IEC/EN 60947-5-1)

201 x 71 x 68 / 7.90 x 2.80 x 2.70

≤ 15 m (50 ft)

XY2CH13150 Standard reset XY2CH13250 Booted reset

XY2CH13170 Standard reset XY2CH13270 Booted reset

Mechanical life (millions of operating cycles)

Shock / vibration resistance

Degree of protection

Rated operational characteristics

Dimensions W x D x H (mm / in)

Operating cable length

Contact N.C. + N.O. slow break

N.C. + N.C. slow break

N.C. + N.O. contact

slow break

N.C. + N.C. contact

slow break

Latching when tripped

1/2" NPT conduit entry

Booted pusbutton reset

Mechanical life (millions of operating cycles)

Shock / vibration resistance

Degree of protection

Rated operational characteristics

Dimensions W x D x H (mm / in)

Operating cable length

Contact

N.C. + N.O. slow break

N.C. + N.C. slow break

2 N.C. + 2 N.O. slow break

0.01

50 gn / 10 gn

IP 65, Type 4, 12

AC-15, A300 / DC-13, Q300 (conforming to IEC/EN 60947-5-1)

229 x 82 x 142 / 9.00 x 3.23 x 5.60

≤ 50 m (165 ft)

Standard reset Std. reset with pilot light Booted reset Booted reset with pilot light

XY2CE1A150 (1) – XY2CE1A250 (1) –

XY2CE1A170 (1) – XY2CE1A270 (1) –

XY2CE1A190 (1) XY2CE1A196 (1) XY2CE1A290 (1) XY2CE1A296 (1)

For operating cable length ≤ 15 m (50 ft.)

For operating cable length ≤ 50 m (165 ft)

N.C. + N.O. contact

slow break

N.C. + N.C. contact

slow break

2 N.C. + 2 N.O.

contact

slow break

Cable kits

For use with XY2CH XY2CE XY2CE

Contains 1 cable - 34.4' (10.5m) long, 1 cable - 83.7' (25.5m) long, 1 cable - 165.6' (50.5m) long,

1 cable clamp and 1 end spring 4 cable clamps, 1 turnbuckle, 4 cable clamps, 1 turnbuckle,

3 cable end protectors, 1 cable 3 cable end protectors, 1 cable

support, 1 end spring support, 1 end spring

Part Number XY2CZ9310 XY2CZ9325 XY2CZ9350

Accessories

For use with all XY2CE and XY2CH

Style Cable support Pulley Pulley support Cable clamp

Part Number XY2CZ601 XY2CZ708 XY2CZ705 XY2CZ523

12 11

22 21

12 11

14 13

(1) Right cable mount listed. For left hand cable mount, replace the first 1 after the “CE” with 2 (example: XY2CE1A150 changes to XY2CE2A150)

For additional information, reference Catalog #9007CT0201.

10-1

MOTION

Lexium

drives

For SER and BPH brushless motors

Type of MHDA drive Digital for controlling brushless motors

Lexium 17D Lexium 17D HP

Power supply Voltage 208–480 Vac 3-phase

Current 1.8 A rms 3.6 A rms 7.2 A rms 12 A rms 24 A rms 48 A rms 84 A rms

Output current Continuous 1.5 A rms 3 A rms 6 A rms 10 A rms 20 A rms 40 A rms 70 A rms

Intermittent (5 s) 3 A rms 6 A rms 12 A rms 20 A rms 40 A rms 80 A rms 140 A rms

Anti-start Integrated (1) Integrated

Braking resistor Integrated Not integrated

EMC filter Integrated Not integrated

Catalog number Analog control mode

MHDA MHDA MHDA MHDA MHDA MHDA MHDA

1004A00 1008A00 1017A00 1028A00 1056A00 1112A00 1198A00

Optional card for AM0SER001V000

SERCOS mode (2)

Communication cards (2) Fipio bus: AM0FIP001V000, Modbus Plus network: AM0MBP001V000, Profibus DP bus:

AM0PBS001V000,

Type of associated brushless motor (3)

Lexium SER (IP41 or IP56) Lexium BPH (IP65 or IP67) Continuous torque at standstill/peak torque at standstill

BPH0552S 8000 rpm 3.5/9.7 in-lb

BPH0751N 6000 rpm 8/16.8 in-lb 11.5/30.1 in-lb

SER39A4L7S 6000 rpm 9.7/22.1 in-lb 9.7/35.4 in-lb

SER39B4L3S 6000 rpm 19.5/38.9 in-lb 19.5/70.8 in-lb

BPH0752N 6000 rpm 11.5/22.1 in-lb 20.4/42.5 in-lb

SER39C4L3S 6000 rpm 25.7/41.6 in-lb 25.7/83.2 in-lb

BPH0952N 6000 rpm 32.7/63.7 in-lb 38.1/119 in-lb

SER3BA4L3S 6000 rpm 40.7/80.4 in-lb 40.7/135 in-lb

SER3BA4L5S 6000 rpm 41/73 in-lb 41/133 in-lb

BPH0953N 6000 rpm 53/119 in-lb 53/180 in-lb

SER3BB4L3S 6000 rpm 58/106 in-lb 58/177 in-lb

SER3BB4L5S 6000 rpm 58/140 in-lb 58/221 in-lb

BPH1152N 6000 rpm 65/120 in-lb 65/171 in-lb

BPH1153N 6000 rpm 60/119 in-lb 93/168 in-lb

SER3BC4L5S 6000 rpm 89/150 in-lb 89/248 in-lb

SER3BC4L7S 3000 rpm 89/142 in-lb 89/283 in-lb

BPH1422N 4000 rpm 101/159 in-lb 106/266 in-lb

SER3BD4L5D 6000 rpm 119/257 in-lb

SER3BD4L7S 3000 rpm 119/212 in-lb 119/336 in-lb

BPH1423N 4000 rpm 128/212 in-lb 150/372 in-lb

BPH1902N 4000 rpm 221/332 in-lb

BPH1903K 4000 rpm 319/504 in-lb

BPH1904K 4000 rpm 407/674 in-lb

BPH1907K 4000 rpm

664/1390 in-lb

BPH190AK 4000 rpm

797/1443 in-lb 885/2036 in-lb

(1) For drives without integrated anti-start function, replace the A in the catalog number with N. Example: MHDA1004A00 becomes MHDA1004N00.

(2) Exclusive use (1 slot only).

(3) Complete catalog numbers with type of integrated sensor, degree of protection: See the “Lexium motion control” Catalog #AUTCD21124207EN.

Accessories

Type of accessory External braking resistor

Use for drives MDHA1004/1008

MDHA1017/1028/1056

MDHA1112 MDHA1198

Power 250 W 500 W 1500 W 860 W 1600 W

Catalog number AM0RFE001V025 AM0RFE001V050 AM0RFE001V150 AM0RFE002V086 AM0RFE002V160

Type of accessory Input choke (compulsory)

Use for drives MDHA1112 MDHA1198

Characteristics 60 A rms continuous 75 A rms continuous

Catalog number AM0CHK170 AM0CHK212

Connection accessories and cables: See our “Lexium motion control” Catalog #AUTCD21124207EN.

Motion

control

10-2

MOTION

www.telemecanique.com

Twin Line™ drives

For SER brushless motors

Type of drive Digital for brushless motors

Control integrated in the PLC

Power supply Voltage 230 Vac single phase 230–480 Vac 3-phase

Motor Power 0.75 kW rms 1.5 kW rms 3 kW rms 8 kW rms

Output current Continuous 3 A rms 3 A rms 6 A rms 16 A rms

Discontinuous (5 s) 6 A rms 6 A rms 20 A rms 32 A rms

Degree of protection IP20

Catalog number (1) TLD13 22F2pppp

pppp

pp1pp

p142F3pppp

pppp

pp1pp

p162F3pppp

pppp

pp1pp

p182F3pppp

pppp

pp1pp

Type of associated SER364/366/368/36A 12000 rpm

brushless motor (2) SER39A/39B/39C/39D 6000 rpm 6000 rpm

SER3BA/3BB/3BC/3BD 6000/4500 rpm 6000/4500 rpm 6000/4500 rpm

(1) Complete the catalog numbers using the table below

(2) Complete catalog numbers of brushless motors: See the “Twin Line motion control” Catalog #8000CT0101R8/02.

Type of drive Digital for brushless motors

Command via discrete control, fieldbus or integrated programmable motion controller

Power supply Voltage 230 Vac single phase 230–480 Vac 3-phase

Motor Power 0.75 kW rms 1.5 kW rms 3 kW rms 8 kW rms

Output current Continuous 3 A rms 3 A rms 6 A rms 16 A rms

Discontinuous (5 s) 6 A rms 6 A rms 20 A rms 32 A rms

Degree of protection IP 20 IP 20 IP 20

Command via (1) Discrete control TLC43 22F21pppppppp

pppppppp

pppp 42F31pppppppp

pppppppp

pppp 62F31pppppppp

pppppppp

pppp 82F31pppppppp

pppppppp

pppp

Fieldbus TLC53 22F2pppppppppp

pppppppppp

ppppp 42F3pppppppppp

pppppppppp

ppppp 62F3pppppppppp

pppppppppp

ppppp 82F3pppppppppp

pppppppppp

ppppp

Programmable motion controller (1) TLC63 22F2pppppppppp

pppppppppp

ppppp 42F3pppppppppp

pppppppppp

ppppp 62F3pppppppppp

pppppppppp

ppppp 82F3pppppppppp

pppppppppp

ppppp

Type of associated SER364/366/368/36A 12000 rpm

brushless motor (2) SER39A/39B/39C/39D 6000 rpm 6000 rpm 6000 rpm

SER3BA/3BB/3BC/3BD 6000/4500 rpm 6000/4500 rpm 6000/4500 rpm

(1) Complete the catalog numbers using the table below

(2) Complete catalog numbers of brushless motors: See our “Twin Line motion control” Catalog #8000CT0101R8/02.

Complete each of the above catalog numbers pp

ppp

Slot M1 No module 1

RS 422C encoder module 2

PULSE-C module 3

Slot M2 Sincos Hiperface 2

Slot M3 No module (TLD13) 1

No encoder simulation (TLD43/53/63) 1

ESIM3-C encoder simulation 2

Slot M4 No module 1

communication RS 485C (TLC43/53/63), ESIM1-C module (TLD13) 2

NTER

(TLC43/53/63), ESIM2-C module (TLD13) 3

CANopen/DeviceNet (TLC43/53/63), SSI-C module (TLD13) 4

Profibus DP (TLC43/53/63) 5

Integrated holding None (TLD43/53/63) 1

brake controller

Connection accessories: See the “Twin Line motion control” Catalog #8000CT0101R8/02.

Schneider Electric

8001 Highway 64 East

Knightdale, NC 27545

1-888-SquareD

(1-888-778-2733)

www.schneider-electric.com

www.telemecanique.com

Schneider Canada Inc.

19 Waterman Avenue

M4B 1 Y2

Toronto, Ontario

1-800-565-6699

www.schneider-electric.ca

01 PCP 1 125384 Catalog

98609-Catalog 98609-Catalog 98609-Catalog 785901 Batch7 unilog cesco-content

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation